“Digital marketing is the future of cannabis.

“Digital marketing is the future of cannabis. It is the standard for every other industry, but cannabis is reluctant to adopt it due to the lack of traditional advertising options.” with Cain Castor

Digital marketing is the future of cannabis. It is the standard for every other industry, but cannabis is reluctant to adopt it due to the lack of traditional advertising options. Maximize on influencer campaigns, digital P.R., and email marketing. If you can provide your fans with enough digital quality, they will look into your brand, and you will stay on their mind.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Cain Castor, the CEO of Good People, a full-service cannabis marketing agency. Cain has worked with numerous brands from startup to legendary market movers including Bhang Chocolates, FloraCal Farms, Origin House, and nuvata.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Long story short I graduated from Penn State in 2017 with a degree in finance. I always knew I wanted to start a business, but like most young people, I just didn’t know what I wanted to do, what I liked, or what I was good at. After working in project management for Fiserv in Philadelphia, I knew it wasn’t for me. I started freelancing on the side and eventually got laid off when a private equity firm bought our branch and laid off 1/3rd of the staff.

I started my agency with no set niche or plan. After failing to penetrate any market segment, I took a jump and we went full cannabis. I took a job at Origin House to learn the cannabis industry from the inside and worked on my agency on the side. After learning the processes, I took the leap and started running the agency full-time.

Within 2 weeks of relaunching into cannabis, we broke $15,000 in sales and are currently on pace for a 6 figure year.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

When our team was creating our go-to-market strategy, our co-founder swore by Instagram to land cannabis clients. I thought he was absolutely crazy but I trusted his judgment because he has a knack for these things. He spent weeks developing the social media calendar for all platforms, all while I was focusing on the blog content and sales funnel.

Within 4 posts on Instagram, we had generated numerous leads and landed a large client. Moral of the story: Trust your team.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Puerto Rico had just gone medical and our team was absolutely set on diving into the market and becoming the first agency to take on their brands. If you check out our Instagram page, you can see 3 of our initial posts are in English & in Spanish. Our only issue is we didn’t have anyone in P.R. to take meetings and close deals. We spent a large portion of time logging leads and doing direct outreach before we realized that P.R. just wasn’t ready as a market.

It set us back a few months because we had the wrong focus, but if we didn’t do it, we wouldn’t have had as much success in the California market. The funniest part of it all is that even though we failed and wasted months of time, we ended up much better off.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Yes! Good People is working on releasing a new vape product named nuvata. There’s really nothing like it on the market. We’ve been developing the content and planning tradeshows & other public appearances for the vape, and things are running quite smoothly. The best part about the brand is its extremely colorful, and our design relies heavily on color. We feel right at home with nuvata.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

I have to give all the credit to our co-founder, Diemmer Melendez. He’s one of the greatest creative minds in cannabis right now, and most of his proposals are so far out of the box for cannabis that it’s setting a new standard.

I met Diemmer at Penn State. He was doing freelance social media work for a few small businesses in Philadelphia. When I graduated from college, we took a trip to California and decided to start the agency. He transferred to online class so he can focus on our operations. His financial aid didn’t kick in for the entire next year, which led to him effectively dropping out of college to take on the project. While I was working at Origin House, I was only able to dedicate 4–6 hours a day on our agency. Diemmer was working every single day for 12 hours pushing us in the right direction.

Without him, we would not be here.

I also have to give a shoutout to my parents for giving me an A1 foundation and keeping me on the right path. Without them, I wouldn’t be who I am, the agency wouldn’t exist, and cannabis wouldn’t have us.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Digital marketing is the future of cannabis. It is the standard for every other industry, but cannabis is reluctant to adopt it due to the lack of traditional advertising options. Maximize on influencer campaigns, digital P.R., and email marketing.

If you can provide your fans with enough digital quality, they will look into your brand, and you will stay on their mind.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

The 3 things that excite me the most are:

  1. The Future

Cannabis went recreational in California in 2018, it’s been one full year since the market has been allowed to breathe. Even with intense regulations, the market is off to a sprint. Once regulations ease, more states become legal, and federal regulations are dropped, the sky is the limit.

Right now the market is supply driven. Dispensaries hold all the power because ultimately they are the only ones allowed to sell the product. Once companies can develop their own forms of e-commerce cannabis will enter into overdrive. That’s when we should expect to see the “Amazons” of the industry start to overtake the market.

  1. The Competition

Cannabis is getting top talent from fashion, cosmetics, sports, and other modern industries. The competition creates a need for high-quality products. The competition adds to a forever changing landscape that keeps getting better. As a marketer, this is fun because there are always new ideas. As a consumer, it’s great because there are so many new brands coming to the market every month.

  1. The lack of established guidelines

In fashion, a luxury brand can only be portrayed in so many ways. Every industry has unwritten rules you have to follow to be successful. Cannabis has some, but there are few because the market is still scrambling to find its final identity. We see brands taking minimalistic approaches, colorful approaches, retro approaches, it’s amazing. It allows for much more creative freedom, and riskier marketing campaigns.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

  1. Cannabis as a whole is like working in one giant startup

No matter if you’re working for someone or starting your own business in cannabis, the whole thing is a startup. I’ve worked at a half a billion dollar publicly traded company, and it was still in the startup phase. Maybe this is simple, but I was not expecting that. If you want to succeed, you need to have patience, stay positive, and be flexible. If you can roll with the punches of an always changing work environment, then you will do well in cannabis.

It’s best to keep in mind that all other companies are startups too. Reply time may be slow, employees may be high out of their minds, but you have to take it at face value. Everyone is trying their best, and in a few years, things will run more smoothly.

2. Creativity makes all the difference

Your brand will go belly up quickly if your branding isn’t right, or your marketing is weak. Right now the top brands also have creative branding and marketing. When you take a look at Canndescent, their product is quality, but what takes them to the next level is their branding and packaging.

This is the future of the market is this. If you can’t keep up with this, you won’t last.

3. Industry vets know as much as the newcomers.

After working closely with people who have been in cannabis since the beginning of its medical legalization, I learned this quickly. The reason the playing field is even is that a lot of what worked in the past has changed. We are all watching the market grow the same way. While they will have key insight and fully cultivated relationships in the industry, people coming from other industries are changing the market every day.

In some cases, those caught up in the old ways of cannabis will get passed up by newcomers

4. Not everyone consumes cannabis.

Before creating your company culture around smoking all day every day, understand that not everyone who works at a weed company will use weed. Cannabis is a lot like every other industry. Your function in the business, whether its creative, management, or owner is to increase profits. While it’s ok to smoke a little sativa to lock in, or a hybrid to get your creative juices flowing, don’t encourage excessive use during the day.

I’ve made it a personal standard to avoid cannabis use (with the exception of an occasional vape hit if I’m having a rough/long day) until I’m done with all external communications for the day. The people that work for us are free to consume responsibly throughout the day, but as a leader, you have to lead by example. I don’t mind if my employees are high if they’re being productive.

Know yourself and know your limits. While some people might be able to smoke a 1 gram pre-roll and go back to work unphased, some people can’t function off one hit.

There’s also a unique challenge in marketing where its best to sample your products so you can know exactly what makes the product great, and find its biggest weaknesses. The top marketers don’t need more than a glance at a product to know how to market it, however, this is the exception.

If you’re looking for employees or partners, it will be an added help if they consume. If they don’t make sure they have ample industry knowledge to make up for this.

5. Brand new industries bring out the best and the worst.

After jumping into cannabis I’ve had some of the greatest moments in my professional career and met some of the best people around. , the option of a brand new start in a new market brings out the worst. A lot of people who don’t quite take the industry serious move over for a fresh start. Some people come to avoid their past and work at companies that don’t do background checks.

I’ve seen people in leadership positions that are extremely unqualified. When looking into their past, you find lawsuits, firings, and a worrying track record from each place they’ve worked.

There will be a lot of frauds, people who over promise, and people who talk the talk but don’t walk the walk. The key is fully vetting your opportunities. If you’re taking on a client who makes bold claims, look deeper into it. When hiring a candidate, make sure you know exactly who you’re getting.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Trust your team. Your company is your baby, your livelihood, and most importantly, your legacy. If you want your business to thrive, assemble a team of people who are talented, and let them run the show. There’s nothing worse than hiring a team of smart people with great ideas and telling them what to do. This will kill creativity and create the wrong idea for your company.

Instead, as CEO focus on the bigger picture, creating a kick-ass company culture, and making your employees feel valued. If you can create a great environment where employees love to come every day, you will see the results in your profits.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Give more opportunities to people who don’t fit your perfect employee avatar. Other industries tend to hire within a defined bracket of experience, skill set, and interests. While you want to make sure your team can synergize, the unlikely candidate usually tends to be more appreciative, work harder, and remains loyal.

While it may seem like the USC graduate with the 4.0 might be a great choice for your position, they know their value, and there will always be other opportunities for this candidate. Roll-up your sleeves and get into the nitty gritty! Hire the designer with no agency experience, 4 years of service experience, and high school degree as your Jr. Graphic Designer.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Please follow @weRgoodpeople on Instagram to keep up with our upcoming activities. If you want to speak with me directly and talk some bud, DM me @Cain.Castor on IG.

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“Digital marketing is the future of cannabis. was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“It’s important to make connections in whatever industry you’re in, however in the CBD business…

“It’s important to make connections in whatever industry you’re in, however in the CBD business, your connections mean everything.” with Mason Ghrannie and Fotis Georgiadis

High Stress: The CBD industry is a fun and exciting industry to be in, however there is still a ton of stress that comes with being in this industry. The laws are constantly changing, and we need to make sure we are abiding by them. In addition, many of our distributors have 60-day payment terms, and it becomes extremely stressful chasing them down for payments. In order to minimize stress, I have learned to practice mediation. Meditating every day for 10 minutes has not only reduced my stress, but it has allowed me to enter each day with a clear mind. I recommend all entrepreneurs practice meditation.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Mason Ghrannie, the Vice President of CBD’R US. He graduated from California State University Fullerton in 2014 with a bachelor’s degree in Marketing. When he isn’t busy working, he enjoys playing pick-up basketball, surfing, and hiking.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I started my career as an importer. I was importing smoking accessories from China and selling them to distributors and wholesalers throughout the United States. I’ve been able to develop relationships with some of the largest distributors in the country. Last year, I partnered with some great individuals, and we were able to create CBD’R US. We’ve been able to grow the company exponentially due to our experience and relationships we were able to build throughout our years.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

I don’t have an interesting story to share, however I’d say the most interesting part about the whole journey has been being able to provide my closest friends with jobs. The greatest feeling is when you’re able to succeed and bring your closest friends with you along the journey. It’s also great to work with a team that I trust.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

One of our best-selling CBD Gummies is our Sweet & Sour Kids. The funniest mistake we made when we were first starting was our graphic designer misspelled “sweet” and spelled it as “sweat.” As a result, we had 1000 jars of Sweet & Sour Kids that read “Sweat & Sour Kids” on the packaging label. This was a funny mistake but it was also a very frustrating mistake that costs us a few thousand dollars. This lesson taught our entire team the importance of paying attention to detail.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We started our brand with 15 options of CBD Gummies, but now we’re expanding our product line to CBD snacks, tinctures, and topical creams. Many of our customers love our packaging for our gummies, so we’re currently finalizing and perfecting our packaging for our new products. In addition, we’re working on the product development for our CBD fitness line of products that will be available by the end of the year. It’s always an exciting process whenever we introduce new products to the market.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

I am most grateful for my family. I wouldn’t be where I am today without the support of my family. My father, who was an importer himself, taught me everything he knows. I accredit my business success to him. He taught me the importance of hard work, discipline, and how to treat people.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Since we operate a CBD business, we have a limited amount of marketing platforms we are able to use due to strict advertisement policies. For example, we are unable to utilize the Facebook/Instagram advertising platforms and Google AdWords. Therefore, we’ve focused our marketing efforts on SEO and influencer marketing. I believe all companies with an online presence should focus on SEO as their main form of marketing. If the SEO is done correctly, a company can drive hundreds of thousands of visitors to their website.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

3 things that excite me:

– First, the CBD industry is fairly new and it is a booming industry. I love branding and developing new products, and since this industry is so new, we’re able to continuously introduce new products to the market.

– Next, I’m excited about how many jobs are developing because of the cannabis industry. It’s always great when we’re able

 — Last and most important, I’m excited our company is able to better people’s lives. There’s nothing better than hearing from our customers about how our products have helped their lives. Many of our customers are no longer taking prescription medicine, and are using our CBD products to help treat their medical conditions. It feels great to make a difference.

3 things that most concern me:

– The laws are changing every day, and I’m definitely concerned about the Federal Government deciding to crackdown on CBD products. We are benefiting millions of people’s lives, and it’d be a shame if we were unable to continue selling our products due to new federal regulations.

– It’s also concerning how individuals who use cannabis and Full Spectrum CBD products for medicinal purposes can still lose their job due to a failed drug test.

– I’m also concerned about the limited of amount of marketing platforms we are able to use. If we were able to use Facebook ads, we could increase our sales dramatically. Unfortunately, I don’t see Facebook changing their advertising policies anytime soon.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

– Setting Up Banking for eCommerce Store

I wish we had a contact for a reliable merchant service company that could set up our account with ease. In the bank’s eyes, our business is considered a high-risk business. As a result, It took us about 2 months to set up our payment processing. We spoke to at least 10 merchant service companies until we found one that could set us up with payment processing.

– State by State Regulations

I wish we were aware of state law packaging regulations before we went ahead and ordered our packaging for our edible products. We initially purchased ten thousand jars for our CBD edible products, however once we received the jars, we learned we were unable to use them due the jars not complying with state regulations. This was one of the most frustrating mistakes we made when we first started our company. Luckily, our attorney is one of the best in California.

– Strict Advertisement Policies

I wish we were aware of how strict the advertisement policies are for Facebook and Instagram. Our eCommerce business is just as important as our distribution and wholesale business. Initially, we were planning on using Facebook ads to help drive traffic to our website. We later found out cannabis and CBD business are unable to use Facebook/Instagram ads. As a result, we were forced to switch our marketing focus areas. We currently focus on SEO and influencer marketing to bring traffic to our website.

– Building Connections

It’s important to make connections in whatever industry you’re in, however in the CBD business, your connections mean everything. With the right connections, a CBD company can cut their costs dramatically. For example, our company purchases CBD Isolate for our products from another vendor. We have a very close relationship with the vendor, so we’re able to purchase at an amazing price point. This relationship has allowed us to cut our costs dramatically.

– High Stress

The CBD industry is a fun and exciting industry to be in, however there is still a ton of stress that comes with being in this industry. The laws are constantly changing, and we need to make sure we are abiding by them. In addition, many of our distributors have 60-day payment terms, and it becomes extremely stressful chasing them down for payments. In order to minimize stress, I have learned to practice mediation. Meditating every day for 10 minutes has not only reduced my stress, but it has allowed me to enter each day with a clear mind. I recommend all entrepreneurs practice meditation.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

My number 1 tip for CEOs is to create a positive work environment for their employees. Little things like purchasing lunch for employees 1–2 times per month can go a long way. If your employees enjoy where they work, they’ll be motivated to work hard and the company will ultimately achieve more.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I’d like for people to be more uplifting. I truly feel speaking to people in a positive manner is the most effective way to get the best out of people. This is just one way we can help make the world a better place.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Instagram: @wercbd

Facebook: Facebook.com/cbdrus/

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“It’s important to make connections in whatever industry you’re in, however in the CBD business… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Elisha Millan…

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Elisha Millan and Fotis Georgiadis

I’m looking forward to the cannabis educational opportunities that will be available at the collegiate level. Today at a college fair, my daughter was able to say to an admissions representative, “I’m interested in majoring in Ag-Business- specifically hemp.” That sentence would have gotten a laugh two years ago. Now, collegiate programs for cannabis are used to recruit students.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Elisha Millan, the owner of Grass Roots Health and founder of Fund 129, a philanthropy with the dual goals of promoting hemp-as-healthcare treatments and providing aid for individuals recovering from opiate abuse.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

When I worked in corporate America, I was in a career that questioned the validity of a person’s medical complaints. It was an interesting juxtaposition with my personal disability story, as I became unable to work in 2009 due to Crohn’s Disease and inflammatory arthritis. I was suddenly in the shoes of the claimants I dealt with daily. In 2016 I began taking CBD and immediately noticed a difference in the quality of my sleep. When I started taking it consistently, I noticed more positive health changes. I have always felt called to work in non-profit; with my Grass Roots stores and Fund 129 philanthropy I am able to combine retail with non-profit, as well as meld my experience in small business and corporate America, and empathize with those in pain instead of doubting them.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

I have a customer who is convinced, and his doctor is a reluctant believer, that CBD capsules have cured his deafness. The customer has been completely deaf for 40 years, and can now hear. It’s amazing, and every person that speaks to him is amazed. He’s been so thankful that he brought us custom-welded Grass Roots signs for our flagship store!

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

When I picked my location, which is next to the University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, I thought, “pipes + college kids = $.” Within 2 months, though, I learned the market determines what makes money, not me. My initial target graphic was 19 to 25-year-olds. Turns out my primary customers are 50 to 65-year-olds!

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Yes! We’re expanding our physical retail presence into Georgia. Although we currently ship to all 50 states, this is our first brick and mortar location outside of Tennessee. It’s timed perfectly with our first disbursements from Fund 129, the charitable arm of Grass Roots. We will be able to not only impact opiate dependence rates by offering an alternative, but also by funding anti-addiction programming.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Definitely my family. My parents are both successful retailers and paved the way for my success. Although CBD has helped me tremendously, I remain unable to work in a traditional sense. My brother helps coordinate technology and works shifts, and my parents help me accommodate my disability in the workplace. I remain in treatment for thyroid cancer at a specialty hospital in Atlanta, but the drive there is difficult for me. My parents frequently chauffeur me to Atlanta, and we combine it with trips to wholesale distribution centers; bringing merchandise back with us for our retail stores.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

My customers are my best advertisers, and I make a concerted effort to match customers with merchandise we receive from manufacturers, especially with new product lines. Whether it is a sample or a t-shirt, customers like to know that we remember them and their stories. On a recent trip to the YMCA, I spotted a customer rocking her Grass Roots t-shirt in Zumba class. She was vibrant and full of energy. As a person who knows this customer’s CBD journey, seeing her in Zumba was a proud moment and a tremendous advertisement for Grass Roots.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

1. I’m most excited about the changing public perception of cannabis.

2. I’m also excited about advancing research on terpene therapy. The more we learn how each element of the cannabis plant impacts the body, the more targeted results we can offer the customer.

3. I’m looking forward to the cannabis educational opportunities that will be available at the collegiate level. Today at a college fair, my daughter was able to say to an admissions representative, “I’m interested in majoring in Ag-Business- specifically hemp.” That sentence would have gotten a laugh two years ago. Now, collegiate programs for cannabis are used to recruit students.

1. I am concerned about the encroachment of multi-level marketing into the industry. Specifically, I worry that a higher-priced subpar oil will deter those who can be helped with legitimate sources of CBD oil.

2. I stay plugged into changing legislation on a local, state, and federal level. Local statutes can eliminate stores from areas as small as a zip code or neighborhood, which is harmful because safe and easy access is important in any sort of health treatment.

3. I worry that taxes will price needy individuals out of treatment. As a disabled person, I know that office visits and prescription copays take a big dent out of a monthly income. It’s often those individuals on fixed incomes that often need the most medical help. Keeping additional taxes low will be an important factor in using cannabis for medical treatment.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. Not everyone has the discipline of a CEO. My Myers-Briggs Personality type is INTJ. I have to remind myself that achievement in itself doesn’t motivate everyone.

2. Invest in technology early. Almost two years into operations I am adding time-saving technologies. Although this would have required a larger start-up cost, it would have saved integration time down the line.

3. Sometimes you have to see through the smoke haze to get the best from your employees. It’s important to hire employees who are product consumers themselves. Sometimes that can be off-putting, but if you are leading from a larger vision you will find employees dedicated to the cause.

4. The change of pace in cannabis is light-speed. Every day a new innovation enters the cannabis market. Grass Roots prides itself in having the newest products available. We have a strict system in place for products we’ve been asked for, and we make sure we obtain them.

5. Although this is a cash industry, you still need formal banking procedures. Operating in a cash environment doesn’t exempt your business from providing workers compensation coverage, annual financial reports, or taxes. Put formal banking procedures in place early and save your business from potential state and federal financial penalties.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Lead with a larger story. We are helping to improve lives every day. Sometimes when it is busy, or it’s closing time, it’s easy to shuffle customers through the store. It’s important for us to remember we are directly impacting the health of others with our recommendations, and our customers are trusting us to deliver exactly the product they need.

Grass Roots performs best when we lead with our calling to help others. Grass Roots put this thought into action when we founded Fund 129. Each employee knows we walk the walk and talk the talk when it comes to helping others.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Jeff Bezos said, “it is harder to be kind than clever.” Life is so much more enjoyable when each day is viewed as an opportunity to be kind. And at night, when I’m recollecting my day, recalling the moments that I exercised kindness instead of counting accomplishments is soul-filling and an added benefit of the practice.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

https://www.linkedin.com/in/elisha-millan-38594819/

https://www.facebook.com/GrassRootsChatt/

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Elisha Millan… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Steven Trenk…

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Steven Trenk and Fotis Georgiadis

I have chosen the cannabis legalization movement as taught to me by my friends in the ArcView Group. It is my honor to promote the mission of creating a large scale, sustainable industry for the benefit of all free men and women AND those less fortunate than I, who have become the victim of the biased enforcement of drug policy.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Steven Trenk, the founder and Managing Member of Lizada Capital, based in Scottsdale, Arizona, which invests in the legal cannabis industry. Lizada Capital, LLC was established to lead the movement of legal cannabis, now among the fastest growing industries in the United States, as a means to improve quality of life by delivering safe and effective products and services to medical patients and other legal users. For the past five years, in response to changes in legislation and the national climate in the medical marijuana segment of the healthcare industry, as well as the movement to legalize the adult use of cannabis in multiple states, Mr. Trenk developed Lizada Capital, LLC as an investment vehicle to take full advantage of this exciting and rapidly-expanding new frontier. Mr. Trenk’s current portfolio spans more than 50 businesses in the legal cannabis industry, including The Gold Q, a line of fast-acting hemp-infused skin care and wellness products and Quigley’s fast-acting cannabis-infused products. Mr. Trenk has been a business owner and investor for more than 40 years. He began his career in 1973 as a bi-coastal innovator in the non-emergency medical transportation business. He spent twenty years providing a broad range of therapeutic healthcare products and services in acute, chronic, and out-patient settings. Mr. Trenk made early investments in the technology, internet, and alternative energy industries, and has also invested in both residential and commercial real estate. Mr. Trenk has also spent twenty years in the aviation industry, serving the broad tourism market and the narrow charter market in New York City and Las Vegas.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I have had a 40 year plus entrepreneurial carrier Involving ownership and management roles in the healthcare services industry, investment banking and aviation services. In 2011 I sold a part of the family aviation business that I had been operating for a number of years.

At about that time, my son, who was an elected official (Councilman and Vice mayor of his hometown in Arizona) had graduated law school.

He had been recruited by a very prominent Scottsdale law firm, the Rose Law Group, which was at the leading edge of Arizona is legal cannabis industry. Influenced by the fact that my best friend growing up was part of the family that was involved in the liquor industry since for Prohibition, I recognized the potential opportunity that the end of Cannabis prohibition represented.

My first four knowledge about the emerging legal cannabis industry let me to the ArcView Group. I was fortunate to be excepted into this group in its formative stage. I fell in love with people, the mission at the opportunity on first exposure.

The rest, as they say, is history. I have since invested in some 50 legal cannabis companies through Lizada Capital, LLC, my personal cannabis holding company.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

My most interesting story involves the application and acceptance process for membership in The ArcView Group at that time.

Because of the nascent character if the industry and questionable history of some of its participants, ArcView Was quite selective. They required a great deal of information and conducted a background check on applicants. Because the process took some time, my imagination began to wonder into what might results from such scrutiny. Fortunately for me, I passed muster and was excepted into what is certainly one of the most supportive, collaborative and gratifying group experiences of my life.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Early on in my ArcView membership I met someone who was raising money for a cannabis inhaler, a unique delivery method for marijuana involving Vapor instead of smoke.

I was very excited about the opportunity and offered everything the entrepreneur was seeking. In my quest to support his brilliant and disruptive product offering, I apparently succeeded in creating the illusion that I was interested in usurping control of his baby. On the contrary, I was too ignorant to have such an ambitious objective. However, despite my ambitious efforts to convince contributions Would be synergistic, I was rejected. Six years later, the entrepreneur has got nowhere.

The lesson… Some of my greatest successes are the ones that didn’t happen.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

I’m involved in a company called Tech-Holdings, LLC. With a disruptive, proprietary, fast acting technology. It is positioned to disrupt the infused cannabis product business. Our patented technology overcomes the critical issues of accurate dosing and time to onset which plagued the edibles segment of the industry. We have developed theQuigleys.com line of THC infused products, TheGoldQ.com line of health, wellness and beauty topicals and TheAntiDōs.com, a remarkable antidote for undesired psychoactive effects of Cannabis that allows for continuing therapeutic benefit.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

There are several. However, my partner Tony Alfiere, the inventor of our patented technology, profoundly changed my involvement in the industry by getting me involved day to day. This was contrary to my interest in being a mentor and more passive investor. The irony was that when we first met I paid little attention to Tony. It wasn’t very long before I ended up totally immersed in the advancement of his invention.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

On the contrary, the cannabis industry is developing into a large consumer product play. There is much we should learn from conventional, marketing strategies.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Three things that most excite me:

1. The opportunity to help people

2. The opportunity to innovate in a huge, but still emerging marketplace

3. The opportunity to make generational wealth in my lifetime

Three things that most concern me:

1. The learning curve involved effectively and fairly regulating the industry

2. The delay in legislative action on banking and 280

3. The potential harm done by bad actors

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”?

1. How rapid the evolution of the industry would happen.

2. How dynamically changing the marketplace is, on what seems to be a day to day basis.

3. How rapidly technology and products would be imitated.

4. How competitive pricing would become on such an accelerated time frame.

5. How difficult it would be to choose between very talented capable people who are rapidly joining the industry.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

As I was taught by my maternal grandmother, it’s very easy to be trusting and supportive of people who pretend to be aligned with your objectives. That includes investors, partners, employees or customers.

The lesson: it’s OK to trust everyone. But, don’t neglect to cut the cards.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I have chosen the cannabis legalization movement as taught to me by my friends in the ArcView Group. It is my honor to promote the mission of creating a large scale, sustainable industry for the benefit of all free men and women AND those less fortunate than I, who have become the victim of the biased enforcement of drug policy.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Please visit my website at LizadaCapital.com, connect with me on LinkedIn and support the companies and organizations that I advocate for.

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Steven Trenk… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“I wish someone told me that the CBD industry would continue to have a stigma associated with it.”

I wish someone told me that the CBD industry would continue to have a stigma associated with it.” with Vincent Vitale and Fotis Georgiadis

I wish someone told me that the CBD industry would continue to have a stigma associated with it. Even though we make 100% CBD products we are constantly stigmatized and treated differently. A lot of traditional companies haven’t caught up or simply don’t understand the difference between CBD and THC. There also isn’t enough information and education about how different/great CBD is.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Vincent Vitale, a veteran digital marketer. Originally from Detroit, he graduated from the University of Missouri with a degree from their world renown school of journalism. Vincent started his career by managing a branding program for Nissan. He quickly pivoted into the startup scene and created his own digital marketing agency. His latest stop before joining the CBD industry was managing business development for Aspire Food Group and successfully getting Americans to eat crickets. Since then, he ultimately joined Quanta Inc, as director of digital marketing and sales.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Thank you for the opportunity! I had worked closely with our CEO Eric Rice for a few years on a previous venture before joining Quanta Inc. Before signing on I was living in Austin, Texas. Every day I read a new article (or 20) about how CBD was emerging as an industry. Eric asked me to fly in and meet the team he was putting together. Within seconds of seeing the office, and meeting the team I knew this was something I had to be a part of. Fast forward 2 months and I got married, went on my honeymoon, and moved to LA to help lead the Quanta team forward!

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

On my first day in the office our payment processor got shut down. This made it impossible to take online sales and since my main job with Quanta is to grow online sales, it was definitely an interesting start to my new career.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

The mistakes I made early on in this industry stemmed from me treating CBD like other traditional industries. Fundamentally it is different. Originally I tried to toe the line when it came to advertising our product and find ways around the rules and regulations, but this industry is in its’ infancy and there simply aren’t guidelines on what is and isn’t allowed. The biggest lesson I learned so far in my failures is to double down on what works and to not think conventionally.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We just launched a muscle rub plus that utilizes extraordinary patented technology (polarization and nanotechnology.) Essentially, the nano-sized particles we create allow for easy absorption of our all natural ingredients making our product truly stand out. Our upcoming exciting projects are mostly releasing new first in class products. Lastly, we are launching our muscle rub product nationwide in a large number of popular gym franchises.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

100% my mother. Early on, one of the most important lessons she taught me was to be kind to everyone. Growing up I was nice to, and friends with, a plethora of people ranging from chess club members to football players. I learned to connect with a variety of people from different walks of life. This allowed me to become a connector and seasoned networker in every aspect of my life, especially my business career. Without this, I would not be the man I am today. Thanks mom!

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Currently CBD/Cannabis companies can’t utilize traditional marketing mediums like Facebook ads or Google Adwords. Nothing earth shattering here, but we are doubling down on product sampling as a company. We know we truly have an extraordinary product (thanks to our patented technology) and when people try it, they feel it. Having people try our product and get it on their skin has caused our sales to increase dramatically.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Most exciting

1. Market growth — CBD is one of the fasting growing industries. Period.

2. Different walks of life adopting CBD. A large variety of people are using CBD products which I didn’t see coming. When I bring up what I do for a living I constantly hear, I use your rub before/after workouts, or I eat a gummy before going out on the weekends to reduce social anxiety. It’s safe to say CBD is now mainstream.

3. Products that are truly making a difference for people. We have received extraordinary testimonials of drastically altering the quality of peoples daily lives in a positive way.

Most concerning

1. Discrepancies in regulation. State by state regulation vs federal. What is legal to say/do (still a lot of gray area in general).

2. Online payment processing.

3. Some of the people in this industry (compared to other industries I’ve been involved in) lack professionalism. As a company, we do what we say we are going to do. Ideally, other companies and people would reciprocate this mantra.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. I wish someone told me processing online payments for CBD was going to be as difficult as it was initially. On my first day of work our payment processor got shut down after we were doubling or tripling online sales in consecutive months.

2. I wish someone told me how unprofessional certain individuals in this industry are. There has been a lot of hype and potential, but some people haven’t followed through with what they said they were going to do. I understand Rome wasn’t built in a day but construction of the city did start. At Quanta, when we say we are going to do something, we do it.

3. I wish someone told me how unclear the laws would continue to be. There isn’t one place to go to get clarity on what is legal and illegal regarding several different aspects of this industry. Including state law, advertising, product labeling, shipping etc.

4. I wish someone told me that the CBD industry would continue to have a stigma associated with it. Even though we make 100% CBD products we are constantly stigmatized and treated differently. A lot of traditional companies haven’t caught up or simply don’t understand the difference between CBD and THC. There also isn’t enough information and education about how different/great CBD is.

5. I wish someone told me how quickly CBD would become overhyped/oversaturated without most products having a real point of differentiation. People are adding CBD to everything, take pizza as an example. You can’t just drop CBD oil onto pizza, because the woodfire oven burns the CBD oil off. CBD doesn’t belong in everything. Our product is fundamentally different than what has gone mainstream because it is backed by science and we have a true point of differentiation (our patented technology).

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Cultivate an environment where people feel confident and comfortable to give their opinion. Also, spend at least 30 minutes on brainstorming with your entire team for important projects.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Our movement/mantra as a company is to operate at a higher vibration. This means to do what is right for the greater good, even when it isn’t easy.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

LinkedIn

Link: https://www.linkedin.com/in/vincentvitalebusiness/

Also, can we please have a backlink somewhere to https://quantacbd.com

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“I wish someone told me that the CBD industry would continue to have a stigma associated with it.” was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Derek Thomas…

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Derek Thomas and Fotis Georgiadis

Being boxed out of the traditional advertising channels like Facebook, search engine marketing, major ad network channels, and even most print/radio/tv, we’ve become very creative! We started really finding success in social media influencer relationships, and we’ve kept those consumers engaged with creative, informative content. We’ve also had great success building brand awareness and building leads through local experiential events. It’s a great opportunity for us to engage intimately, educate, and have customers become advocates. There’s nothing more powerful than that.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Derek Thomas, vice president of Business Development at Veritas Farms, Inc. Veritas Farms is a public company headquartered in Fort Lauderdale, Florida; and focuses on producing superior quality full-spectrum hemp oils and extracts made on its farm in Pueblo, Colorado. Derek’s duties include developing and executing the company’s sales and marketing plans, new product development and strategy as well as acting as the corporate spokesperson.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

My first career after college was in hospitality. After a decade, I realized despite my success and promotions, I wasn’t fulfilled. I wasn’t happy or proud of what I was doing. I had always been passionate about cannabis — about its versatile uses and humanities intimate history with the crop. I quit to start my own startup in cannabis. After a successful exit I began consulting in the cannabis industry with some colleagues. One of our clients was Veritas Farms. After a few months, it became apparent that Veritas was where I belonged, so I made the transition and it was one of the best decisions of my life.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

The most interesting stories come from customers we interact with at shows, events and online. They come to us with heartbreaking stories of chronic issues that they deal with. We interact with them and inform them of how full spectrum hemp oil products work and what they can do. Very often these interactions come back to us with stories of gratitude, relief, excitement, and thanks.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

When we were first starting a big part of our business model was manufacturing private label. We spent so much time trying to cater to clients’ custom needs, often to have them go out of business or move to a cheaper, lower quality provider. The revenue wasn’t worth the resources it required, so we re-evaluated the private label program. We put in new minimum order quantities, lead times, order processes, and stipulations on the types of formulations we would do. Now it is a thriving and profitable part of our business that supports our own brand, Veritas Farms. The lesson is not to be afraid to say no to, and even sometimes fire, your clients.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We’re working on some new products we’re really excited about. One of the most exciting is our full spectrum infused coffee in a K Cup format. We’re going to be launching more sizes, flavors, and strengths of gummies. For women, we are working on a premium skin care/beauty line infused with our hemp oil. Staying in skin care, we’re also launching sunscreen. We’re really excited to bring consumers our quality full spectrum hemp oil in these diverse and fun formats.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Our CEO, Alexander Salgado, would be first on my list. Not because he hired me or entrusted me to build our sales and marketing teams, but because it was his vision and leadership 5 years ago that recognized a huge opportunity in the CBD market. Not just to enter the space and become a sales and marketing company — a route that would have been easier and paid off bigger in the short run. But because in the beginning of the CBD craze, Alexander had the vision to see that quality and transparency would be lacking in the market, and moved in to establish a fully vertically integrated company that would capitalize on that opportunity.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Being boxed out of the traditional advertising channels like Facebook, search engine marketing, major ad network channels, and even most print/radio/tv, we’ve become very creative! We started really finding success in social media influencer relationships, and we’ve kept those consumers engaged with creative, informative content. We’ve also had great success building brand awareness and building leads through local experiential events. It’s a great opportunity for us to engage intimately, educate, and have customers become advocates. There’s nothing more powerful than that.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Excited about:

1. The potential for incredible breakthroughs in health and wellness around this plant are the most exciting. If we can move people away from NSAIDS and opioids and into healthier more holistic options, it would be lifechanging for countless people.

2. The potential for safe, quality and sustainable products in building materials, textiles, and recreation are incredibly promising.

3. The economic implications of the evolving industry for individuals, businesses, investors, municipalities, states and the federal government are almost endless in potential. As old industries succumb to things like automatization, this new vertical is rife with opportunities for workers.

Concerns:

1. Lack of appropriate legislation. The industry and the consumer need the FDA to set definitions, testing standards, quality standards and marketing standards to weed out the bad actors.

2. The second concern is over regulation due to the influence of out-of-date stigmas and misunderstanding regulators have.

3. Finally, a lesser but still present concern is big industry, like big pharma or big agriculture buying up brands and squeezing out competition.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

  1. While the industry is in transition, you’ll have to be prepared to confront antiquated stigmas at every turn. I once found myself explaining the difference between marijuana and hemp to a Broward County Sheriff officer at a smoothie bar.
  2. All normal business operations — like banking, transacting, compliance, and shipping — will have challenges that can be overcome with some out-of-the-box thinking. We have some hilariously and unnecessarily complicated banking SOP’s because of the limited access to proper commercial banking.
  3. The job candidates and employees are more passionate and educated about the vertical than in most other industries. All of our employees are experts. It creates such an immersive, deep dialogue around the office — I’ve never seen anything like it. Everyone is a passionate advocate
  4. There is a lot of education and continued learning in this space. Because it’s a new industry, a lot of people have questions and there are a lot of preconceived notions. But because I’m surrounded by so many passionate people who also love learning, it’s been a very fulfilling experience for me to educate people on this rapidly evolving industry.
  5. There are still many unknowns. This goes back to the industry being so new, but with that also comes infinite possibilities and an open frontier. There is a lot of potential, but I feel very strongly about my role and the passion I have for what I do, so I look at this as an exciting challenge.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Have a strong understanding of your companies values and make sure they reflect in the company culture. This is key to attracting employees that share in and thrive in those same values. Allow them the autonomy to run with those values in their lane at the company.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

It would be a movement of inward self-reflection, processing, and healing. The first step to making the world a better place starts with our own personal healing and growth. How can we fix the massive challenges humanity faces if we don’t do it from a position of empathy and understanding to those who oppose our views?

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Visit www.theveritasfarms.com or follow @veritasfarmsofficial on Instagram! We’ve got great educational and product content, along with some fun interactive content too.


5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Derek Thomas… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Casey Georgeson…

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Casey Georgeson and Fotis Georgiadis

This is the wild west. Stay true to your belief system. You will be challenged by competitors (or people who think they know more than you). Know your facts and stick to your guns. The industry is evolving and the brands that establish their credibility for being transparent and trustworthy are the ones that will endure.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Casey Georgeson, the founder of SAINT JANE, a new luxury CBD beauty collection that launched in January 2019. She led Kendo’s brand development for Marc Jacobs Beauty, Elizabeth & James Nirvana, Marchesa Parfum D’Extase and Disney for Sephora. Passionate about the high-performance benefits of CBD, Casey created SAINT JANE with best-in-class beauty formulations harnessing the power of CBD. In addition to SAINT JANE, Casey is VP of Creative for The Wine Group, one of the largest wine companies in the world. In her role, Casey is the creative vision behind some of the industry’s most sought-after wines including Cupcake Vineyards, Chloe Wine Collection and Ava Grace Vineyards. Casey received her MBA from Stanford University. She was born and raised in Northern California and resides in Ross, California with her husband and three daughters.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve had three very different careers…TV producer, wine innovator and beauty brand creator. I started in television as a producer for CNN. Then I dove into the wine industry where I developed wines like Cupcake Vineyards, Ava Grace and Love Noir. After Stanford Business School, I did development for Kendo/Sephora. Fast forward to legalization of marijuana last year when I discovered the magic of CBD, especially as an ingredient in beauty. I dove deep into its efficacy for skin and found that very few were using this potent botanical in the luxury category. I created Saint Jane because I passionately believe in the powerful benefits of CBD for overall wellness. And I don’t think you should have to compromise luxury to experience cannabis.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

Cannabis legalization in California reminds me a lot of post-prohibition wine legalization, it’s like the wild west. My great grandmother started a wine company (Franzia) in 1933 when prohibition was ending, and I’ve always been inspired by that. What’s truly struck me in developing saint jane is how incredibly helpful the cannabis community has been from budtenders to growers to advocates. When I first started, everyone opened their arms to offer advice, navigate legal challenges, payment processing, shipping hurdles. It feels a lot like wine in the 193os in the sense that it’s a small, burgeoning industry with passionate founders all working together to help the industry flourish.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

When I first started working with CBD, I felt a bit like a mad scientist creating elixirs for friends to try. One particular formula was extremely potent in “herbal aroma” and it wasn’t until after using it for a few weeks that I realized I’d added 10x the target amount of CBD. It was like 100mg per use. My skin never looked better, but I smelled like a dispensary.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We just launched our second product and first color collection, Microdose Lip Gloss, and of course have some exciting things in the works. While Saint Jane launched with beauty products, we really consider ourselves a true lifestyle brand and want it to touch people far beyond just the skin. We cannot wait to share what’s coming.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

I would not have been able to do create Saint Jane without a crew of women who worked with me for more than 10 years. And my husband. He doesn’t know it but he’s my CFO, advisor and therapist. His calm focus has helped me stay the course when challenges have arisen (which is daily). When I was debating whether to start the brand and add more complexity to our already full lives with three daughters, he gave me the best advice. He said, do it with the girls. Show them how to build a business every step of the way. That advice has been incredibly powerful over the past 18 months. And the girls mirror what I’m doing with saint jane with their own creative efforts — they doodle product ideas and names, complete with little registered tm’s in them.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

I’ve been amazed by the power of the brand founder story. I believe people want to connect with authentic stories of makers and creators who have followed their passions. It resonates more than traditional beauty campaigns ( images of perfect women on billboards). It’s harder for a large legacy company where the founder has moved on, but the idea of connecting brands and products to real people and stories is powerful.

In more interesting news…Saint Jane has been banned by Instagram and Facebook from promoting content because, somewhere along the way, someone decided we were illegal. It makes me laugh because our name is saint jane, the innocent side of “Mary Jane”. At one point, we were totally blocked from even showing up in hashtags. I called everyone I knew at Facebook and Instagram to help unblock us. It was half-successful. We show up in most hashtags, but we still can’t promote. All of our growth has been organic because they still see us as illegal even though the farm bill legalized hemp-derived CBD in all 50 states. At one point this felt like an overwhelming challenge, but now we laugh about it.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Exciting:

1. The potential — CBD is a very powerful and ancient botanical, but its benefits are still being determined in the health and wellness space and that potential is exciting.

2. The interest in learning about CBD — everyone that I encounter is so eager to learn how CBD can be used and how it can help them

3. The camaraderie — since launching Saint Jane I have met some of the most creative people. We are all interested in the power of CBD

Concerning:

1. The lack of transparency — at Saint Jane, we are committed to being transparent about all of our products and where the ingriedients come from and how they are tested. Unfortunately, I do not see this level of commitment from other brands.

2. Misinformation — there is a lot of wrong information out there about CBD. Some of the marketing that I have seen is confusing and misleading. We need to be very clear about what ingredients are in products and their end benefit

3. Trend driven — while CBD is a big trend now, it is in fact a very ancient botanical that has been used in healing for centuries. However, today I’ve seen brands trying to capitalize on the trend and include CBD in products that do not use it for its end benefit but rather as a marketing ploy.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each. What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

1. Entrepreneurship is 24/7…you don’t get breaks and everyday you’re pushed far out of your comfort zone. I marvel at the things I’ve done in the past year (CEW Cannabis and Beauty Panel, editor meetings, viral videos and dreaming up these products). I sleep less and work more but it’s all worth it.

2. CBD from hemp and marijuana is exactly the same. It’s a molecule, like h20. It took a lot of “experimenting” with THC-rich formulas to figure out I could use hemp-derived CBD and it would deliver the same result.

3. Don’t get banned by Facebook and Instagram. Start a CBD advocacy blog and promote that content, not your CBD-rich products. The blog can be your advertising platform for your brand.

4. 3rd party test your supply chain every step of the way. Test samples you receive. Test batches you purchase and test your final products to ensure your results match your suppliers’.

5. This is the wild west. Stay true to your belief system. You will be challenged by competitors (or people who think they know more than you). Know your facts and stick to your guns. The industry is evolving and the brands that establish their credibility for being transparent and trustworthy are the ones that will endure.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I’d love to inspire a kindness crusade with the philosophy that if you see something good in someone, say it. It’s at the heart of our brand too…Jane means woman and the actual Saint Jane was a saint dedicated to healing women in need. It’s in our DNA to have a “women supporting women” philosophy. Plus, as I grow a business out of my home (which also serves as our Saint Jane headquarters), my 3 daughters are seeing firsthand how to create a culture of kindness in the workplace. I believe in authentically empowering everyone who works with us…if we could ignite that crusade in the world — to be more honest in feedback and prioritizing strengths before weaknesses, it could change the culture of social media, bullying and even the beauty industry.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

On Instagram — our handle is @saintjanebeauty

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!

Thank you for the opportunity!


5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business, with Casey Georgeson… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Turns out that being radically transparent and honest with your consumers is the best marketing…

“Turns out that being radically transparent and honest with your consumers is the best marketing strategy you can invest in!” with Brandon Beatty and Fotis Georgiadis

Turns out that being radically transparent and honest with your consumers is the best marketing strategy you can invest in! Bluebird really sets itself apart in the industry with its transparency. We have an industry-leading quality control system that allows customers to view third-party lab tests for every single batch of every single product that leaves our facility. Likewise, we work hard to provide the most accessible customer service possible. We have a dedicated customer care team to help guide our customers through their CBD journey.

Brandon is ultimately responsible for developing and overseeing the long-term and short-term strategies at Bluebird, managing senior level employees, negotiating and executing deals on behalf of the company, and directing most strategic endeavors whether legislative, regulatory, forming alliances and partnerships, or conducting interviews with the media. He ensures that the company is running smoothly, is well-staffed, has proper resources being allocated, and has a strong foundation to succeed. With the aid of consultants and attorneys, he also helps to ensure that all of our operations are compliant with the various laws we’re bound by.

Can you share with us your story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve always been interested in the power of plant-based medicine and had a fascination with cannabis and herbal supplements from a young age. Prior to starting Bluebird, I worked at an apothecary that sold a variety of essential oils and extracts. These products contained many of the same compounds as hemp extracts, like terpenes, and often used the same extraction methods. When I first discovered CBD around 2010, it was through my employer at the apothecary who used it for his personal health. In 2012, I started working on Bluebird at nighttime and on weekends, and eventually was able to dive fully into it with the explosion of growth caused by releasing our first hemp-derived CBD products in 2013.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

In 2014, I went on a trip with my father to Lithuania to explore some business prospects and tour a few hemp farms. One day, while we were visiting a hemp farm in the middle of nowhere, our guide suddenly ran to the car, shouting over his shoulder something about a business emergency. He drove off with all of our belongings still in the car, including our wallets, phones and passports. We were basically stranded on this foreign farm for an hour and a half thinking we’d been robbed and stranded. Fortunately, he eventually came back and brushed it off as normal behavior.

On a more serious note, our company’s journey in politics has also been incredibly interesting. Bluebird started as a small, humble company and is now affecting legislature at a state and national level. I never imagined I’d find myself at this place — I had no business experience prior to this, I just jumped in and rode the roller-coaster ride that we’ve experienced.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Letting that guy drive away with my passport! Also, not too long after starting the company, I learned the importance of always getting a written contract before writing a check to someone. Long story short, I began a business partnership based on a handshake with a guy I trusted and ended up losing a lot of money. I basically paid an expensive college tuition in the space of one week. Lesson learned — ALWAYS get a written contract in hand first.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

One of our biggest projects yet — trying to solidify CBD’s place as a federally approved ingredient in food, supplements, and cosmetics.

To accomplish this, we are working with the U.S. Hemp Roundtable among several other associations. This has been an ongoing issue for over four years, but it’s an important one because it will allow extremely conservative companies to enter the CBD market without fear about the regulatory landscape. Although the FDA has acknowledged CBD’s potential as a health supplement, there’s still a lot more work to do to get the final “OK.” However, this could have major historical effects; essentially, this could be what allows the hemp-CBD industry to grow into one of the largest industries in the nation.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful toward who helped you get to where you are? Can you share a story?

Although I haven’t had any hand-holding or someone saving my ass along the way, I attribute much of my success to my parents for being the most excellent role models I could’ve asked for. Both of my parents are incredibly intelligent and hardworking. They have really helped me become who I am, and who I’ve become is what has allowed Bluebird to happen.

The industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think legacy companies should consider adopting?

Turns out that being radically transparent and honest with your consumers is the best marketing strategy you can invest in! Bluebird really sets itself apart in the industry with its transparency. We have an industry-leading quality control system that allows customers to view third-party lab tests for every single batch of every single product that leaves our facility. Likewise, we work hard to provide the most accessible customer service possible. We have a dedicated customer care team to help guide our customers through their CBD journey.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

The thing that most excites me about the industry right now is its potential to improve the health of millions of people. We hear stories every day about how CBD is benefitting people, and it truly is a revolutionary product. Beyond that, the political and economic impact is also incredible. As mentioned, we’ve put a lot of effort into developing legislature to help the industry grow. We’re already a legacy company in the hemp-CBD world and we only go back six years. We’ve watched the industry grow from a few companies in 2012 and 2013 to today where the industry is making headlines across every major publication from Forbes to the Boston Globe.

My three biggest concerns about the industry are untrustworthy companies, the massive learning and implementation process following the 2018 Farm Bill, and getting streamlined and sound hemp laws passed in all 50 states. As far as untrustworthy companies go, there are a lot of companies making bad products with bad business practices and questionable marketing tactics. This includes making disease-related claims about their products, which is against FDA regulations and creates a safety concern. It would be a lot easier for CBD to get FDA approval if everyone attempted to follow the rules — so if you’re reading this and you’re one of those companies, get your act together!

Likewise, following the passage of the 2018 Farm Bill, there is still a great deal of uncertainty among companies and health departments about how to proceed. It’s going to take more time to get everyone on the same page. One of our top challenges this year will be getting state legislation passed to fully open up the hemp industry across the nation.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading A Cannabis Business”?

  1. I almost wish someone had told me how hard it would be — but then I might not have done it.
  2. There’s a lack of tools and resources available. Everything was working against us at first, between having limited marketing avenues and constantly switching banks and credit card processors. This has continually improved over time thanks to a concentrated effort from those of us in the industry, but it’s been an uphill battle.
  3. The technicalities of building an organization and its HR structure — how to organize the people and build teams.
  4. Remember to sleep — it’s all going to be fine!
  5. Stigma takes a long time to change, but it can eventually change. Although we’ve been (and still are) fighting decades of stigma around cannabis, we are seeing the tide very quickly.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Try to provide as much context as possible behind decision making or new projects in the company, especially the “why.” Employees become so much more inspired when they feel aligned with your vision and purpose. Extra communication can really go a long way.

You are a person with great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger!

Honestly, there’s no more exciting movement that I could personally be behind than the one I’m behind now. The hemp industry has the potential to positively impact billions of lives and the planet itself, and we’re only beginning to understand its scope. We hear stories every day from our customers about the good we are doing, and I can’t wait to see how far this goodness actually spreads. As Forbes noted in December of 2018, hemp “may change life as you know it.”

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

We’re very social birds here! Give us a chirp anytime on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.

Thank you so much for joining us!


“Turns out that being radically transparent and honest with your consumers is the best marketing… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Without every employee’s full support and understanding of the cannabis market, your business…

“Without every employee’s full support and understanding of the cannabis market, your business will not have the wherewithal to survive” with Trish Lucy and Fotis Georgiadis

Make sure everyone is drinking the Kool Aid. Without every employee’s full support and understanding of the explosion of this market, as well as the impact these products can have on people’s lives; your business will not have the wherewithal to survive the up-and-downs of trying to succeed in this market.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Trish Lucy, Brand Ambassador and Director of Trade Relations for ONE13™ Topical Relief. Trish Lucy has been a core representative of the ONE13™ brand since its inception and has been a true purveyor of the concept that everyday people need access to safe relief options that are non-habit forming, with no adverse interactions. Through her efforts, she emphasizes that hemp-derived CBD products are safe and should be accessible via normal retail channels, devoid of stigma or other negative connotation.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

After working within various industries, including design, sales and marketing; I landed in the medical industry. As a result of my experience within different fields and my interest in emerging industries, helping to develop the brand and distribution channel for ONE13™ was a natural fit.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

The most interesting thing that has happened has been managing the PR outreach and response due to the media coverage we have garnered since launching this brand. There was a such a massive outpouring of individuals interested in products like ONE13™ that it was overwhelming. Luckily our support structures were in place to manage the in-flow, but the sheer volume was unlike anything we expected.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

The funniest mistake we made was assuming the market knew anything about itself. The first comprehensive market report on hemp-derived products (created by New Frontier Data) was not even released until the end of last year. The maturity of this market still has many, many years before it gets its legs under it.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

The entire industry is exciting. There are so many possibilities opening up in this space and so many minds opening up to using Hemp-Derived CBDs that it creates new opportunities for us every day. Probably, the most exiting thing we are involved in, day-in; day-out is our distribution pipeline into the healthcare community.

None of us can achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

The support of Salus Medical and their staff, for its unending support of the brand and the vision of ONE13™. This organization has been an unwavering bastion.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Yes, getting early adopters in the medical community to understand the benefits of these products, facilitating their media postings on their own pages, then support them on your media campaigns by reposting these “wins”.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

The 3 Things that Excite Us Most are:

· De-Stigmatization of Hemp

· The Impact of Hemp on People’s Lives

· The Creative Process and Using New Strategies to Inform the Public

The 3 Things that Concern Us Most are:

· Misinformation About the Hemp Industry

· Poorly Made Products Flooding the Market

· Price Parity Against Poorly Made Products

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. Misinformation/ misconceptions about Hemp: it is a longer sale cycle due to the educational component, teaching on the healing benefits of hemp derived CBD.

We did a yoga festival (Love Light) in Maryland the end of 2018. We noticed that some people were hesitant at first to try, expressing initial reluctance based on what they perceived we were selling. Our approach was for them to just try it on, walk around, enjoy the festival and we guaranteed that they would be back. Every single person came back and purchased.

2. Weeding through each State’s regulations, every State is different on how they are handling hemp derived CBD’s.

Some States are lumping any CBD product under one umbrella, which is a bit limiting for now. In due time the atmosphere behind hemp derived CBD’s will open. For now, we do as much due diligence as possible to abide by each States’ current regulations

3. CBD Market, how saturated the market is with “CBD” products, with this saturation there are very few that are top quality such as ONE13.

Tenpoint5 Barre Studio in central Phoenix sells ONE13, we had a booth at their Grand re-opening. Several ladies approached us, telling us they had purchased different topicals, months to a year ago that they were trying to use up before they invested in another. They each applied ONE13 before class as soon as class was over each purchased ONE13 stating they just couldn’t wait that long.

We knew going into this market their would-be challenges, as the adage goes “slow and steady wins the race!” Of course, when you believe in a product so much you think it is just going to fly off the shelves… As we have put a ton of man hours, thought, marketing and education into ONE13. Every day, week and month is a new and exciting adventure for us. We are thrilled about our future in this industry!

4. That traditional marketing does not apply within this space.

We have been essentially “boxed” under the “CBD” umbrella, which has limited us to boosting posts, buying ad words, etc.

5. We have to really think outside of the box, in order to get the word out on ONE13

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Make sure everyone is drinking the Kool Aid. Without every employee’s full support and understanding of the explosion of this market, as well as the impact these products can have on people’s lives; your business will not have the wherewithal to survive the up-and-downs of trying to succeed in this market.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

In relation to our business, I think that a movement towards the general public becoming more involved with their personal health and well-being. Taking the time to address both their mental as well as their physical health, week-by-week. Our brand supports this concept as well.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

@one13relief

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“Without every employee’s full support and understanding of the cannabis market, your business… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“We are in the Wild West phase of this business, and it is constantly evolving.”

“We are in the Wild West phase of this business, and it is constantly evolving.” with Jeff Gallagher and Fotis Georgiadis

Even now that the Farm Bill has passed, making it legal to grow industrial hemp and sell the products made from it, some state health departments have different rules about how those products can be used. For example, in Michigan, the health department says you can sell a bottle of CBD oil in a coffee shop, but you can’t sell coffee with that same CBD oil added to the cup. We are in the Wild West phase of this business, and it is constantly evolving.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Jeff Gallagher is the founder and Managing Member of Made by Hemp in Jenison, Michigan. Gallagher is a pioneer in the hemp industry, starting his business on the ground floor in 2013 when it became legal to sell industrial hemp in the United States for the first time since 1937. Today, Made by Hemp is a multi-million-dollar business with more than 30 employees, two retail locations (with a third on the way), and a dedicated 1,200 sq ft lab for the manufacturing and formulation of high quality, domestically sourced hemp wellness products. Gallagher is passionate about hemp-derived CBD oil, and is driven to help others by educating consumers about its benefits and uses.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

CBD oil helped me get my life and my health back after my own personal tragedy in 2012. My late wife and my father-in-law both passed away within a week of each other and upended my world. Shortly after that, I found myself experiencing terrible anxiety and panic attacks. The medical community’s answer was medication. At one point, my doctor had me on five prescription drugs, which made me feel numb and completely unlike myself.

Around that time, a neighbor introduced me to CBD oil, but I was skeptical. I took it reluctantly, but before I knew it, my panic attacks went away. I thought it was a placebo, so I stopped taking it, and the panic attacks returned almost immediately. I started taking the CBD oil again and within no time I was able to wean myself off of all 5 prescription drugs leaving me completely prescription free today!

Shortly after that experience in 2013, I set a goal to help five people with anxiety every month. I went online and bought $1,200 worth of CBD oil on a credit card from the only company I could find selling that quantity. Within a few months, I was shipping so many packages I had to quit my day job as an IT professional and jump into my CBD business full-time.

I had no idea a company like Made By Hemp would grow out of my part-time passion project helping people with their anxiety. I’m so glad it did because it gave me a platform to help more people than I ever dreamed of, and not just with anxiety, but many other health issues, too.

Today, we have more than 30 employees, an e-commerce division, two retail locations with a third in the works, a growing wholesale division and a 1,200 square foot manufacturing facility with a dedicated lab for formulation.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

One of the things we learned early on is government agencies (DEA, FDA, EPA) were interested in what we are doing, and we had to figure out how to follow their rules. In our experience there has been quite a bit of conflicting information about what is okay and what’s not, so that has been a definite challenge.

Even now that the Farm Bill has passed, making it legal to grow industrial hemp and sell the products made from it, some state health departments have different rules about how those products can be used. For example, in Michigan, the health department says you can sell a bottle of CBD oil in a coffee shop, but you can’t sell coffee with that same CBD oil added to the cup.

We are in the Wild West phase of this business, and it is constantly evolving.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

One of the ridiculous things I did early on was shipping our products using hand-printed shipping labels. It made sense when I was selling one or two bottles a month — even a couple a week — but suddenly I was filling 100 orders or more a day and still creating labels by hand. I was constantly running out of supplies and running to OfficeMax for more. One day I thought there had to be a better way and could only laugh at myself when I saw how many shipping label printers I found online with a single search.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We just launched a new line of products including a roll-on CBD salve, as well as a CBD patch which lasts up to 12 hours. We have some other new products coming soon as well, including new confections and more pet products. We have a third retail location in the works, slated to open this spring, in addition to the location in Elkhart, Indiana and our retail outlet in Jenison, Michigan at our headquarters.

Our building seems to be perpetually under construction as we create space for additional employees, and as we expand on our manufacturing facility to add new equipment.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

My grandmother, Dorothy, has been a great inspiration all my life. She passed away a number of years ago, unfortunately, but she’s the one who taught me to tune out the people who try to discourage me and really go for my dreams. She was such a force in life and a very entrepreneurial woman, particularly for her generation. Dorothy started many different businesses in her life, including a restaurant, a pool hall, a baseball card shop, a ceramics shop, and a diner. I carry her memory with me every day. I know she is smiling down on me, is proud of the business I’ve created, and how many people we are helping.

This industry is young, dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

There is a lot of misinformation around the CBD industry, it’s very misunderstood (i.e., it’s not marijuana and it cannot get you high). We have found the most valuable marketing tool we have is consumer education. Since the beginning, Made by Hemp has focused on providing valuable information about hemp and CBD, all backed by reliable sources.

One of our core values is doing the right thing, so we are committed to doing that in our marketing, as well. We help people understand what CBD is, and what it is not. For instance, there are companies making claims that CBD oil is a panacea, or a “cure all”, for everything that ails you. This simply isn’t true, but it does have proven value as an anti-inflammatory and a calming agent. There will be much more research in the years to come, now that the restrictions on hemp have been lifted, and we’re excited to see those results.

We find that many of our customers consistently come back to our website for more education and that is a definite win for us.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

What we’re excited about:

  1. The possible benefits of CBD oil and the research on other phytocannabinoids. There are many others (aside from CBD and TCH) that naturally occur in the cannabis plant and we have not scratched the surface of those yet.
  2. Seeing all the businesses and opportunities created in and around this industry. More and more pop up every day, and it’s exciting to see the new products that are being developed and the jobs being created because of it.

3. The number of people being helped with health and wellness issues in a natural way. I started this business with a goal of helping people; today I hear stories daily about how a CBD or cannabis product has changed someone’s life like it did mine, and that is both humbling and inspiring.

What we’re concerned about:

  1. People still conflate CBD with marijuana, believing that both products get you high, and that is a tough stigma to overcome. There are people now selling hemp flower “joints” which sends the wrong message entirely. Hemp flower joints look and smell just like a marijuana joint, but hemp cannot get anyone high.
  2. Like every industry, there are some bad actors looking to cash in on the CBD oil business by cutting corners and in some cases, cheating people. With CBD you truly get what you pay for, so it’s vital that consumers know what they are buying and where it was sourced. At Made by Hemp, every product we sell comes with a Certificate of Analysis (COA) from an independent lab and a money back guarantee. Be wary of people selling you very cheap CBD oil products as they may come from China or not contain any CBD at all. Ask to see the lab test.
  3. Be wary of products and companies that claim CBD oil can cure everything that ails you, from headaches to autism to cancer. We know CBD has been proven to be calming and an anti-inflammatory, but it’s just one part of a healthy lifestyle.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. People will think you’re a drug dealer. When I first met my wife, she thought my business was a cover for a marijuana operation. Expect to spend a lot of time educating people about what CBD is, and more importantly, what it isn’t.

2. Carefully sourcing your hemp is critical to creating a good CBD oil product. The plant itself can grow roots more than 8 feet deep and it’s a soil remediator, meaning that it will pull any pesticides or heavy metals out of the ground and into the plant. When I first started, the only option was to source plants from Europe. Today, all our hemp comes from American farms. Building good relationships with your chosen wholesale supplier is key to creating quality products.

3. You need to be prepared to deal with government agencies and stay on top of regulations, because they can change quickly and may vary by state. As I mentioned above, even now that the 2018 Farm Bill has passed, making it legal to grow industrial hemp and sell the products made from it, some state health departments have different rules about how those products can be used. As mentioned before, look at Michigan: the health department says you can sell a bottle of CBD oil in a coffee shop, but you can’t sell coffee with that same CBD oil added to the cup.

4. Competition is only going to get more intense now that hemp is no longer a restricted crop. When I first started Made by Hemp in 2013, banks could not legally give us financing for the business because hemp was a controlled substance. Now, many individuals and companies are looking to cash in on the CBD oil business, so it’s vital to build a strong brand and continue innovating.

5. Growing a successful company requires more than producing quality products. Building a solid work culture where people feel free to collaborate and innovate is key in an industry like this, which is constantly changing. At Made By Hemp we are focused on creating a great culture where top performers want to stay, and that means learning how to communicate with people from different generations and with different skill sets.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Company culture is everything. It’s vital that you avoid a top-down hierarchy and allow your team to communicate and collaborate. In this business you constantly need to be learning and stay prepared to pivot when needed. We have benefited from working with business coaches and peer groups from entrepreneurial organizations. Our leadership team is always learning and growing, and we encourage the rest of our team to do that, too.

We have had good success with the Entrepreneurial Operating System (or EOS). It has helped us create systems and have the most productive meetings I’ve ever been in. When we first started, my one employee and I would go to lunch once a week, and that was our only meeting. But once we got up to ten employees, we needed to put a system in place. We are poised for exponential growth in both our wholesale and retail divisions. Having systems and processes in place like EOS will help us get there much faster and more smoothly.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

It sounds simplistic, but honestly, if I could inspire any movement, it would be to encourage people to be nice, assume the best in others and get along. One of the things I love about the CBD industry is that it’s one big melting pot and everybody is welcome, as long as they’re acting in good faith.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

On Instagram @MadeByHemp

On Facebook @MadeByHemp

Or connect with me on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jeff-gallagher-473b0253/

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“We are in the Wild West phase of this business, and it is constantly evolving.” was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“We need everyone to understand what they are buying to help dispel any confusion behind CBD and…

“We need everyone to understand what they are buying to help dispel any confusion behind CBD and the industry.” with Chase Terwilliger and Fotis Georgiadis

In a new space like CBD, current and potential customers desire content to educate themselves and require brands to be transparent with them. Recognizing this, CBDistillery is one of the first brands to put QR codes on labels that link back to the batch testing results for that specific product to ensure customers can trust us a brand. Additionally, as we work to create a CBD movement and disassociate with the marijuana industry, we aim to have our website serve as a “one stop shop” for consumers interested in and wanting to learn more about CBD — including resources, educational blog posts and product purchasing. As we generate strong educational content, we are one of the first CBD brands to really concentrate on SEO as we are unable to market on Google Ad Words or Facebook. We want everyone to understand what they are buying and to help us dispel any confusion behind CBD and the industry.

Chase Terwilliger is the CEO of Balanced Health Botanicals in Denver, CO. Established in 2015, Balanced Health Botanicals owns and operates some of the largest manufacturing operations and brands, including CBDistillery, in the hemp-derived CBD market. After graduating with an MBA from the W.P. Carey School of Business at Arizona State University and leading a business development team with a technology startup, Silvernest, Chase sought out an opportunity to become the CEO of an organization that he was confident would change the world. Since leading BHB, the team has grown from four employees to 50+, increased product SKUs from one to over 800, and reported consolidated third-quarter revenue of $16.4 million, a 763% growth YoY. Chase’s goal is to continue the growth of the vertically integrated house of brands, becoming the largest supplier of hemp-derived CBD in the world.

Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Prior to CBDistillery, I was part of the founding team at a technology company, worked in healthcare and had experience with executive management — all different (but in some ways similar) industries that gave me skills and knowledge that play a part in my current role. I first became familiar with CBD when some friends of mine, Andy Papilion, Chuck McKenney and Lincoln Sorenson, started an online CBD company, now known as CBDistillery, a Balanced Health Botanicals brand. Given our friendship, my experience in healthcare, and overall interest in the growing industry of CBD, in my free time I found myself helping the team with SEO, SEM, marketing strategy and managing the website. In a matter of weeks, the CBDistillery website traffic had increased by a significant amount and the business was taking off. Given the success and my experience in both healthcare and executive management and of course how invested I was in the success of the brand, when CBDistillery offered me a chance to be CEO of the company, it was easy to say yes. I took a risk, left my current job for a business and industry that the DEA classified as illegal at the time, and jumped right into my new role. This risk turned out to be one of the best decisions I have ever made as CBDistillery is now a leading player in the space, legislation is leading in the right direction and the industry overall is projected to have exponential growth.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

During my tenure with CBDistillery there have been many interesting situations which of course, led to great stories. Upon start up, the CBD industry was very much unknown to consumers, lawmakers, commerce professionals, etc., no one was really quite sure where CBD fit in — was it part of the healthcare space, was it a supplement? Due to this grey area surrounding CBD and what it is, we were grouped in the marijuana industry. As you can imagine, each industry, business, company, etc. has their “bad apples” and unfortunately, a lot of our business dealings at the start were with those people. Because our business niche was still an ‘unknown’ territory, outside resources we weary of doing business with a CBD company and I found many of professionals to be less than transparent and not as trustworthy as other business men and women I had worked with in the past. We had many hurdles with these businesspeople and it became very difficult to find good partners. Looking back, there is one situation in particular that stands out. We began a partnership with a merchant processing group — of which, we thought we were lucky since many were unwilling to work with CBD companies at the time — who made significate promises. Of course, we enlisted our expert security team to run checks before any official business took place, and everything checked out. After a month, the real inner workings of their business began to show. From missing payments and excuses as to why — including needing signatures from POTUS! — to them threatening me personally and CBDistillery as a company, we ultimately decided to end the partnership. We took this as a great learning experience, and actually, the situation is quite amusing that they assumed that they were dealing with a company and executives that would allow them to get away with such unprofessional behavior and business dealings — that they must have gotten away with before!

The CBD industry and the people/businesses that are involved are much different now. We are beyond grateful for the 2018 Farm Bill, which brought a sense of empowerment and legitimacy to the space, allowing us to work with partners that are trustworthy and forthcoming with information.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

A mistake is truly a learning experience and for that, I am grateful. When we were starting out, we couldn’t keep up with the supply and demand process — we were in need of partners to help us keep up. Given the newness of the space, we ran into a similar situation as noted above — untrustworthy people and business dealings. One in particular claimed to have 100kgs of CBD isolate in a warehouse in California (isolate is the pure form of CBD and is used as the active ingredient in all our products, the value of 100kgs of CBD isolate at the time was around $1,000,000), we then sent someone from our team out there, and there was nothing. This happened multiple times, so we decided to put these people through a little test of our own. Our team went out and bought a few hundred dollars worth of flour (which looks very similar to isolate from afar), we packed it in bags and took a picture of it and sent it to an isolate “lab” and said we had 100kgs for sale at our warehouse. Within an hour we had emails and texts from tons of people in the industry saying that THEY had 100kgs of isolate in their possession. It was hilarious! What’s the lesson? You can’t trust and take everyone at face value. Do your research and trust your gut. It may take more time, but eventually you’ll find honest and trustworthy people that have your business goals top of mind and are on your side.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We have some very exciting projects in the pipeline! One that I am most excited for is the launch of CBDistilleryRX. Building upon the incredible success of CBDistillery, Balanced Health Botanicals is introducing products formulated exclusively for distribution by medical professionals. This new line will consist of pharmacist-recommended hemp-derived CBD products that will be available in-store only at select pharmacies nationwide.

Additionally, we are part of the U.S Hemp roundtable, which is a coalition of over a dozen hemp companies that dedicate their time to aggressive, targeted, grass-tops lobbying campaigns. The main focuses of the organization are:

– Lobbying efforts in state capitols to fully legalize hemp and popular hemp derived products such as CBD

– Facilitate information exchange with law enforcement and federal agency officials

– Continue long-term legislative advocacy on other major policy issues, remaining vigilant against potential attempts of rival industries to half hemp’s progress

– Coordination with the US Hemp Authority, whose certification program promotes high standards, best practices and self-regulation, providing confidence to consumers that hemp products are safe and to law enforcement that they are legal

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

That’s an easy one, my partners and team. I’m lucky enough to lead a wonderful and innovative company in an evolving industry, but most of the work is really done by my partners — Andy Papilion, Lincoln Sorenson, and Chuck McKenney — and our unbelievable team. We wouldn’t be where we are without them and could not get where we are going to be without every single person who works with CBDistillery. Everyone has a very unique set of skills and is so very passionate, that everything fits perfectly into place.

This industry is young, dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

In a new space like CBD, current and potential customers desire content to educate themselves and require brands to be transparent with them. Recognizing this, CBDistillery is one of the first brands to put QR codes on labels that link back to the batch testing results for that specific product to ensure customers can trust us a brand. Additionally, as we work to create a CBD movement and disassociate with the marijuana industry, we aim to have our website serve as a “one stop shop” for consumers interested in and wanting to learn more about CBD — including resources, educational blog posts and product purchasing. As we generate strong educational content, we are one of the first CBD brands to really concentrate on SEO as we are unable to market on Google Ad Words or Facebook. We want everyone to understand what they are buying and to help us dispel any confusion behind CBD and the industry.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the CBD industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Excites me:

1. Acceptance: More and more consumers are starting to become educated on CBD and the industry as whole and are accepting and incorporating it into their daily routine

2. Regulation: As the industry continues to grow, the FDA will pay more attention and start to regulate companies like CBDistillery, bringing a larger sense of legitimacy and trust which will be great for both industry and the consumer alike

3. Global Movement: CBD is not only expanding in the US, people across the globe are interested in and being educated on hemp-derived CBD and its many benefits, moving towards a global CBD movement

Concerns me:

1. Standardized Testing: All legitimate companies work with 3rd party labs for product testing, however, from time to time we still see the results vary from lab to lab. The industry needs a standardized lab that can handle testing for the entire industry and hold all companies accountable to the same standards.

2. State-By-State Education: By the end of 2019 each state will need to implement a hemp program. Some states are very educated on hemp and hemp-derived CBD, others are not. In order to make the right decisions and properly implement a program, states need to be fully educated to ensure no mistakes are made, which in turn could block consumer access to hemp-derived CBD.

3. Marketing Claims– Since hemp-derived CBD is not a drug, companies can’t make medical claims. Some companies are marketing invalidated medical claims, which could lead to backlash for other companies that are following guidelines and tarnish the industry overall.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. It won’t be easy. The industry is projected to have exponential growth, with 2000+ companies working to bring product to market, work hard and trust your team.

2. Make education a priority. Educate yourself on FDA and FTC compliance guidelines.

3. Do research on your partners before jumping into business with anyone.

4. Your customers are your number one fans — provide them with top of the line customer service and educational content.

5. Much of the mass population doesn’t know or understand what CBD is. Be prepared with education tools to help decipher the difference between CBD and marijuana.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Treat your employees as if they are a part of the big picture as well. Like their job is just as important as yours, because ultimately, each person has a role in the growth and success of a company. Employees should also always be shown your customer’s testimonials, allowing for them to directly see the impact their hard work is having. Showcasing and sharing direct feedback from customers will validate their work and inspire them even further.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger.

We are currently leading the #CBDMOVEMENT, which I’m obviously very passionate about. However, if CBD wasn’t the current movement I’m working to inspire, I would love to help lead a movement on affordable housing. Affordable housing in major cities is becoming worse year after year. The current market pushes people out of their homes, gobbles up most (if not all) of their income and leaves them susceptible to bankruptcy. Before CBDistillery I was on the founding team of Silvernest.com, with the main mission to aide in the affordable housing crisis.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Instagram

@cbdistillery_

@chasetwig

Facebook

https://www.facebook.com/theCBDistillery/

Thank you so much for joining us!


“We need everyone to understand what they are buying to help dispel any confusion behind CBD and… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“I wish I would have known how to talk with my mom about cannabis to get her off pharmaceutical…

“I wish I would have known how to talk with my mom about cannabis to get her off pharmaceutical pills. Maybe she would still be alive”, with Wendy Robbins & Karen Paull of The Marijuana Show

We see the industry as a community of visionaries, rebels taking on a system of big pharma, the Federal Government, State Governments… It’s exciting to educate, advocate and to help legalize cannabis. The stigma is fading away. We love how many powerful women are leading the way. We imagine we will be able to legalize this year in the USA since Mexico and Canada are recreationally legal now too. This will give us banking, better compliance and rules that make sense.

As a part of my series about “the 5 Things I Wish I Knew Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business ”, I had the distinct pleasure of interviewing Wendy Robbins and Karen Paull. Robbins and Paull produce The Marijuana Show on Amazon Prime seen by millions. It’s the “Shark Tank of the cannabis industry.” — CNBC. They’ve offered $20 million to entrepreneurs, been named the most influential women in cannabis and women to watch in 2019. Wendy co-invented The Tingler head massager selling millions, has 2 Emmy awards and wrote the bestselling book, “Why Marry A Millionaire? Just Be One!” Karen Paull ran a successful digital marketing agency bringing in $25 million in revenue. She was VP of Sales at Snapfish and helped them be acquired by HP for $300 million.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with the ‘backstory” about what brought you to the cannabis space?

I starred in Kelly Ripa’s, “Homemade Millionaire,” series for TLC. My gig was to coach women inventors how to pitch HSN. Karen Paull, my wife and business partner wanted to star in a reality show. We wondered what we could produce a show on. This was 2014. We were smoking a joint at the time, and The Marijuana Show was born. CNBC calls it, “Shark Tank for the Cannabis Industry.” We had the idea and two weeks later we were shooting the auditions for the show in Denver, Colorado. Hundreds showed up including major press like CNBC, FOX, NPR, ABC, etc. Fast forward 5 years and the show has been seen by millions on Amazon Prime. 250 million have been reached through National mainstream news. (Fortune, Forbes, Entrepreneur, Inc, WSJ, NY Times, Cheddar, Benzinga, Hollywood Reporter, etc) We are in pre-production on season 4 now. We have been called “The most influential women in cannabis and women to watch out for in 2019.”

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

Very few people in our industry have bank accounts so one time, a sponsor was giving us a large sum of money. Stacks and stacks of hundred dollar bills. We brought our pitbull, Cleopatra with us to the meeting. She was a badass protector in her pink bling collar with the large spikes. We had to drive 5 hours to get back home and she sat on top of the money protecting it. That still cracks us up. It was like a scene from Breaking Bud.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Trusting everyone. Season one of our show was shot in Denver. We had never been there and we didn’t know anyone. That all changed when we met a woman named Addison who introduced us to Dawn who introduced us to Chris who has a mansion in Cherry Creek and he let us shoot season one in his house. We had five days to shoot 10 episodes. We had a million dollars of liability insurance in case of an accident. Chris decided on the first day of the shoot that he would not let us into his house unless we had two million dollars worth of insurance. CNBC had a satellite truck outside to film our shoot and to interview us and he would not let them or the cast or us into his house for hours. The second season we shot at a gorgeous lake house in Denver. When we scouted the location it was quiet, gorgeous, perfect and affordable. We gave our crew Marijuana Show shirts, and as they got equipment from the vans, neighbors who we discovered hated cannabis started their lawn mowers and kept them going during most of the first day’s shoot. Some got into their boats and drove back and forth, engine on full throttle while giving us the finger. So we had to find another location, re-set the lights and one of the “Sharks/Investors” calls from the emergency room saying she can’t do the shoot. We only had two days to shoot the pitches with investors so that was incredibly hard to deal with. What we learned is to shoot in a professional studio so we won’t go through those things. We are shooting in Toronto, Canada this summer.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We are shooting season four this summer in Canada, Israel, Columbia, Europe and the USA. The industry has grown up and now the “sharks/investors” are with public companies looking to acquire companies so the deals are huge. Tens of millions to hundreds of millions. It’s really exciting and so different from when we first started. Our show is on Amazon Prime. We partnered with Gravitas to analyze deals and make sure they have the best return on investment. 30 companies will pitch investors quality deals. We have the High Finance Fund that we manage so that accredited investors who are not on the show can invest in these valuable companies. We are focused on companies that are ready to go public, to scale big time or to be acquired so it’s a fantastic and unique opportunity for investors. We are the first in the world to have a fund and a television show. We also partnered with two amazing people from our show. Luke, season two, our farmer and Heather Lawrence, season three our formulator for Club Hemp. Clubhemp.co is a community of consumers who want education and lab tested, non gmo, organic, natural CBD and hemp products. Our health, beauty, edibles and pet products have won 4 awards for being best products on the market. We are humbled because there is so much competition. We welcome resellers, affiliates and distributers to join us.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

We needed an investment because we spent our own money to prove the concept. We were in Las Vegas at a cannabis conference with investors and Karen spoke with one who met us for a beer. He asked if we could put our business plan on a napkin. We did. He was impressed and asked us to send our full plan and financials to him. A week later almost a million dollars was put into our newly formed bank account. Four years later he is still a good mentor, networker and friend. We even visited him and his wife for my birthday. He gave me a PAX and 4 strains of oils to vape so we could be more relaxed and creative working.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Be honest and honor those who went to prison over a plant, who still do. Our job is to educate, advocate, help legalize the plant. To end the stigma — to normalize cannabis. The Marijuana Show is one of the few ways to show who you, as an entrepreneur, as a brand, as a company truly are. We focus on integrity, on storytelling from the heart. Most of us are in this industry to help people in pain. We work in a Federally illegal industry so it’s an uphill journey every day. If you are in this industry just to make money, this industry will spit you out. So many went to prison over a plant and it’s due to their courage that any of us are in the industry. I would like to see the large legacy companies honor them. Our show is seen by millions as a marketing platform that tells the truth, shares the struggles, focuses on the dreams and distinguishes brands. We focus on ending the stigma and normalizing the plant.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry?

We see the industry as a community of visionaries, rebels taking on a system of big pharma, the Federal Government, State Governments… It’s exciting to educate, advocate and to help legalize cannabis. The stigma is fading away. We love how many powerful women are leading the way. We imagine we will be able to legalize this year in the USA since Mexico and Canada are recreationally legal now too. This will give us banking, better compliance and rules that make sense.

Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

It’s still Federally illegal. There are very few banks and merchant accounts available. Companies like Monsanto are coming in to create Frankenweed. CBD is not clearly defined as 100% legal and that is so wrong to us. Big pharma is behind that.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. The rules, laws, compliance changes daily from town to town really so it’s difficult to stay legal. Friends have gone to prison because of a changing law.

2. I wish I would have known how to talk with my mom about cannabis to get her off pharmaceutical pills. Maybe she would still be alive. This is our motivation now to produce our show. We share stories that show that conservative, frightened people can experience cannabis as an alternative to pain pills, sleeping pills, etc.

3. This industry is time consuming — life consuming — overwhelming and all of us need more help to balance our lives. Getting investment is really hard for start ups so one person ends up doing the job of ten people. Mistakes are made in an industry that is not forgiving. We work long hours and finally decided not to work weekends often. We take breaks during the day to have fun. We paid for and planned long vacations this year to go to Europe and stay in castles and at the end of the year we are going to Thailand to volunteer with baby elephants, Fiji, Bali, New Zealand to hang out with hobbits, Hawaii to swim with dolphins and kayak with humpbacks.

4. Attract a team of people who love what they do, love your products, are honored to work with your company. Keep your energy high so you don’t attract liars, thieves, hackers, and bullshitters. We have had experiences with all of them. Now we ask more questions, do background checks, take our time before we bring on new vendors and team members.

5. If we knew how hard this would be we may not have chosen this path. There are a lot easier ways to make a living. Imagine not being able to bank, to get investment easily, to not know whether you are going to go to prison over a plant. Imagine not being able to advertise or market your business. Social media sites making it impossible to boost your messages. It’s insane. It’s all about having a powerful WHY? Why are you in this industry? My friends have died from cancer. I promised them that we would continue to tell the powerful stories of what cannabis and CBD have done for people. We are fully committed.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Train your employees well. Make sure they love your products and find passion in educating your clients. Create a solid brand. Make sure everyone shares the mission. Let your employees explore being an entrepreneur. Listen to them. Help them find balance in their lives.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Normalize cannabis, #legalizeit, share stories, stop the stigma. We produce our show and share it with millions to do those things. That is our way to become a voice in this global movement. If you, the reader has the passion, find a way to be a part or a voice and a leader educating the masses. This is our year to #legalizeit.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

First please visit our sites: https://www.themarijuanashow.com then https://www.clubhemp.co. Yep it’s co not com. 🙂

FB: @themjrealityshow

Instagram: themjrealityshow

twitter: #mjrealityshow

Wendy Robbins — https://www.facebook.com/wendyrobbins

Karen Paull: https://www.facebook.com/karenjpaull

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“I wish I would have known how to talk with my mom about cannabis to get her off pharmaceutical… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business” with Andy Wilson and…

“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business” with Andy Wilson and Fotis Georgiadis

This situation was a big eureka moment for me. Why were the benefits of cannabis and CBD oil not more widely known? This was the start of the journey on my current career path. What a career! Knowing that the products my company makes can have huge benefits on people’s lives is something very special.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Andy Wilson, the Founder and Managing Director of CBD Hemporium, a company that sells organic, high-quality and lab-tested CBD products in the UK. Andy started the company with his partner after years of interest in alternative natural therapies and watching his family have great success with cannabis oil. Andy teaches people about the benefits of cannabinoids and CBD for improved health and wellbeing.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve been interested in alternative natural therapies and the organic and vegan movement for a long time. When a close family member became ill it became an intrinsic part of our lives. I had a friend who was involved in making cannabis oils for people with similar problems and we began to research if this was something that could benefit us. From that moment on I was engrossed in all things cannabis. Although I had been interested in cannabis from a social perspective, this new fascination was something different. I read stories of people in similar situations to us using cannabis oil to heal themselves of the most serious conditions. So with the help of a friend we incorporated a strong cannabis oil into our family member’s health regime along with a vegan organic diet with great success. We then added a CBD oil along with the cannabis oil to replace the CBD that was bred out of cannabis strains in favour of THC. In just over 12 months our family member was given a clear bill of health from their doctor. We no longer have a source of unbelievable worry and concern, although we of course remain vigilant and on guard.

This situation was a big eureka moment for me. Why were the benefits of cannabis and CBD oil not more widely known? This was the start of the journey on my current career path. What a career! Knowing that the products my company makes can have huge benefits on people’s lives is something very special.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

Although we operate as a business and need to make a living to pay bills and wages, my key driver is helping people experience the benefits I know this miraculous plant can have on their lives. I’ve always wanted to offer people access to CBD oil that may not be in position to afford it. To that end, we have joined the CannaPro CBD Compassionate Access Programme, which was setup by a trade body in the industry to do exactly that. There are many other companies who have joined the programme so it’s motivational to know there are companies in the industry with similar motivations to get this product to as many people as possible, and help those less fortunate who need it most.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Our first 6 months sales projections were pretty laughable (although not for us at the time). We set out to only offer the highest quality products, which for us meant sourcing organic high quality cannabinoids & terpene-rich cannabis extract from Colorado, which you can’t get from the EU. We set up relationship with one of the biggest suppliers in that area. We placed our order of extract, and were excited and ready to make our CBD oils and edibles that same month…that was wildly optimistic. Due in large part to a very poor supplier from consistency of supply stand point (although the quality was 1st class…), red tape, customs and a whole heap of other hurdles we faced in parallel to supply chain issues, suffice to say our revenue for our first 6 months of business was zero. I think many in the cannabis industry will be able to relate to this story in some form. It’s not like running any other business, but we are so glad we stuck with it and are in a great place to flourish going forward.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Although the key and most widely used product in our portfolio is our very high quality CBD oils, we also offer a large selection of CBD products including our CBD infused teas and coffee. We are the only supplier in the EU that offers fully lab-tested bulk bag CBD infused teas and coffee to the coffee shop market at a very competitive price per cup. We are currently working on a deal with 160 chain coffee shop in UK that would see our products consumed by hundreds of thousands of people every year. This is something very exciting for us. Also, you can’t stand still in this industry; we have new product launches planned over the coming weeks and months. So watch this space as we also develop many new exciting products.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Well this is a very interesting story. Before cannabis-based medical products (CBMP’s) were available in the UK and accepted to have wide therapeutic potential, my good friend and a life long advocate of the benefits cannabinoid therapeutics could have, was arrested for growing cannabis plants, which he used to make oil to help people. He was inspiring to me. Not only that he was prepared to go to jail (which thankfully never happened but was very close) for something he strongly believed in, as he had seen the vast benefits cannabis oil could have. His knowledge and passion on the subject was vast and he was an inspiration in helping a close family member overcome an illness with cannabis oil. He remains a close friend and source of knowledge to me, and our customers.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

You have to be clever with your marketing strategies in the cannabis industry. Unfortunately until regulators catch up, parts of the industry remain in a grey area whereby normal marketing channels are restricted. This forces you to think outside the box, so we have to adopt a multi-pronged approach including search engine optimisation, which is a personal favourite of ours.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

I saw first hand the absolutely transformational impact cannabis oil can have on a peoples lives, so without doubt the most exciting thing about the cannabis industry is witnessing the multitude of benefits cannabis and CBD oil can have.

As cannabis therapeutics becomes more mainstream and regulators roll back on allowing clinical research, I am looking forward to the science backing up what many of us have seen and known anecdotally.

The stigma attached to being in the cannabis industry is peeling away as more people embrace this new industry. That is something that excites me and I look forward to not having to justify cannabis being an evil drug that we must have a war on.

There are moves by some pharmaceutical companies to try and corner the cannabis market. While I have no problem with pharma companies in itself, this plant has evolved with mankind since time immemorial, and belongs to the people for the benefit of the people. A big concern across the industry is that regulators don’t pave the way for big pharma to monopolise the market, as there is room for both; natural medicine and pharmaceutical.

Although we have seen positive steps forward in recent months with the Farm Bill being passed, the WHO recommending re-classification of cannabinoids and the EU signalling some signs of embracing this new industry, we still operate in the margins. We are at the mercy of government policy, which could take this market away from us in one swoop if they wanted. This is deeply concerning for me as a business owner, and for our, and many hundreds of thousands (if not millions across the EU), of customers who rely on CBD products to maintain wellbeing. This is illustrated by the EFSA who have moved cannabinoids extracts into the novel food catalogue. If enacted this would spell an 18-month ban on the sale of CBD as a food supplement while a safety evaluation is done. While we fully acknowledge regulators concerns about ensuring the safety of CBD products, this should represent an opportunity to work with industry to bring about regulation, not for them to put many businesses, jobs and peoples’ health at risk.

A recent survey of CBD products on one of the world’s largest online marketplaces found that only 1 of 5 products tested actually contained any CBD. These rogue traders are robbing people of the wellness benefits of CBD and giving the industry a bad name.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. I wish someone had told me how difficult it would to operate in an unregulated / not level playing field market. We as a business work to extremely high standards.

2. Knowing first hand the transformational impact our products can have on peoples lives, for us brings with it a huge responsibility. To that end we focus heavily on providing people with the best quality products that have been fully lab-tested so we can guarantee the quality and safety of our products. This is a huge but fully justifiable business cost, but as the market is unregulated, these are not set standards for all. As a result, we are competing against some unscrupulous companies out to make a quick buck with no quality control (or cannabinoids content for that matter in their products at all, never mind also safety testing for contaminants).

3. I wish someone had told me how difficult it would be to change misconceptions. Several years down the line with legalization of CBD and people still think it will get you high.

4. Although not an easy market to operate in by any means, I wish someone had told me earlier about the benefits of cannabis and just how rewarding an industry this can be.

5. I didn’t know we would have proposed or actual changes to laws and regulations with little or no consultation by the UK government or the EU. This can be pretty scary when your livelihood depends on it.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Nothing new, but lead by example and let your passion shine through as an inspiration for others to follow suit.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I think some aspects of the cannabis industry are a movement in themselves, where people challenge some of the ideas that society has taught to be gospel. For example, that we must have a war on drugs that benefits no one apart from criminals and in America, the private jail companies. We learn what is good for us through our experience and not what is laid down to us by governments or big corporations. So I guess my motto would be to keep pushing the boundaries of what is possible and if you believe in an idea, no matter how socially unaccepted it may be, keep pushing through the barriers and stigma that may come. I think most in this industry are a testament to that.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

We are active across all social media platforms so we would encourage your readers to follow us on the social media channel that they are most comfortable with.

https://www.facebook.com/CBDHemporium/

https://www.instagram.com/cbdhemporium/

https://twitter.com/cbdhemporiumuk

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business” with Andy Wilson and… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business”, with Maya Page and Fotis

“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business”, with Maya Page and Fotis Georgiadis

CBD is an amazing product, but it is not a cure-all. People get really excited when they hear it helped with someone’s ____. They expect it to do everything for them, and it’s not like that. We feel that with further market growth, people will truly understand, and benefit, from all of the potential this product holds.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Maya Page, co-owner of OILLY (www.oillycbd.com). A serial entrepreneur, Maya is originally from Europe and has built several businesses from the ground up. She is currently the Creative Director of The Chicago Web Co., a one-stop-shop for entrepreneurs and businesses looking to build a brand and website. Early in her career, she emerged as an influential role model and game-changer for the e-commerce industry, being one of few women to be featured and recommended by Shopify. Page has always had a passion for a more natural, healthier lifestyle, which ultimately inspired her to start OILLY with her husband, Evan. A husband and wife duo, the Pages are taking the CBD industry by storm with their innovative ideas and creative approaches to the business, adding a more personalized touch to a rather impersonal industry.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Thank you for having me! It’s been a great journey thus far!

My background is in International Business and Finance and I have been passionate about entrepreneurship since I was little. I always knew I’d own a business, I just never thought it’d be a cannabis business.

Like most, I fell into the corporate world, searching to carve my own place in the world. I was a Financial Analyst for a time, and then an Account Executive for a marketing company. I tried different careers, but none of them fed my thirst to do something more meaningful with my time.

It wasn’t until I was pregnant with my first son that I faced what many women in America face today — a heartbreakingly short maternity leave. My son was just 5 weeks old when I had to go back to work and I lasted merely a day, vowing to never work for someone else again. Since then, I have started, owned, and sold several businesses.

Fast forward to a few years later and I found myself experiencing postpartum anxiety, a common condition when your hormones are trying to re-balance themselves after having kids. I sought out my doctor and he prescribed me anti-anxiety medication, which seemed to help, but the side effects worried me. Always having been passionate about a healthier and more natural lifestyle, I discovered CBD oil, which helped me.

However, the entire process of purchasing CBD oil frustrated me. I’m just a midwestern mom — I didn’t need chocolate haze-flavored CBD oil. I just needed a clean product that was effective and most importantly, organically grown.

Since CBD is not yet regulated, there is so much misinformation out there. Each company seems to have different labeling techniques and dosing, which, in the end, left me with more questions than answers. With my background in launching businesses, I decided to go straight to the source.

I knew others felt my frustrations, so I decided to start my own line. This way, I knew exactly what was in the formula. I started this business out of necessity, but also with the hope to help bridge the gap between an amazing product and the end user.

I hope that by organically growing our product, having clear bottle labeling, lots of useful information on our website, and by having a more personalized approach, that we can help others discover the wonderful benefits of CBD oil while feeling confident that they’re purchasing a quality product.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

It has been a whirlwind! We’ve received such a welcoming, positive vibe from our community and families. We get stories all of the time of how CBD has changed our customers’ lives for the better — and not to sound cliché, but that is the best story of all! Being able to not only help ourselves and our needs, but having a business where we can in turn help others is amazing.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Being new to the hemp business, we always asked a lot of questions. I would call up our farm and ask them a million questions — I think they got a bit frustrated with me after a while, but we all ended up laughing about it.

I wanted to make sure that we were formulating a good, clean product, without any additives. Already having owned companies before, I knew to ask the same question more than once and get everything in writing. We’d have these really wonderful conversations and I’d always end with “OK, can you send that to me in an email?”. They would always laugh. I think they weren’t used to us — we’re not here just to make a quick profit, but to provide a truly good product to our customers (and ourselves!). Since we’re the users of the product, too, we’re basically a customer formulating our own needs. It’s a wonderful process!

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Yes, we are always working on new and exciting projects! We’ve had a lot of really great feedback about our products so far and we are currently working on bringing on a few more — including a few topicals. We’re also working with some local coffee shops and candy stores to bring in some more “fun” products, too!

We have lots of ideas and lots of excitement and interest from other businesses — we just want to make sure we’re forming good relationships and that at the end of the day, everything we do is to benefit our customers and their needs.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

My husband, Evan, will always be my true partner and supporter and I am extremely grateful that he is by my side. He is the ideal co-owner in this business, as he is extremely patient and charming as I run off in a million different directions with a million different ideas and he helps to reel me back in.

He is a very level-headed guy and I am always bouncing my ideas off of him. I tend to get really excited about our business, so he helps to check me and make sure the idea I am chasing makes sense.

We’re working on bringing a really amazing product to the market so he helps me ensure that everything we do has a purpose and it is not just for the novelty of it.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Instead of running impersonal ads, we believe in building relationships with our customers. People reach out to us all of the time with their needs and we take a more personal approach to helping them.

We built this business because we were frustrated with the information that was already out there — we know what it’s like to be the consumer and to be confused by the labeling, information and dosage. Therefore, we’ve truly tried to bridge the gap between consumer and product.

We also come from a more collaborative approach — instead of advertising or marketing, we work on collaborating with both local and national businesses. We want to be an integrative part of our community and have joined the chamber of commerce, for example, and will soon be hosting workshops where we can help answer questions and further help to bridge that gap.

We care deeply about our customers’ experience and journey — from the moment they land on our website or are introduced to our product, all the way through how they integrate it into their daily lives. We want to make sure they have a positive, empowering experience.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Things that excite us:

1. Acceptance — The stigma around cannabis and CBD is disappearing and people are starting to realize all of the amazing benefits of it. We’re really excited about where the industry is going.

2. Availability — It is easier than ever to buy CBD (we can sell it online!) and we’re really excited to help bridge the gap between the product and the end user.

3. A healthier alternative — CBD is such a healthier alternative to modern medicine. We are so happy that it is so readily available and that we’re able to formulate more products.

Things that concern us:

1. Misrepresentation — Since the market is not yet regulated, there’s a lot of misrepresentation out there. Dishonest businesses are sometimes taking advance of users due to their lack of knowledge.

2. Threshold for entering the market is lower — Therefore, a lot of people are trying to enter the business to make a quick buck, not really caring about the product, itself.

3. Misunderstanding — CBD is an amazing product, but it is not a cure-all. People get really excited when they hear it helped with someone’s ____. They expect it to do everything for them, and it’s not like that. We feel that with further market growth, people will truly understand, and benefit, from all of the potential this product holds.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. Credit card processing is hard to get and very costly — One of the hardest parts of starting this business has been finding a credit card processor that will process our online payments. A lot of them wanted us to open up a European checking account, which we weren’t comfortable with.
This has been the most difficult process — not just finding a credit card processor, but negotiating down our rates. When all is said and done, we’re paying about 6–7% per swipe (versus the standard 2.9% per transaction).

2. CBD is popular, but people don’t know much about it — CBD has become extremely popular, but people are left with a lot of questions. Thankfully, we were on the other side of the fence before and were ready and anticipated a lot of those questions, which we tried to answers in our packaging and info that is available online. A lot of our time is spent educating our customers, and we’re glad that we’re able to help answer their questions.

3. You cannot advertise — Because of the nature of the business, we cannot run any ADs on FB, Google, or Instagram. This is great, because a lot of our time and focus, then, is spent connecting with our community and our customers directly and honing in on our tribe.

4. Your heart will break — My heart breaks on almost a daily basis. People contact me with their ailments and stories of struggling with chronic pain or debilitating anxiety and my heart truly breaks for them. You’ll want to ship their CBD oil to them with a big, warm hug.

5. Stay Informed — Like any business, you need to stay informed and on top of legislation, rules and regulations. You’ll need an unstoppable drive to make everything come together. Your expectation for quality will have to be unsurpassed.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Foster a creative, growth-centered environment. Trust your employees and allow them the freedom to grow and collaborate. Help to truly educate your employees and make sure they know as much as you do about the ins and outs of your product.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I want to inspire people to live their best lives — and I think that starts from within. Eating healthy, putting the right fuel into their bodies. I want to inspire people to look at their labels and try to find a healthier approach. Ask questions. Don’t settle — you deserve good, healthy nutrition to fuel your body.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?
Instagram — https://www.instagram.com/oillycbd/

Facebook — https://www.facebook.com/OILLYCBD/

Website — https://oillycbd.com

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!
Thanks so much for having me!


“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a CBD Business”, with Maya Page and Fotis was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started a Cannabis Business, with David Bulick and Fotis…

“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started a Cannabis Business”, with David Bulick and Fotis Georgiadis

I’m concerned that not enough states are ensuring industry standards and guidelines. Some states are like the “wild west” or issuing too many permits. This burdens the states’ Departments of Agriculture and can overwhelm their attempts to ensure good practices. All of this could lead to an inconsistency in product quality, which would hurt the consumer.

I had the pleasure of interviewing David Bulick, farmpreneuer and owner of Charleston Hemp Company. David Bulick is our Chief Everything Officer, whose strategic vision is turning Charleston Hemp Company into an industry powerhouse. David brings a diverse career in hospitality, horticulture, supply chain and entrepreneurship to this company, which is quickly emerging as one of the region’s top hemp processors and marketers. His vision is to help rank South Carolina as one of the nations top hemp producers with the highest industry standards. His goal is to bring to market the purest, American grown CBD.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story of what first introduced you into this business or helped you get interested in the business?

My friend Jill’s daughter has severe epilepsy. She was suffering 400–600 seizures a day. Taking CBD reduced the seizures to 4 or 5 per day. She was one of the people who pushed to have it legalized in the state and worked with Governor Nikki Haley to get it passed for legal consumption. I was following her progress and I just couldn’t ignore the benefits for the end users. I did my research and decided I wanted to be a part of this amazing opportunity — and, I wanted to do it the right way.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

When I was working on my plan to acquire the best seed to start with, I did a ton of research and studied the legislation for many states. I ultimately visited Maine, Washington, Oregon and Colorado in one trip, each time placing the seeds I’d acquired in my suitcase. I had all the documentation I thought I needed to stay within the guidelines, but when I flew back to Charleston, I still wasn’t sure if I was going to get in trouble. So I ordered a double screwdriver on the plane just in case it was my last drink. It was very nerve racking worrying about whether someone would focus on those seeds!

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Trying to be a farmer in the nursery world was a mistake. At nurseries we always start plants in buckets. But we were sure we wanted to field plant hemp, so we plowed, fertilized, tested and painstakingly prepared the land. We were days away from planting when I got a gut feeling to stick the seeds in containers. Good thing we did because when Hurricane Florence came through, we were able to get permission from the Department of Agriculture to move our plants to an inland location. The lesson was “trust your gut!”

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

I am working on several exciting projects in the Industrial Hemp movement. I hope our efforts will help South Carolina stand out nationally. We are very close to expanding our product base and are going to offer a white label opportunity for those who want to sell their own products.

None of us can achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

I am blessed with so many great people around me it’s hard to name just one — from Janet my office manager to Jade at the farm — I’d be remiss to name just one!

Our whole life here at the farm is like a reality show. From unloading trucks to running the machines, to controlling the wildlife who might eat our product. It’s the best reality show I’ve ever seen and I’m living it!

This industry is young, dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

For this industry I think the marketing innovation is getting back to basics and shaking people’s hands. Have a face to face conversation with them. Answer their questions and help educate them. Empower them to make the best decisions for their situation.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

1. I’m excited I’m in it!

2. I’m very excited about being able to provide a very high-end, quality product to individuals who need it — and it helps them.

3. I’m excited to be able to hire quality people who will drive the success of our products and to partner with the medical community to ensure my product is top quality.

A. I always worry about the supply chain. We’ll process a million pounds of product at our manufacturing facility by mid-December. I’m hyper focused on maintaining our quality standards while meeting the incredible market growth.

B. I’m concerned that not enough states are ensuring industry standards and guidelines. Some states are like the “wild west” or issuing too many permits. This burdens the states’ Departments of Agriculture and can overwhelm their attempts to ensure good practices. All of this could lead to an inconsistency in product quality, which would hurt the consumer.

C. I’m concerned about industrial security because people who don’t know the industry might misunderstand what hemp is. It’s challenging to educate the world that hemp will not get you high, even though it looks, smells and tastes like marijuana.

Can you share your top “5 Things You Need To Know In Order To Run a Successful Cannabis Ancillary Company”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. You will not get enough sleep again. Ever. Jumping into this is 7 days a week, 16 hours a day. You need to set aside time for your family. But there are no shortcuts. Sometimes I don’t leave the farm until well after midnight. I get there before the sun comes up. My wife has been the most patient person that I know! I’ll tell her I’m leaving in 20 minutes and it’s six hours later before I get home.

2. If you read somewhere that hemp will grow anywhere, don’t believe it. It takes a lot more than seed, soil and water to make a good crop. You need to do your seed selection carefully for the environment you will grow in.

3. Be mindful of what can endanger your crop — wildlife like rabbits, possum and deer can be very damaging.

4. You’ve got to know where your harvest is going before you plant the crop. Being prepared in every aspect of this business is key. So, work the long days, do the follow up, make sure you pick the right seed, do the right planting. But if you don’t have a place to sell it and process it, you’re doing it for fun. That’s why we wanted to be the first recognized processor in the State of South Carolina. We offer full ethanol processing and manufacturing to the farmers in our pilot program and beyond.

5. Drink lots of beer!

6. I remember the old adage to hiring: Hire slow, fire fast. Not everyone will have the same ethics and mindset as you; like-minded people will help your business thrive, not just survive. But at the same time try to have patience with your staff because it’s a new industry and there’s a lot to learn. My policy is zero tolerance for mischief.

Aside from your particular vertical, which other cannabis ancillary industries to you think have very strong potential in the next few years? Can you explain why?

I think white labeling has a tremendous potential for individuals who do not have the green thumb or the manufacturing capabilities. These folks still have the drive and passion for marketing hemp products. That’s why Charleston Hemp Company offers a variety of white label options. We also offer the manufacturing, packaging and distribution for our clients. All they need to focus on is sales and marketing.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Don’t be an arm chair owner or manager. Respect doesn’t come with a title. It comes from getting out there and getting your hands dirty, too. You need to learn as they learn, grow where they grow, give advice when you need to and definitely learn when to keep your mouth shut.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I think the cannabis movement is powerful. I’m very interested in spreading awareness of the potential of the hemp plant — not just the CBD side but also biomass and fiber. For biomass, it’s an alternative for manufacturing that would burn coal or wood. With hemp you get a longer burn and a more consistent temperature from less material, which saves the trees!

On the fabric side it’s tougher than cotton, you get a greater yield and it’s cheaper. But right now, we don’t have the manufacturing tools available to mass produce hemp. Processing facilities are limited. You can put hemp into a cotton loom. We need to do some major investing in the fiber world to become a leader in that industry.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

https://www.facebook.com/charlestonhemp

Our new website will be completed in the coming weeks and can be found at https://www.charlestonhempcompany.org/


5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started a Cannabis Business, with David Bulick and Fotis… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

Chris Roth of Highline Wellness: “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a…

Chris Roth of Highline Wellness: “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”

I had the pleasure to interview Chris Roth, CEO + Founder of Highline Wellness. Chris spent the last 6 years at Cowen and Co, an investment bank in NYC. He spent a majority of his early time studying the shift from brick and mortar to e-commerce, which eventually shifted to studying the cannabis market. The last two years he spent 75% of his time on cannabis and was the deal-captain on a company called Tilray’s IPO. He was introducing investors to Tilray’s CEO two years ago and they laughed at him for pitching a cannabis company. This past July, Tilray went public at $17 ($3b valuation) and traded to $300. Chris saw the industry come full circle and thought there was an opportunity to do the same thing in the US. Chris personally started using CBD after hearing about it at Cowen’s cannabis conference out in LA, last spring. He found that not only was it great for sleeping but that it served many other benefits throughout his day, including decreased anxiety and increased focus. He came back to NY and started talking to his friends about it, and NO ONE knew what it was. He was immediately intrigued about the opportunity to start a business and started studying the market. What he found was that CBD is misunderstood, there is real science behind it, and NY is several years behind LA in terms of adoption and awareness. After taking the temperature of the market for months and seeing what people did NOT like about CBD, he and his friend Chris D’Alberti created Highline Wellness to address those problems.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I worked in finance for 6 years and for the last two years I spent a majority of my time studying the cannabis market. I was introduced to CBD last spring at a cannabis conference. I tried it, and I found that it significantly improved my quality of life. When I came back to NY, I found that very few people here were familiar with CBD. I was immediately intrigued with the thought of starting a CBD business. After telling Chris D., our Co-founder about the idea, we leveraged his background in digital marketing and created a direct to consumer e-commerce company.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

The most interesting part of this journey so far, has been of a broader theme; the evolution of acceptance from family and friends. Specifically, the process from initially introducing them to CBD, getting looks of confusion and surprise, to them being accepting and excited after learning more. I enjoy monitoring that process and providing education about CBD and it’s benefits.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

There are a million. It’s tough to choose one! The one that sticks out the most, is having to return our very first batch of labels because they were done incorrectly, which then pushed back our launch date.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Yes, a brand ambassador program. We are in the process of recruiting a team of brand ambassadors that we feel will enhance and drive our vision for the future.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Yes, my dad. My dad has helped me and Chris D. since day one and he played a vital role in our launch being successful. His mentorship has been invaluable, and we learn more each day from him.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Yes, but we will not share them here 😉

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Excite:

1) The start of research within the US. Before the farm bill, it was illegal to run studies on hemp derived CBD. It was considered a level 1 drug, more serious than heroin and cocaine.

2) The end of the negative stigma. A recent study estimated cannabis to be 115 times less toxic than alcohol. It’s only a matter of time before public perception shifts towards the facts.

3) The shift away from opioids and prescription drugs towards natural treatment and healing.

Concern:

1) Bad actors — brands that don’t have the consumer’s best interest in mind.

2) Untrusted quality — negative media coverage highlighting brands that aren’t producing CBD the right way, thereby turning off consumers who could benefit from it.

3) Delayed changes to legislation to put the proper regulations in place for a safe market place.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1) Your advertising must be creative: CBD companies are not allowed to do paid advertising on common platforms like Google, Facebook, and Instagram. If you are going to start an e-commerce company you must find creative ways to reach your audience.

2) Not everyone will understand your vision: As much as perception has shifted in favor of cannabis, there are still many people that think of it as “the devil’s lettuce”. Don’t expect everyone to understand, and that’s OK.

3) Uncertainty is constant: With all of the changes in regulations occurring, headlines around the legalities and regulations are a constant and you need to learn to roll with the punches and adjust on the go.

4) The banking system is not your friend: Although it has improved since the farm bill passed, banks still consider CBD sales as a “high risk transaction” which means not all banks accept your business, and rates are higher than normal.

5) You need to be the most educated in the room: With so many false presumptions around cannabis, it’s important to know the facts and to represent cannabis in a sophisticated, fact driven manner. If every company does a good job of educating their consumers and presenting cannabis in a good light, perception will catch up to reality.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Make sure your employees know and understand your vision. In order for employees to buy in and perform at the highest level, it is imperative that they understand the bigger picture. Understanding the five and ten year view makes it much easier to understand the importance of the day to day projects.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

If I could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to people, it would be the education and acceptance around cannabis as a replacement for prescription drugs, particularly opioids. With cannabis being considered a level 1 drug by the DEA, it is illegal to perform studies within the US. I would change the laws and promote research on THC, CBD and all of the other cannabinoids. I am confident that once the scientific process run’s it course, many people that consume THC and CBD as medicine and swear by it, will be validated with scientific evidence. The opioid crisis has never been worse, and it is imperative that we change the laws and provide Americans with a more natural, less toxic alternative to manage pain.


Chris Roth of Highline Wellness: “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” With Eugenio Garcia

This answer could go on forever …… I would say the take away for this question is: Bring in super talented people who are the best in their fields and can adapt to this ever changing industry and environment. Don’t just hire “Cannabis” talent or experts to find solutions. We see this as a wellness business that has the same as any other business.

Eugenio Garcia is CEO and founder of Cannabis Now, a media group that offers reliable, compelling and creative content to today’s cannabis consumer by way of print, digital, broadcast and social mediums. At Cannabis Now, Garcia is closely involved with the editorial process and manages the sales/revenue, distribution, marketing and investment departments. Launched in 2009, Cannabis Now has experienced unparalleled growth, with Garcia’s vision leading the effort in bringing the magazine’s social media reach to 4.2 million followers to date, making its social media community one of the largest interactive cannabis communities in the world. In his downtime, Eugenio enjoys exploring the world with his partner and their rescue Pomeranian. Cannabis Now’s headquarters are based in Berkeley, CA.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

After working for Whole Foods Market for a number of years as a manager, I became very interested in the organic foods movement of the early 2000’s. There were so many anomalies of “the cultural paradigm shift” around that movement. In 2008, I started to consult in the cannabis space helping a network of small business owners with their new legal medical marijuana business ventures. Soon I became aware of the need for relevant content and a mature media expression for the new “post prohibition,” enlightened cannabis enthusiast. With $10k of seed capital, a bong hit, and a dream my partner and I launched Cannabis Now Magazine with a few key friends from college (Anna Pitman / Web Dev and social media, Todd Heath / Graphic Design, and Chris Fanuzzi / Capital ).

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

Being one of the first outlets in the emerging cannabis media landscape has been filled with so many interesting moments, both serious and memorable. Two that stick out… many times in the early years there were times when we were literally hours away from not being able to print the magazine or make payroll due to liquidity challenges. This taught me the value of being properly capitalized and having a strong value for every cent that a company spends.

In 2012 I was in a stretch limo bus waiting with Too-Short on our way to an industry event…So I asked him ….” What is the key to being successful,” and he told me “Never stop hustling” no matter how successful you are or how much money you make never forget to be humble and hungry.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

In our first issue of Cannabis Now we printed a satirical image of a medical marijuana card of the Governor of a newly legal medical marijuana state. Soon got an email form that Governor’s Chief of Staff demanding that we redact the image. We immediately tasked our new intern to use a black marker and mark out the Governors name on all 3K printed magazines…that took almost a week of pure work. In retrospect, we should have not only refused the request but also published the fact of their domain.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Yes, we are about to host the first official hemp and CBD focused activation at SXSW, and we are about to launch a new take on a hemp and CBD focused (non THC) retail store and experience in Beverly Hills CA! There will be rotating activations, educational components, and curated products through the Cannabis Now lens.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Early on in our company’s life we were able to catch a specific wave of viral social media content which helped us grow our social community to over 4M strong. This community was critical in the early years of our brand and remains vital the overall expression of our value to brand partners. This social community would not have been possible without the support and vision of our current CTO Anna Pitman who also designed our first website and has been a critical ingredient to our company’s growth and development over the years.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Currently, the industry is limited in so many ways by regulatory roadblocks from fully expressing its ability to market itself. However, I would say its focus on experiential and micro physical activations is better represented in this space than any other.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Excite:

1) The healing power this plant has to offer

2) The amount of $$ the space will create

3) Watching the acceptance of cannabis and CBD by mainstream brands

Concern:

1) How strongly the feds will regulate the space

2) Watching people abuse the products

3) Watching dishonest people take advantage of the emerging market

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

This answer could go on forever …… I would say the take away for this question is: Bring in super talented people who are the best in their fields and can adapt to this ever changing industry and environment. Don’t just hire “Cannabis” talent or experts to find solutions. We see this as a wellness business that has the same as any other business.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Truly care about each and every one of your leaders and team members…..remember you work to support them not the other way around .

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

If you are able to vote in the is nation…Do it! The most powerful force we have is the power of our vote both locally and nationally.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

@eugeniocannabisnow on IG

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” With Eugenio Garcia was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Why you need to speak to your users and quickly adapt to their needs” With James West CEO of…

“Why you need to speak to your users and quickly adapt to their needs” With James West CEO of Arfinn Med

We also stress the importance of speaking to our users and quickly adapting to their needs. What our company looks like today is completely different from our original idea. We prepared as best we could, released our product, sought as much feedback as possible from our users and then improved it quickly to maintain our momentum from our release. This is sometimes hard, especially when you receive some feedback that you don’t necessarily agree with. Stressing this mentality to everyone involved empowers the whole team to constantly pursue improvements.

I had the pleasure to interview James West, Founder and CEO of Arfinn Med. James is a former Academic Coordinator for the City University of New York Research Foundation and Medgar Evers College in New York City. He has extensive experience in adult education and creating professional training programs. His objective for creating Arfinn Med was to provide a clearinghouse of credible peer-based cannabis treatment data for medical professionals to use as a resource with their patients. James has a B.A. in English from Florida State University and a master’s degree in education, curriculum and instruction from the University of South Florida.

Thank you so much for joining us James. Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Cannabis is everywhere in the news now, and I initially became interested in learning more about it as a medicine. After speaking with physicians and people in the industry, it was very apparent that there was this massive information gap due to the difficulty of doing research on cannabis. Only a small number of medical schools teach it, and comprehensive research is limited in number and scope. Information was scattered, and medical professionals who were having success didn’t have a way to share their experiences with other medical professionals. After realizing this, we thought about how we could allow physicians and other medical professionals to collaborate and share their experiences regarding medical cannabis. Since research was difficult, we had the idea of allowing physicians to conduct their own types of clinical trials and publish those reports to the community.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you started your company?

The most interesting thing that happened since we started the company was when a state cannabis program reached out to us about our product and how it can be incorporated within their current physician requirements. It was definitely validation that what we are working on is needed and can be used as a resource. I think that some of the states where medical cannabis is legal want information about the efficacy of cannabis and how certain qualifying conditions respond to this type of treatment. This information can be used to add additional context to other types of research or to even inform legislative bodies that are thinking about expanding the types of conditions that qualify for medical cannabis.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Before our release, I did an interview about Arfinn Med and was totally unable to explain it in a coherent way. It wasn’t that I didn’t know about the platform, (I obviously did) it was just that I had never practiced explaining it succinctly and ‘on the record’ before. I think I said ‘efficacy platform’ 5 times in one sentence, and no one knows what that means. I learned that it’s not enough to be an expert on what your product is and how it works, you also have to be able to articulate that quickly. Sometimes you only have a second to get your point across before losing someone and that can be the difference between success and failure.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We have a couple new projects that we are finishing up now. The project that I’m most excited about is a text messaging function that allows patients to update their physicians regarding their treatment by simply responding to a prompted text with just a number between 1–5. This allows physicians to monitor treatments, especially in states where patients don’t have to return for follow-ups very often. We also just released the ability to schedule appointments within our platform and additional analytics regarding patient outcomes with multiple delivery modes.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

It would definitely be my Dad. He has had success running companies before, especially in the healthcare sector, and having him involved has helped me avoid some of the common pitfalls that new companies almost always face. He has a unique ability to conceptualize and detail the basic functions of an idea and build a business concept around that idea. It is a huge advantage, and it allowed me to spend more time on our development projects in the early days.

He is also, by his own admission, technologically challenged. We have him test our platform and report his difficulties which has definitely helped us create the most intuitive user interface possible!

Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

We utilize strategic public relations and marketing techniques to ensure that we are not just getting our name out there but getting it in front of the right people, physicians in particular. Through targeted digital marketing and public relations tactics in key markets where our company can make an impact, we ensure that every mention of our brand is valuable. Additionally, we offer marketing strategies for physicians involved in the platform to ensure that it is mutually beneficial for all involved.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

I’m excited about:

  1. More access to medical research in the future as federal restrictions get reformed
  2. More states recognizing the need to look into medical use of cannabis
  3. A national dialogue on Cannabis in general

I’m concerned about:

  1. A lasting stigma associated with cannabis. Since it has been an illegal product for so long, some people still disregard any positive information about it immediately.
  2. Access to reliable information.
  3. Influx of people into the space with a ‘get rich quick’ outlook.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

  1. Be prepared to meet face-to-face. I knew I was going to be traveling across the country a lot, but not almost every week. Meeting people in-person is the best way to get people to use and believe in your product. The medical cannabis community is a very supportive one, and people are willing to promote your product if they believe in it. You just have to prove you are not ‘full of it’ first.
  2. You will have a lot of legal regulations and statues to read up on. Every state has a different system, and we had to do a lot of research to make sure our product was universally useful across the country.
  3. It’s all about time. It doesn’t matter how good your product is, if you aren’t saving a physician’s time, they won’t use it. I totally understand that physicians want to spend their time with patients, so anything that takes away from that is a non-starter. We had to do a lot of work to make sure this would not only be a resource, but also be able to save time for the physicians and clinics.
  4. Be prepared to talk about it. There is a lot of interest and passion in this field, and people want to know about all aspects of cannabis markets and products.
  5. Everyone has an opinion on medical cannabis. Be respectful and mindful of that.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Allow your people to be active participants in the direction of the product. We have had a lot of meetings about what we want our product to ultimately be, and since everyone is privy to that information, our team is able to think of creative solutions to problems as a unit. We also stress the importance of speaking to our users and quickly adapting to their needs. What Arfinn Med looks like today is completely different from our original idea. We prepared as best we could, released our product, sought as much feedback as possible from our users and then improved it quickly to maintain our momentum from our release. This is sometimes hard, especially when you receive some feedback that you don’t necessarily agree with. Stressing this mentality to everyone involved empowers the whole team to constantly pursue improvements.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I would like to see more research done regarding cannabis. I think there is enough evidence out there now to at least warrant a strong look at the benefits of cannabinoid medicines, and that means it needs to be easier for scientists to get their hands on it. People want to know if this truly is a viable treatment option, and one that might be a lot better for you then some existing medications. I personally hope that people will look at our data and platform and use it as a tool to help them make the best treatment option for their condition.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/arfinnmed

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/arfinn-med/


“Why you need to speak to your users and quickly adapt to their needs” With James West CEO of… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Share your real stories. In an era of falsehoods and misinformation, telling stories in good faith

“Share your real stories. In an era of falsehoods and misinformation, telling stories in good faith matters more than ever” With Michael Trzecieski and Lisa Harun

Real stories. We live in an age where transparency and honest values are revered. I must build with integrity and marry that with innovation. In an era of falsehoods and misinformation, telling stories in good faith matters more than ever. This means that brands that tell a story about the ecology or empowerment should imbue that ethos into every aspect of their organization. Own your story and this will build your tribe- fearless, sophisticated advocates of your brand.

I had the pleasure to interview Michael Trzecieski and Lisa Harun. Patent Agent and Physics Engineer, Michael Trzecieski was born in Krakow, Poland and grew up in Toronto, Canada. His formative years were spent training to become a professional skier but careful parenting steered him towards academics and a passion for developing products. Michael’s career took him to the far-flung locales of Hong Kong and inspired him to dive head first into a life of entrepreneur — where his most recent endeavor has him leading VAPIUM®, a global vaporizer brand. From childhood, Michael has had a fascination with how things work and dismantled anything he could get his hands on, much to his parents chagrin. His grandfather helped to hone this talent from conception to construction. Since then, Michael has seen the success of his products in Brookstone, Target and Walmart. He has worked with the likes of Phillips and Segway and is most proud of his creation, Robopet, created from a broken from an umbrella. Since then, Michael has founded a robotics company and a successfully funded Kickstarter project. He has 11 issued patents, many pending and authored over 200 patents. For nearly 20 years, Michael shares his passion for robotics and innovation, as a guest lecturer and judge at the CMS School in Lucknow, India for the annual QUANTA science and math competition.

Lisa Harun is the CMO and Co-Founder of Vapium Inc- a data driven, MedTech Company leading three brands in the Cannabis Industry and is a MaRS Advisor; MaRS Discovery District is one of the world’s largest urban innovation centers, cultivating high-impact ventures and equipping innovators to drive economic and social prosperity in Canada. In 2013, she co-founded Vapium with Roboticist Michael Trzecieski. The company’s three brands sell in over 20 countries and is a resident at Jlabs Toronto (Johnson & Johnson). Lisa’s background is in Sales, Marketing and Strategy. Lisa has been a MaRS Volunteer Advisor since 2010 working with ICE, Social Innovation and mainly Clean Tech. Her experience spans Energy/Environment, FMCG, Fashion, Media, Robotics and Toys. She has appeared on TVO, StayRootd, Humble + Fred Morning Show, The Roll Up Show and MTV. Written for Entrepreneur, HuffPo and recently spoken at ElevateTO, New West Summit, DisruptorsTO and O’Cannabiz. She has also been profiled in Rogue Stories, Business Insider, LadyBoss, Lionness Magazine, Swaay and recently featured in the Top 100 Women in Cannabis High Times.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

My co-founder Michael and I owned a robotic company that made teachables and toys. In 2012 we found ourselves with a suite of brilliant robots and a community who yearned for the i-life (iPod, iPad, iPhone), not expensive robots that you could programme. It was this realization that made us pivot. Being Canadian, we saw that legalization was on the horizon and we were inspired. We did a deep dive into the space and found that no one was encouraging an active lifestyle around consumption nor truly focused on developing medical products. This is how our first product was conceptualized and how Vapium was conceived.

Vapium is a MedTech company focused on developing technology in the cannabis space for over six years and to that end we have developed three distinct brands: Vapium, Hyer and, most recently, Vapium Medical.

We’re committed to building products that people love. We invest heavily in R&D, and production — our factory is ISO 13485 certified — and we work collaboratively with the best partners (including academic institutions, growers, design firms and software developers).

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

I will reposition this and frame it as the most relevant story that has happened since co-founding Vapium is the feedback that we receive from patients. How our technology has improved their lives, allowed them to live better or is part of their treatment protocol. This is why we started the company and what continues to drive us into the future- being patient first.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Naming our products always makes me smile. It is one that you must be flexible on and try out quite a few before landing on the right one.

I lead marketing for the team and thankfully Michael is a patent agent. Since inception we have filed IP around everything we do- and most importantly trademarks.

To us, naming a product is the first step in building its character and its position in our brand family (post design and engineering). Our flagship product had many names we fell in love with until the fateful name search ensued. Much to our chagrin, Big tobacco shares a category with our industry and has trademarked many excellent names. Summit™ series went through two name changes before we found the perfect one. As a small company we did not have the means to challenge big tobacco. Crestfallen, we reluctantly walked away from some brilliant names- but not before creating packaging and assets that now live in our library on the history of our company.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Dosing. We have recently started clinical trials with our medical platform that champions a patient centric approach, and seeks to empower patients, practitioners and licensed producers to utilize cannabis safely and effectively. Our Accudose™ platform enables dose standardization, data gathering, and the monitoring of effectiveness regarding symptoms and conditions.

The collaboration surrounding this project has exceeded our expectations. We are working with international bodies and are in the process of negotiating a JV that will be a first of its kind within our vertical.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

I attribute my success to my partner, Michael, who is one of the most gifted engineers I have had the pleasure to work with. Without his insight and gumption, we would not have been able to engineer unique systems and patent them. He built our manufacturing team and subsequently our own factory. I am honored to be his co-founder and humbled by what we have built together. In 2012 he came to me and said what do you think about vaporizers? I said I don’t want to go to jail (living in Asia came with zero tolerance) but let’s do it. We haven’t looked back since (occasionally sideways but always toward the future).

Next I give gratitude to our distributors– Puff, Australian Vaporizers, Conscious and Greenlane (formerly VapeWorld) — the ones from the very beginning who took a chance on a small company and gave us our first orders. A particular mention goes to someone who has given Michael and I support and guidance for many years: Adam Schoenfeld. Adam’s intricate knowledge of the industry has helped shaped some of our decisions and we are lucky to call him a friend.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Real stories. We live in an age where transparency and honest values are revered. I must build with integrity and marry that with innovation. In an era of falsehoods and misinformation, telling stories in good faith matters more than ever. This means that brands that tell a story about the ecology or empowerment should imbue that ethos into every aspect of their organization. Own your story and this will build your tribe- fearless, sophisticated advocates of your brand.

Word of Mouth. Stunt marketing, flashy campaigns and big parties won’t be what your brand is remembered or recommended for. No one brand will be all things to all people. Carving your niche and weaving that ethos through your strategy and execution will earn coverage and engagement.

Be an Ally. Each sector of this industry is unique, but I think what sets it apart is the friendships it cultivated around the single goal of legalization. I count my competition as actual friends and that I would even go as far as defending and applauding their tech. Build up not down and rival companies can partner up for good.

Build for lifetime value. Build products that transcend demographics and instead grow with your community throughout their lifetime. You must build strategy that continues to connect and resonate with your core audience and this is how you capture hearts and minds.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

  1. A broad recognition that cannabis is medicine — it is remarkably rewarding to be able to innovate and bring to market new products that empower people to address their health challenges.
  2. Compliance. Guidelines and standards so that what we are building is defensible in 10 and 20 years. As a company we have sought employ best manufacturing practices from inception- our factory is ISO 13485 certified.
  3. Data!

Misconception and stigma that influences how legalization is rolling out globally is what most concerns me. Specifically:

  1. People who use cannabis are stoners and are lazy couch potatoes. The reality, as evidenced by a number of studies, is that cannabis users tend to be more active and engaged than other individuals — and it’s abundantly clear that there are millions of talented and productive people who utilize cannabis in their daily lives.
  2. All cannabis is psychotropic –This is simply not the case. CBD, aka cannabidiol is psychoactive, however it is non-intoxicating (will not affect motor skills). Many users find that using CBD provides them with the health and wellness benefits of cannabis without the “high”.
  3. Heavy taxation of medical patients.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

  1. It can be difficult and take time to raise capital. When we started the company (in 2013), it was hard to raise capital from conventional sources and we had no choice but to bootstrap the company — we believed in what we were building, so we raised funds from friends and family, reinvested every dollar we made and essentially financed the company on our credit cards. Since then the stigma around the industry has been reduced (especially in Canada) — and we’ve been able to able to raise as much capital as we need — but we still have a revenue-focused “eat what we kill” mentality.
  2. Start lean with a strategy to scale. Being too top heavy can mean you have no operators or executors. Luckily we are of the roll up your sleeves and dive in tribe. We are makers and started as a management team of three who thankfully were all talented and able to execute. We ran that way until 2017.
  3. Regulations will change (often) — make sure you are equipped for compliance. Our creative visions changed quickly when Canada released packaging guidelines. You must be agile enough to adapt, otherwise it can be very costly.
  4. You must focus, grind and stay true to your vision. We started Vapium with a focus to build medical grade equipment, setting standards where there were none. We were often told that recreation was the future and that is how we should build- but what we saw was that legalization would bring this plant into the light as true medicine and that many people would ultimately benefit from access to medical products and medical manufacturing would stand the test of time.
  5. Choose your partners wisely. I took a consulting role at a small investment firm years ago. The portfolio was diverse and I learned so much from a set of very successful people. There was a come to Jesus moment when I saw the true colours of one of the principles and then I decided that I would severely vet anyone I worked with. Anyone you partner with or employ is a direct reflection of you- people are inherently flawed but you must chose people who you are proud to work with.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

  1. Define your mission and be steadfast — this is deceptively simple but when you build a company that uses that tool on a daily basis all of your decisions ladder back to the idea of what are we doing to make this company better? Your team is built around that idea and will teach them to work and grow together.
  2. You have to care. When your vision and mission are, for example, tied to creating value and building the best damn thing, then everyone will start to think that way.
  3. Build systems into your DNA — understand the process so you will be consistent in your results.
  4. Invest in training. Be the company that people turn to when they need direction or advice.
  5. Empower employees to be autonomous in how they work- autonomy builds mastery
  6. Build growth potential — you must mentor and advise and have the wisdom to know the difference.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Good will. I think that as an industry we need to build CSR programs into our framework. Ideas centered around upliftment — the notion of investment in community building, giving back, sharing. Transformation- I love seeing the international growth in this industry- how farming is transforming, how we are breaking down barriers. I think that is one of the most inspiring aspects of this industry- it’s an industry of second chances. It was built on the fringes and as it’s brought into the mainstream, it’s the characters who sat on the fringes that cannot be forgotten.

Patagonia initiated an amazing action this year by balking against corporate tradition and donating profits to the environment. I would love to see some of the larger LPs initiate programs that benefit the environment or that inspire the next round of entrepreneurs. Illustrating that we are not simply focused on profit but building a foundation that will serve hundreds of millions of people and that will bring together the seams of community.

Personally I have started to build a program with a unique group of community leaders that I believe will be transformative. We will be announcing it later this year.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

@vapium or @missharun

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“Share your real stories. In an era of falsehoods and misinformation, telling stories in good faith was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Why you need to speak to your users and quickly adapting to their needs” With James West CEO of…

“Why you need to speak to your users and quickly adapting to their needs” With James West CEO of Arfinn Med

We also stress the importance of speaking to our users and quickly adapting to their needs. What our company looks like today is completely different from our original idea. We prepared as best we could, released our product, sought as much feedback as possible from our users and then improved it quickly to maintain our momentum from our release. This is sometimes hard, especially when you receive some feedback that you don’t necessarily agree with. Stressing this mentality to everyone involved empowers the whole team to constantly pursue improvements.

I had the pleasure to interview James West, Founder and CEO of Arfinn Med. James is a former Academic Coordinator for the City University of New York Research Foundation and Medgar Evers College in New York City. He has extensive experience in adult education and creating professional training programs. His objective for creating Arfinn Med was to provide a clearinghouse of credible peer-based cannabis treatment data for medical professionals to use as a resource with their patients. James has a B.A. in English from Florida State University and a master’s degree in education, curriculum and instruction from the University of South Florida.

Thank you so much for joining us James. Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Cannabis is everywhere in the news now, and I initially became interested in learning more about it as a medicine. After speaking with physicians and people in the industry, it was very apparent that there was this massive information gap due to the difficulty of doing research on cannabis. Only a small number of medical schools teach it, and comprehensive research is limited in number and scope. Information was scattered, and medical professionals who were having success didn’t have a way to share their experiences with other medical professionals. After realizing this, we thought about how we could allow physicians and other medical professionals to collaborate and share their experiences regarding medical cannabis. Since research was difficult, we had the idea of allowing physicians to conduct their own types of clinical trials and publish those reports to the community.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you started your company?

The most interesting thing that happened since we started the company was when a state cannabis program reached out to us about our product and how it can be incorporated within their current physician requirements. It was definitely validation that what we are working on is needed and can be used as a resource. I think that some of the states where medical cannabis is legal want information about the efficacy of cannabis and how certain qualifying conditions respond to this type of treatment. This information can be used to add additional context to other types of research or to even inform legislative bodies that are thinking about expanding the types of conditions that qualify for medical cannabis.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Before our release, I did an interview about Arfinn Med and was totally unable to explain it in a coherent way. It wasn’t that I didn’t know about the platform, (I obviously did) it was just that I had never practiced explaining it succinctly and ‘on the record’ before. I think I said ‘efficacy platform’ 5 times in one sentence, and no one knows what that means. I learned that it’s not enough to be an expert on what your product is and how it works, you also have to be able to articulate that quickly. Sometimes you only have a second to get your point across before losing someone and that can be the difference between success and failure.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

We have a couple new projects that we are finishing up now. The project that I’m most excited about is a text messaging function that allows patients to update their physicians regarding their treatment by simply responding to a prompted text with just a number between 1–5. This allows physicians to monitor treatments, especially in states where patients don’t have to return for follow-ups very often. We also just released the ability to schedule appointments within our platform and additional analytics regarding patient outcomes with multiple delivery modes.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

It would definitely be my Dad. He has had success running companies before, especially in the healthcare sector, and having him involved has helped me avoid some of the common pitfalls that new companies almost always face. He has a unique ability to conceptualize and detail the basic functions of an idea and build a business concept around that idea. It is a huge advantage, and it allowed me to spend more time on our development projects in the early days.

He is also, by his own admission, technologically challenged. We have him test our platform and report his difficulties which has definitely helped us create the most intuitive user interface possible!

Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

We utilize strategic public relations and marketing techniques to ensure that we are not just getting our name out there but getting it in front of the right people, physicians in particular. Through targeted digital marketing and public relations tactics in key markets where our company can make an impact, we ensure that every mention of our brand is valuable. Additionally, we offer marketing strategies for physicians involved in the platform to ensure that it is mutually beneficial for all involved.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

I’m excited about:

  1. More access to medical research in the future as federal restrictions get reformed
  2. More states recognizing the need to look into medical use of cannabis
  3. A national dialogue on Cannabis in general

I’m concerned about:

  1. A lasting stigma associated with cannabis. Since it has been an illegal product for so long, some people still disregard any positive information about it immediately.
  2. Access to reliable information.
  3. Influx of people into the space with a ‘get rich quick’ outlook.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

  1. Be prepared to meet face-to-face. I knew I was going to be traveling across the country a lot, but not almost every week. Meeting people in-person is the best way to get people to use and believe in your product. The medical cannabis community is a very supportive one, and people are willing to promote your product if they believe in it. You just have to prove you are not ‘full of it’ first.
  2. You will have a lot of legal regulations and statues to read up on. Every state has a different system, and we had to do a lot of research to make sure our product was universally useful across the country.
  3. It’s all about time. It doesn’t matter how good your product is, if you aren’t saving a physician’s time, they won’t use it. I totally understand that physicians want to spend their time with patients, so anything that takes away from that is a non-starter. We had to do a lot of work to make sure this would not only be a resource, but also be able to save time for the physicians and clinics.
  4. Be prepared to talk about it. There is a lot of interest and passion in this field, and people want to know about all aspects of cannabis markets and products.
  5. Everyone has an opinion on medical cannabis. Be respectful and mindful of that.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Allow your people to be active participants in the direction of the product. We have had a lot of meetings about what we want our product to ultimately be, and since everyone is privy to that information, our team is able to think of creative solutions to problems as a unit. We also stress the importance of speaking to our users and quickly adapting to their needs. What Arfinn Med looks like today is completely different from our original idea. We prepared as best we could, released our product, sought as much feedback as possible from our users and then improved it quickly to maintain our momentum from our release. This is sometimes hard, especially when you receive some feedback that you don’t necessarily agree with. Stressing this mentality to everyone involved empowers the whole team to constantly pursue improvements.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I would like to see more research done regarding cannabis. I think there is enough evidence out there now to at least warrant a strong look at the benefits of cannabinoid medicines, and that means it needs to be easier for scientists to get their hands on it. People want to know if this truly is a viable treatment option, and one that might be a lot better for you then some existing medications. I personally hope that people will look at our data and platform and use it as a tool to help them make the best treatment option for their condition.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/arfinnmed

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/arfinn-med/


“Why you need to speak to your users and quickly adapting to their needs” With James West CEO of… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: Drone Racing

The Future Is Now: Drone Racing, with Nicholas Horbaczewski and Fotis Georgiadis

Autonomous drone technology is creating the next “Deep Blue” moment, and it’s going to change sports forever.

In 1997, IBM’s “Deep Blue” computer defeated grandmaster, Gary Kasparov, in a match of chess — a historic moment, marking the end of an era where humans could defeat machines playing complex strategy games. Today, AI bots can defeat humans in nearly every digital game we know, and while we’re starting to see some AI-proof-of concept progress in motorsports, ping pong and basketball, AI doesn’t come close to beating humans in real-life sports.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Nicholas Horbaczewski, the CEO & Founder of the Drone Racing League (DRL), the global, professional drone racing circuit that’s been watched by more than 57 million fans on top sports networks like ESPN, Sky and ProSieben in 90 countries worldwide. Internationally recognized for building the Sport of The Future, Nicholas has been named one of Entrepreneur Magazine’s 50 Most Innovative Entrepreneurs, selected to Crain’s 40 Under 40 list, recognized by Fast Company for founding one of the Most Innovative Companies in the world, and awarded by Ad Age for creating the Startup to Watch.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Before founding DRL, I worked across the media, tech and sport sectors, ultimately inspiring me to build a company that would combine these three passions. I had co-founded Leeden Media, an entertainment company for feature-length independent films, developed an interest in multicopters while I was the Chief Information Officer of ADS, a distributor of advanced hardware to the US government, and helped grow Tough Mudder, the largest mass participation running event series in the world, to over 60 global events and $100mm in revenue during my time there as the Chief Revenue Officer.

In 2015, I left Tough Mudder with the goal to start my own company. I was playing with a few ideas at the time, including creating a new pro drone racing sport, and whenever I’d talk to someone about the different startup concepts, their eyes would immediately light up when I mentioned pro drone racing. They’d start comparing the sport to Star Wars’ pod racing or their favorite video game from growing up, and pitching ideas on how to develop it, what it could look like, where the races could be held — and it was through those conversations that I decided to build DRL.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

I’ll never forget the moment when we watched a DRL racing drone complete the first lap in our first-ever race. It was December 2015, and thanks to real estate mogul and our incredible investor, Steve Ross who owns the Miami Dolphins, we were hosting the 2016 Season’s Level 1 in the Hard Rock Stadium in Miami and getting ready to film it for a post-event release date in the new year. After months of innovating new technology, hand-building hundreds of high-speed racing drones from scratch, and designing a 3D, video-game inspired race course, this was our first moment to see if all of our hard work to create an entirely new sport would actually pay off. Watching the drone zip around the arena through the large scale neon-colored gates made us realize DRL was going to work.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

We recently launched our new Artificial Intelligence Robotic Racing (AIRR) Circuit to help develop the first professional autonomous racing drone. In partnership with Lockheed Martin, we’re recruiting teams of the best and the brightest engineers to design an AI framework, capable of flying a drone without any human intervention, and compete in AIRR for a chance to win more than $2 million.

AIRR participants will pit their AI drones against each other and compete on the same complex, three-dimensional courses that our elite human-pilots fly in the DRL Allianz World Championship Season — enabling us to compare the times of the AI and human-operated drones, measure the gap in performance between man and machine and track how quickly it closes. By participating in AIRR, teams’ knowledge and ideas will contribute directly toward the future of autonomous transportation, delivery, disaster relief, and even space exploration. Anyone interested in participating in AIRR can apply here: HeroX.com/AlphaPilot

How do you think this might change the world?

Autonomous drone technology is creating the next “Deep Blue” moment, and it’s going to change sports forever.

In 1997, IBM’s “Deep Blue” computer defeated grandmaster, Gary Kasparov, in a match of chess — a historic moment, marking the end of an era where humans could defeat machines playing complex strategy games. Today, AI bots can defeat humans in nearly every digital game we know, and while we’re starting to see some AI-proof-of concept progress in motorsports, ping pong and basketball, AI doesn’t come close to beating humans in real-life sports.

What will that moment be like when an AI powered robot defeats a human in real sports? What will it feel like to watch history be made, to experience the end of the era of human dominance in real sports? We’re excited to find out with AIRR.

Drone racing is unique; it sits on a blurry line between to the digital and real — which makes AIRR the perfect testing ground to expedite head-to-head AI vs. human performance. It will be a defining moment when AIRR introduces the first AI robot to defeat a human in real-life sports, showcasing an initial step towards a future when autonomous systems will significantly impact the physical (not just the digital) world — such as being able to perform the often-dangerous disaster-relief efforts, like rescuing families from hurricanes and fighting forest fires while keeping service men and women out of harm’s way.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

I’m in the camp of people that think AI (including autonomy) will have a massive impact on humanity, maybe the biggest impact of anything we’ve ever invented. And Hollywood has already dreamed up (and made photo-real in summer blockbusters) dozens of cautionary tales about AI. It’s so easy to go to the absolute extreme cases with this kind of technology — and, frankly, any new cutting edge technology; if it were 15 years ago, Black Mirror would probably do an episode dramatizing how cell phones are the end of privacy rather than predicting their true role in car-accidents, one in four of which are caused by texting and driving.

So when it comes to drawbacks for AI, I think rather than focusing on grandiose, far-fetched hypotheticals of it taking over the world, we should consider realistic, nearterm challenges — like how advanced autonomous flight technology could potentially make cross-border smuggling easier — and then strategize new ways we can protect against those things.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

DRL is proud to be at the forefront of the development of groundbreaking drone technology — from custom-building high-speed racing drones as seen on ESPN to setting the Guinness World Record for the fastest racing drone on the planet — and we believe AI is an important part of the future of drone technology. We’re excited to unveil AIRR to ignite fierce competition between teams of the most talented AI engineers and researchers from around the world to develop the fastest unmanned drone.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

To accelerate AI innovation, we need the best minds in AI to work and solve tough engineering problems together. Creating a new generation of thought leaders in the field, AIRR will recruit teams of top AI technologists to push the boundaries of edge computing and autonomous flight in a fun, fair, sporting environment.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

To recruit applicants for AIRR, we co-launched AlphaPilot, an open innovation challenge, with Lockheed Martin. Hosted on the crowdsourcing platform, HeroX, AlphaPilot is currently helping us to connect with a diverse community of students, coders and AI engineers from around the world and discover the most creative ideas around autonomous drone technology.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

DRL has an incredible roster of world-class investors, including Lux Capital, RSE Ventures, Sky and CAA, hailing from the tech, sports and media spaces, who’ve helped us transform an underground hobby of drone racing into the Sport of the Future. I’m particularly grateful to Adam Goulburn, a general partner at Lux Capital, who, in the very early stages of DRL — when we were just a couple of guys working out of a WeWork, trying to build a racing drone that could actually fly — happened to walk by our office and asked what we were doing. This serendipitous encounter ultimately led to Lux becoming DRL’s largest investor.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

As we’re committed to developing the next generation of drone pilots and engineers, we love hosting collaborative and engaging STEM sessions with students, led by our tech engineers and pro pilots. This year, we’ve taught boys and girls ages 12–18 all the way from Mexico to the Middle East how to build and fly FPV racing drones. To watch the excitement of the students when they put on a pair of goggles and see exactly what the drone they just helped build sees is incredibly rewarding, and we’re always looking to help them explore new ways to experience the groundbreaking drone industry. They’re the innovators of the future who will continue to disrupt the technology, media and sports landscape in the years to come.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

I had the pleasure of sharing five of the things I wish someone told me before I started with you, Yitizi, for this Thrive Global story, and a year later, I still wish someone told me those things from the get-go.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

At DRL, we love bringing people of all backgrounds together through the amazing sport of drone racing, which is open to people of all ages and genders, crosses language and cultural barriers, and uniquely teaches participants about engineering, robotics, and computer programing. To inspire community, inclusion, and drone tech education, we created the DRL Simulator, which uses real-life drone physics to teach hundreds of thousands of fans around the globe how to fly FPV racing drones. We even use the DRL Simulator to recruit pilots into the league through our annual esports tournament, the Swatch DRL Tryouts, which transforms gamers — who may never have ever touched a drone in real life — into pro pilots overnight. Anyone interested in battling it out for a professional DRL contract should download the DRL Simulator on Steam and enter the Tryouts.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

My college roommate’s grandma used to say: “To complain is to volunteer.” I love this quote and think it’s a really good motto in business, encouraging you to not just point out the problems, and but rather, go ahead and solve them. At DRL, we’re a team of doers, and when we see something that can be bigger and better (as we did with an underground hobby of drone racing) we’ll make it happen — even if it means inventing new cutting edge technology and hand-building 90 MPH racing drones from scratch.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

In just three years, DRL has reached tens of millions fans, developed custom drone technology, and produced all races and content in-house to build the sport of the future. Imagine what we’ll do next.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

We’d love to engage with all of you on social. Feel free to follow us on:

Twitter: @DroneRaceLeague & @NicholasDRL

Instagram: @TheDroneRacingLeague

Facebook: @The Drone Racing League


The Future Is Now: Drone Racing was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Body cameras combined with AR” With OPKIX CEO, Lawrence “LG” Greaves

Capture the moments you live in, and live in the moments you capture. Our family and friends deserve our attention, our connection, and our love.

As a part of my series about “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that seem copied from science fiction, I had the pleasure of interviewing CEO and Co-founder of OPKIX, Lawrence “LG” Greaves. Splitting his formative years between London and Johannesburg, OPKIX Co-Founder and C.E.O. Lawrence “LG” Greaves first made his mark on the business world upon settling in Southern California during 2005. He planted roots in Orange County at the age of 22 and started a consulting firm that would be acquired by a national firm. Elected to the company’s leadership team, he stood out as the youngest leader in the firm’s history. 2008 saw him co-found ETONIEN at 25-years-old. The financial consulting practice specialized in assisting pre-IPO companies with accounting, planning, budgeting, and forecasting, while also serving private equity firms and Fortune 500 companies by restructuring management. ETONIEN blossomed into a respected national firm that hired over 800 employees since its inception with offices all over the U.S. As ETONIEN achieved success, his entrepreneurial spirit drove him to become a board advisor and shareholder for various businesses as well as an active venture investor whose portfolio encompasses technology, hardware, real estate, bio-technology, and more. Adept at augmenting revenue growth, marketing, capital formation, and fundraising, he started as one of the first three investors and assumed the role of C.E.O. for OPKIX in 2016, raising a seed round of $675K at $10 million valuation as well as a Series A of $5.4 million at an $88.5 million pre-money valuation.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

After reviewing the initial brand concept, I originally found my way to OPKIX as a potential investor. I immediately connected with the team and eventually offered to not only invest financially, but to invest my years of team building, leadership, management, and board experience in the form of being the company’s CEO and Co-Founder. From the outset, we always saw the device as more than a camera. Our goal was to build a community of creators, and we’ve collectively fashioned the foundation for such a community to flourish.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career with OPKIX?

A year after I became involved in OPKIX, we had identified a clear strategy, raised $6 million dollars, and had just started the design and engineering services to build the world’s smallest, smartest, wearable cameras and video editing app. In doing so, we met with industry leaders in the imaging space. These leaders all told us the size, quality, and functionality we demanded from this camera were impossible. I left that day and immediately booked an in-person session with our lead engineer, Dr. Lane Brooks (undergrad, Masters and PhD in electrical engineering from MIT as well as “Guinness World Record” holder for the world’s smallest camera design, at that time). I remember flying to his Utah base. I rented a $40 private room — at a public library of all places — and we sat in front of a white board for hours listening to him explain why it was impossible.

We ultimately found a workaround, which has now become the underlying IP (pending) for our first-generation wireless camera systems: the OPKIX ONE. We simply wouldn’t take, “No,” for an answer. The moment of finding the workaround has been the most emotionally dynamic and interesting development. It really solidified our brand trajectory.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

As we are a hardware, software, and social sharing company, we’re looking to leverage the next phase of artificial intelligence to enhance the user experience of photo and video sharing. We’re working extensively on the educational aspects of our current and future releases throughout each level of the Opkix ecosystem. We are undergoing training for human learning through artificial intelligence as well as personal and professional communication mediums on the B2B side. We have some previously filed patents that are non-consumer focused. These patents have some major runway with regard to the intelligence community. It will use the best of the discrete form factors we are able to achieve and further enhance the use case through the value of real-time sharing and intelligent interpretation of video-based content.

How do you think this might change the world?

It already has! Billions of videos are created around the world, and they are no longer 30-minute camcorder videos of our children’s recitals. They are short, real-time videos intended to document our lives. Video is the new keyboard. Our opportunity is to support the use of a smartphone, but enable and empower you to put the smartphone down. By putting it down, you can be present in the moments you want to capture with our sleek, lifestyle-focused mounts that can record at the speed of now. Existing players in the tech community are evaluating their next big moves in the evolution of the smartphone. It used to be a one-stop technology solution that could do multiple things. Manufacturers are now breaking down the functionality of a smartphone into multiple wearable components that communicate with each other harmoniously, yet more logically assimilate to the natural ergonomics of the human body. A wearable camera is the logical next step in the seamless integration of technology into daily life. Frankly, it’s a blue-sky opportunity for OPKIX.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

The drawbacks fictionalized in modern media with regard to the security and privacy concerns of a discreet, wearable, camera are not OPKIX-specific; they’re mostly “what if’s”. Our constant desire to document every moment of our lives and, reciprocally, to watch others do the same thing, along with the contradictory demand for privacy, is an oxymoron already playing out in society. We implicitly agree to share our content with the social media sites that house it and makers of hardware and software that we use to create it. It’s not a new trend. Our hardware is actually built with security in mind for the consumer. In fact, we went to great lengths to design a “light-pipe,” or the square halo light on the front of our camera that illuminates when recording. Therefore, the light notifies people they are being recorded. This is an additional privacy step that we developed to address such concerns as the ones sensationalized by content creators and sci-fi. As such, we pride ourselves on being responsible technology evangelists. We are constructing hardware and software to support the concept of being in the moment without violating another’s privacy. We want you to share what you want, where and when you want, so we have these extra measures in place in order to provide security, ensure privacy, and enable use of your preferred social media platforms.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

All credit for the initial concept goes to my business partner, Shahin Armirpour. Shahin is an avid snowboarder. While snowboarding during 2016 in ultra low temperatures, his wearable camera not only died in the cold, but took forever to transfer video files…Not to mention, it wasn’t aesthetically designed, either. Our breakthrough was the realization we’re not competing with this category of device, but rather we’re creating a device that addresses the needs of a modern-day consumer. OPKIX is building a new realm rather than occupying a pre-existing realm.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Our goal is to allow the average person to capture and share great content. This capability shouldn’t be limited to someone who can only afford the latest and greatest inventions. We need our brand to be accessible and relatable. This generation deserves quality entertainment, authentic memory making, and more importantly, to experience the feeling of being the director and producer of one’s own life story. Personally, I can’t wait to see the creativity to ensue. We’re on the cusp of a new wave of content. We’ll be with its talented architects every step of the way.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We work alongside a world-class PR firm who continues to go above and beyond as our brand storyteller and marketplace conduit. We have the support of our investors who have built various billion-dollar companies responsible for numerous everyday innovations. We have also built out a team of 64 global ambassadors who are creators in their own right, lending their stories to our brand. The need for what we created was palpable, but we needed to design and commercialize it to make individuals realize what they had been missing in the marketplace before our launch. Our marketing is organic. We’re putting our products in the hands of talented individuals and accelerating the virality of awesome, original and authentic content to re-inspire a generation and breathe life into our cultural perspective on social media.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

This person is my wife — who was my second girlfriend ever — who I then married at an early age. She has not only been with me on this journey, but she is the captain of the ship. She inspires me to strive for greatness and to achieve the impossible. She reminds me to be humble or get humbled. She is able to reign in a guy who is otherwise unmanageable in a traditional sense. I owe everything to my wife and our two children.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

I often donate to at-risk women and children. This includes supporting the build of one of the largest projects of its kind in downtown Los Angeles: St. Anne’s permanent affordable housing site. I started donating to this charity when I first had the resources to do so eleven years ago and was also on their board of trustees and directors for many years. I plan on continuing to fund charitable foundations to support women and children, as I believe they are the key to our collective bright futures. If we can provide the resource of a safe and nurturing environment for children and the mothers who raise them, I promise you this world will be a better place.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1. Building a billion dollar brand is no cake walk.

While running my last company Etonien, I had a front row seat to the IPO of numerous billion dollar companies. Being nimble was the key to the success of each. Problems invariably arise from all angles. Reacting is just as important as acting. In launching a mainstream brand, you have to be prepared for anything, but you have to be even more prepared to roll with the punches.

2. Be more afraid of success than of failure.

Success presents a myriad of responsibilities. That’s an honor. If you’re aware of those challenges and willing to learn, you’re more likely to maintain success. The first time I became a C.E.O., I was overwhelmed by the responsibility. Everyone is looking at you. They’re relying on you. It’s a privilege not to be taken lightly. Hold on to a healthy amount of fear. You’ll look out for yourself and those around you better.

3. Be humble, or get humbled.

This one I have to credit to my wife. She keeps me humble every day, and it’s a key to success.

4. Your biggest nemesis is often yourself; get out of your own way.

It’s easy to get in your own way. I’ve done it throughout my career. I’m proud to admit it, because I walked away with some very valuable lessons. I didn’t repeat those same mistakes.

5. Shut up and listen more.

If you’re talking, you’re not listening. I rely on the wisdom of those around me and many mentors I’ve been blessed to call friends over the years. That will never change.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Capture the moments you live in, and live in the moments you capture. Our family and friends deserve our attention, our connection, and our love.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“If you never give up, you WILL succeed” — Chris Cyprus.

When I moved to America in 2005 with $400 and no college degree, my wife asked me what I would do to contribute to our combined success. I told her I would do whatever it takes. I actually joked that I would proudly clean toilets and, within three years, I would own the largest toilet cleaning business in America (but fully meant it, if that’s what I needed to do!). I am a highly optimistic realist who has learned more from the things I have done wrong than from the things that went right. I think we can all relate to that regardless of our own personal stories.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Thanks for taking the time to get to know us! With all the support we’ve received to date, we hope to pay it forward to current and future investors with our own fund someday

How can our readers follow you on social media?

@opkixCEO for myself, and @OPKIX for the brand.

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.

Thank you for the opportunity!


The Future Is Now: “Body cameras combined with AR” With OPKIX CEO, Lawrence “LG” Greaves was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Be prepared to be an expert if you want to succeed in the cannabis business” With Ron Silver…

“Be prepared to be an expert if you want to succeed in the cannabis business” With Ron Silver, Co-Founder of Azuca and Fotis Georgiadis

Be prepared to be an expert: Everyone is in a steep learning curve. I tend to assume everyone knows a lot more than I do, but, well, often that is not the case. Many times, I find I am able to shed some light on the conversation once I am willing to realize I know more than many people who are wide-eyed and full of pep and about to get crushed in the fray. There is something about being battle-hardened that both makes you an expert and makes you want to keep your mouth shut. Be an expert if you can be helpful.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Ron Silver, Co-Founder and Chief Creative Officer of Azuca, and Chef and Owner of New York City restaurant Bubby’s, a renowned dining institution for nearly three decades. What started as a TriBeca-based pie shop on Thanksgiving Day 1990, quickly turned into a highly successful brunch and dinner destination that now boasts two locations in Manhattan, and seven in Japan. When introduced to cannabis executives in 2013, Ron learned there was a void in the marketplace for trustworthy edibles, prompting him to develop the three-patent-pending Azuca Technology. With chef-quality taste, Azuca allows for faster onset, enabling patients to medicate accurately and effectively. In continuation of his mission to provide the cannabis industry with understandable, easy-to-dose edibles, Ron marries his expertise as a chef, business owner and entrepreneur to create and develop new products and expand globally. Ron is author of two cookbooks, Bubby’s Homemade Pies and Bubby’s Brunch Cookbook.

Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I got my start in the restaurant industry cooking breakfast at Restaurant Florent in Manhattan, but left after a period of time to pursue what I really loved doing: baking pies. And from there, my restaurant Bubby’s was born. We opened on Thanksgiving Day in 1990 when I began selling pies to restaurants and neighbors out of a small kitchen at the corner of Hudson and North Moore St. in TriBeca. Soon breakfast followed and so did the crowds. That location quickly expanded and we now have two locations in Manhattan (Tribeca and Meatpacking District) and seven restaurants in the Tokyo, Japan area. We’re known for our emphasis on comfort foods, weekend brunches and, of course, pies.

I came into the cannabis space five years ago when I was in Las Vegas. I was in talks with a contact about potentially opening a Bubby’s there, but was then introduced to someone who was starting what he called a cannabis hedge fund. Intrigued, he and I began talking and I learned a lot about the emerging cannabis industry — what it offered and more importantly, what it was missing. At the end of the day, I came to realize that the biggest issue in the field was the lack of controllable, low-dose and reliable edibles, and I wanted to change that. Over time, I started to put together an understanding of what eventually became Azuca Technology, which, in essence, is a three-patent-pending technology that makes cannabis molecules more water friendly, consequently creating an edible that’s has a predictable and understandable effect with a short latency. In 2018, Azuca took shape and grew into what it is today. We now have breakthrough edibles products that wouldn’t exist without our technology — like infused simple syrup and raw sugar, among other things — in both THC and hemp-derived CBD-only forms.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

One of the most interesting experiences has been the deep dive into the science of cannabis. I have an unusually in-depth understanding of cannabis, having used it all my life. I have also been cooking all my life. I never imagined the two would go hand-in-hand, I never knew that making a million gallons of Hollandaise sauce (a classic emulsification application in cooking) would inform me as to how to make better cannabis edibles. But, this is exactly what happened. Perhaps the interesting lesson is: all paths lead to Rome, even if you think you’re heading somewhere else…

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

I don’t know if it seemed funny at the time, but, when I figured out our edibles technology, which I called flubber at the time, and began experimenting with it, and giving to other people to experiment with, the edibles were literally five times stronger than anything any of us had ever had. Like a 20mg drink felt like a 100mg dose. It took a few times to understand that the thing I had figured out was how to make edibles work more efficiently. I guess it’s funny when a lab accident becomes the perfect solution to a world-wide problem.

Are you working on any exciting projects now?

Our upcoming initiatives range from product R&D to international market expansion to building out our e-commerce site, which just launched in the beginning of February 2019.

One of the most exciting projects we’re currently working towards, however, is what we call Azuca Inside, which will effectively allow other brands, both in the cannabis space and not, to use Azuca Technology as a way to infuse their goods. Our technology is really extraordinary in that it has the ability to adapt and work in a multitude of different form factors. Our simple syrups, sugars, shortbreads, chocolates, pâte de fruits — those are products that are not often seen in the cannabis space; frankly, the infused simple syrup and sugars are something I’ve never come across elsewhere, they’re truly unique.

In every boardroom today people are wondering how to put CBD or cannabis into their product because it’s something that people want. I think we have the ability to help companies answer this question; we have a solution to the edibles problem and it’s a solution that can transcend into a variety of different sectors.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Mentorship is something I have been fortunate to be blessed with. Without many, many mentors, I would be both dead AND out of business. The one person I would credit any kind of success I actually have is a person named Melissa Silver, who has the difficult task of being married to me. Here is a story: I was wearing a Santa suit at my company Christmas party. A woman was beelining for me, and I could tell her intentions were not in alignment with mine, and so I pulled the nearest person toward me and begged her to pretend to talk to me for a minute. That person became my wife. I am so f-ing lucky.

This industry is young dynamic and creative. Do you use any clever and innovative marketing strategies that you think large legacy companies should consider adopting?

Our goal is to make the discussion easy to understand, and to make cannabis easy to control and enjoy. One of the best things you can be in this instance is straightforward.

Can you share 3 things that most excite you about the Cannabis industry? Can you share 3 things that most concern you?

Three exciting things: First, the legalization of something that should never have been illegal; second, a scientific dialogue developing that will not only offer a many-layered medicine, but will allow a change in dialogue about what medicine is, and allow patients a choice from prescribed deadly medicines; third, lots of opportunity for young people to be innovative and participate in a new industry.

Three concerns: first, that existing industries will push small players out and ruin cannabis for all of us; second, that people who have been persecuted for it will miss out on every benefit created; third, there isn’t a third concern.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

1. You have to look ahead to what the law might be changing to, and be prepared to shift quickly. Just when we launched CBD simple syrup in NYC, the health department started cracking down on it. We are quickly working on solutions: talking to our local representatives, making sure our labels and products are compliant, and communicating these changes within our organization and to our other customers quickly.

2. Trust but verify: not to name names, but it really is the wild west out there. Not everything everyone says is true, and a lot of it may very well be true. Do your due diligence.

3. Don’t look in the rearview mirror: there is a lot of noise in the cannabis industry, and it is easy to become obsessed with what is coming up fast behind you. We like keeping our eye on the road ahead. Sometimes I imagine ripping the rearview off and tossing it out the window.

4. Be prepared to be an expert: Everyone is in a steep learning curve. I tend to assume everyone knows a lot more than I do, but, well, often that is not the case. Many times, I find I am able to shed some light on the conversation once I am willing to realize I know more than many people who are wide-eyed and full of pep and about to get crushed in the fray. There is something about being battle-hardened that both makes you an expert and makes you want to keep your mouth shut. Be an expert if you can be helpful.

5. Make new friends and communicate with them. There is a lot of noise in the cannabis industry, and a lot of it emanates from not the prettiest sources. When you do meet someone who is smart, fun, interesting and with whom you have made a connection, lean into it. It’s a new industry. You are a pioneer. Pioneers need friends. Make them, cultivate them, cherish them, share them with other friends.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

In my opinion, this is a rare opportunity to build a new industry, and a new community that is driven by ethics, the long view, and not only for a fast fortune.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger.

I support ideas that build communities, where health, education, wellness and fun are at the foundation, and where each member is encouraged to pursue liberty and happiness to his best ability.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

Facebook: Azuca.co

IG & TwitterAzuca_co

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


“Be prepared to be an expert if you want to succeed in the cannabis business” With Ron Silver… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Body cameras combined with AI” With OPKIX CEO, Lawrence “LG” Greaves

Capture the moments you live in, and live in the moments you capture. Our family and friends deserve our attention, our connection, and our love.

As a part of my series about “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that seem copied from science fiction, I had the pleasure of interviewing CEO and Co-founder of OPKIX, Lawrence “LG” Greaves. Splitting his formative years between London and Johannesburg, OPKIX Co-Founder and C.E.O. Lawrence “LG” Greaves first made his mark on the business world upon settling in Southern California during 2005. He planted roots in Orange County at the age of 22 and started a consulting firm that would be acquired by a national firm. Elected to the company’s leadership team, he stood out as the youngest leader in the firm’s history. 2008 saw him co-found ETONIEN at 25-years-old. The financial consulting practice specialized in assisting pre-IPO companies with accounting, planning, budgeting, and forecasting, while also serving private equity firms and Fortune 500 companies by restructuring management. ETONIEN blossomed into a respected national firm that hired over 800 employees since its inception with offices all over the U.S. As ETONIEN achieved success, his entrepreneurial spirit drove him to become a board advisor and shareholder for various businesses as well as an active venture investor whose portfolio encompasses technology, hardware, real estate, bio-technology, and more. Adept at augmenting revenue growth, marketing, capital formation, and fundraising, he started as one of the first three investors and assumed the role of C.E.O. for OPKIX in 2016, raising a seed round of $675K at $10 million valuation as well as a Series A of $5.4 million at an $88.5 million pre-money valuation.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

After reviewing the initial brand concept, I originally found my way to OPKIX as a potential investor. I immediately connected with the team and eventually offered to not only invest financially, but to invest my years of team building, leadership, management, and board experience in the form of being the company’s CEO and Co-Founder. From the outset, we always saw the device as more than a camera. Our goal was to build a community of creators, and we’ve collectively fashioned the foundation for such a community to flourish.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career with OPKIX?

A year after I became involved in OPKIX, we had identified a clear strategy, raised $6 million dollars, and had just started the design and engineering services to build the world’s smallest, smartest, wearable cameras and video editing app. In doing so, we met with industry leaders in the imaging space. These leaders all told us the size, quality, and functionality we demanded from this camera were impossible. I left that day and immediately booked an in-person session with our lead engineer, Dr. Lane Brooks (undergrad, Masters and PhD in electrical engineering from MIT as well as “Guinness World Record” holder for the world’s smallest camera design, at that time). I remember flying to his Utah base. I rented a $40 private room — at a public library of all places — and we sat in front of a white board for hours listening to him explain why it was impossible.

We ultimately found a workaround, which has now become the underlying IP (pending) for our first-generation wireless camera systems: the OPKIX ONE. We simply wouldn’t take, “No,” for an answer. The moment of finding the workaround has been the most emotionally dynamic and interesting development. It really solidified our brand trajectory.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

As we are a hardware, software, and social sharing company, we’re looking to leverage the next phase of artificial intelligence to enhance the user experience of photo and video sharing. We’re working extensively on the educational aspects of our current and future releases throughout each level of the Opkix ecosystem. We are undergoing training for human learning through artificial intelligence as well as personal and professional communication mediums on the B2B side. We have some previously filed patents that are non-consumer focused. These patents have some major runway with regard to the intelligence community. It will use the best of the discrete form factors we are able to achieve and further enhance the use case through the value of real-time sharing and intelligent interpretation of video-based content.

How do you think this might change the world?

It already has! Billions of videos are created around the world, and they are no longer 30-minute camcorder videos of our children’s recitals. They are short, real-time videos intended to document our lives. Video is the new keyboard. Our opportunity is to support the use of a smartphone, but enable and empower you to put the smartphone down. By putting it down, you can be present in the moments you want to capture with our sleek, lifestyle-focused mounts that can record at the speed of now. Existing players in the tech community are evaluating their next big moves in the evolution of the smartphone. It used to be a one-stop technology solution that could do multiple things. Manufacturers are now breaking down the functionality of a smartphone into multiple wearable components that communicate with each other harmoniously, yet more logically assimilate to the natural ergonomics of the human body. A wearable camera is the logical next step in the seamless integration of technology into daily life. Frankly, it’s a blue-sky opportunity for OPKIX.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

The drawbacks fictionalized in modern media with regard to the security and privacy concerns of a discreet, wearable, camera are not OPKIX-specific; they’re mostly “what if’s”. Our constant desire to document every moment of our lives and, reciprocally, to watch others do the same thing, along with the contradictory demand for privacy, is an oxymoron already playing out in society. We implicitly agree to share our content with the social media sites that house it and makers of hardware and software that we use to create it. It’s not a new trend. Our hardware is actually built with security in mind for the consumer. In fact, we went to great lengths to design a “light-pipe,” or the square halo light on the front of our camera that illuminates when recording. Therefore, the light notifies people they are being recorded. This is an additional privacy step that we developed to address such concerns as the ones sensationalized by content creators and sci-fi. As such, we pride ourselves on being responsible technology evangelists. We are constructing hardware and software to support the concept of being in the moment without violating another’s privacy. We want you to share what you want, where and when you want, so we have these extra measures in place in order to provide security, ensure privacy, and enable use of your preferred social media platforms.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

All credit for the initial concept goes to my business partner, Shahin Armirpour. Shahin is an avid snowboarder. While snowboarding during 2016 in ultra low temperatures, his wearable camera not only died in the cold, but took forever to transfer video files…Not to mention, it wasn’t aesthetically designed, either. Our breakthrough was the realization we’re not competing with this category of device, but rather we’re creating a device that addresses the needs of a modern-day consumer. OPKIX is building a new realm rather than occupying a pre-existing realm.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Our goal is to allow the average person to capture and share great content. This capability shouldn’t be limited to someone who can only afford the latest and greatest inventions. We need our brand to be accessible and relatable. This generation deserves quality entertainment, authentic memory making, and more importantly, to experience the feeling of being the director and producer of one’s own life story. Personally, I can’t wait to see the creativity to ensue. We’re on the cusp of a new wave of content. We’ll be with its talented architects every step of the way.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We work alongside a world-class PR firm who continues to go above and beyond as our brand storyteller and marketplace conduit. We have the support of our investors who have built various billion-dollar companies responsible for numerous everyday innovations. We have also built out a team of 64 global ambassadors who are creators in their own right, lending their stories to our brand. The need for what we created was palpable, but we needed to design and commercialize it to make individuals realize what they had been missing in the marketplace before our launch. Our marketing is organic. We’re putting our products in the hands of talented individuals and accelerating the virality of awesome, original and authentic content to re-inspire a generation and breathe life into our cultural perspective on social media.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

This person is my wife — who was my second girlfriend ever — who I then married at an early age. She has not only been with me on this journey, but she is the captain of the ship. She inspires me to strive for greatness and to achieve the impossible. She reminds me to be humble or get humbled. She is able to reign in a guy who is otherwise unmanageable in a traditional sense. I owe everything to my wife and our two children.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

I often donate to at-risk women and children. This includes supporting the build of one of the largest projects of its kind in downtown Los Angeles: St. Anne’s permanent affordable housing site. I started donating to this charity when I first had the resources to do so eleven years ago and was also on their board of trustees and directors for many years. I plan on continuing to fund charitable foundations to support women and children, as I believe they are the key to our collective bright futures. If we can provide the resource of a safe and nurturing environment for children and the mothers who raise them, I promise you this world will be a better place.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1. Building a billion dollar brand is no cake walk.

While running my last company Etonien, I had a front row seat to the IPO of numerous billion dollar companies. Being nimble was the key to the success of each. Problems invariably arise from all angles. Reacting is just as important as acting. In launching a mainstream brand, you have to be prepared for anything, but you have to be even more prepared to roll with the punches.

2. Be more afraid of success than of failure.

Success presents a myriad of responsibilities. That’s an honor. If you’re aware of those challenges and willing to learn, you’re more likely to maintain success. The first time I became a C.E.O., I was overwhelmed by the responsibility. Everyone is looking at you. They’re relying on you. It’s a privilege not to be taken lightly. Hold on to a healthy amount of fear. You’ll look out for yourself and those around you better.

3. Be humble, or get humbled.

This one I have to credit to my wife. She keeps me humble every day, and it’s a key to success.

4. Your biggest nemesis is often yourself; get out of your own way.

It’s easy to get in your own way. I’ve done it throughout my career. I’m proud to admit it, because I walked away with some very valuable lessons. I didn’t repeat those same mistakes.

5. Shut up and listen more.

If you’re talking, you’re not listening. I rely on the wisdom of those around me and many mentors I’ve been blessed to call friends over the years. That will never change.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Capture the moments you live in, and live in the moments you capture. Our family and friends deserve our attention, our connection, and our love.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“If you never give up, you WILL succeed” — Chris Cyprus.

When I moved to America in 2005 with $400 and no college degree, my wife asked me what I would do to contribute to our combined success. I told her I would do whatever it takes. I actually joked that I would proudly clean toilets and, within three years, I would own the largest toilet cleaning business in America (but fully meant it, if that’s what I needed to do!). I am a highly optimistic realist who has learned more from the things I have done wrong than from the things that went right. I think we can all relate to that regardless of our own personal stories.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Thanks for taking the time to get to know us! With all the support we’ve received to date, we hope to pay it forward to current and future investors with our own fund someday

How can our readers follow you on social media?

@opkixCEO for myself, and @OPKIX for the brand.

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.

Thank you for the opportunity!


The Future Is Now: “Body cameras combined with AI” With OPKIX CEO, Lawrence “LG” Greaves was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“Why an entrepreneur should hire a good therapist” With Kevin Reynolds

Hire a good therapist. The life of a business owner and community leader is difficult. If it was easy, everyone would do it. The struggle is tough and not only unavoidable but necessary for our growth. There is no growth without struggle. Hiring a therapist was one of the best moves we’ve ever made. The tools we revive for therapy help us become better versions of ourselves and that directly impacts our professional growth. It also helps me become a better husband and father and stay sane each day navigating business and 10 kids!

I had the pleasure of interviewing Kevin Reynolds. Kevin and his wife Grace may be the bravest (some may say crazy) people alive. They’re expecting an 11th child, homeschool kids, own a professional cleaning service, lead a movement to increase awareness, respect, & recognition for professional cleaners, admin a community of 16k cleaners, and have a GSD.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

After working in EMS as a paramedic in the Bay Area, CA I found that I still wanted to help people. I had been working closely with people for 12 years in EMS so learning to help people grow their businesses and better provide for their families was a job I picked up on fast and excelled as a professional marketer. I met my wife, Grace in 2012. She was building a successful small maid service in Pittsburg, PA. We moved to Walla Walla, WA and together began rebuilding her professional cleaning service here in WA state. We’ve worked together ever since! We now have 10 children together in our blended family and are building a community of professional cleaners. The voice of our community promotes awareness, respect, and recognition for professional cleaners and the cleaning industry. Together- we are working to reverse a stigma that has been attached to cleaners for centuries. Professional cleaning is a skilled trade and the world is now finally ready to hear this message!

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

In 2017 after a long day working out in the field on a deep cleaning with our crew, I was in the office closing out the books for the day and responding to emails. I opened an email from “Facebook” that said they were checking us out for a special Council. We receive countless spammy marketing emails each month and chuckled as we deleted the email. We are so grateful that Facebook sent us another email weeks later to follow up. Facebook said that they had been watching how we use their platform and what we do in our community and that they wanted to bet us for a position on their SMB Council. After interviews we were eventually selected 1/10 businesses hand selected and appointed by Facebook out of the 70+ million businesses on Facebook. Two years later we are still in shock that Facebook would find us and choose us for this Council. In our service as SMB Council members- we have attended two SMB events at Facebook Headquarters in Menlo Park, CA and spoke on a panel at the Messenger South X Southwest event about using Messenger and chatbots to grow your business. This month we were selected to attend the 2019 Facebook Communities Summit in Menlo Park, CA. We reiterated our Cleaners community and were asked to present on stage about using Messenger to connect our community.

The opportunities that have opened up for us because of our relationship with Facebook and the tools and products that they provide for our use have given us the opportunity to grow a successful business and start a movement in the world that has never been done.

The Facebook platform has given us the ability to support our family and spread our mission far and wide!

Can you tell us about the interesting projects you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

We have been learning how to use Messenger and chatbots for the last couple years. I can’t believe how many people still today are not familiar with this technology. When we learned that we could incorporate messages and chatbots into our business and community, we knew right away this technology would be a game changer. The ability to communicate with our members and subscribers in a private personal setting provides a 1 on 1 experience that takes engagement to the next level. Being able to learn about each one of our members and provide them with the relevant information they are looking for through an automated system (chatbot) is a win for the brand and the end user. With Messenger, the consumer has complete control in which brands they want to engage with. A business or a brand cannot generate a conversation with someone until the consumer first engages with the brand. At any time, the consumer can terminate contact and the brand can no longer engage with them until the consumer re opens a dialogue with the brand!

We use our digital skills and positioning on the platform to help find jobs on our community members local communities. We do this through a match making system in our chatbot. When a consumer comes in through our Messenger chatbot- they are able to view local cleaners in their area and the check out their reviews and contact them directly! Our cleaning community members are networked in with thousands of professional cleaners from around the country. Each day we learn from each other and become better cleaners Amsterdam business owners. Each day we are motivated and inspired to become the best versions of ourselves. Through raising pride in our profession and sharing our story with the world, together we will change the way the world views Cleaning and all cleaning professionals.

How do you think this might impact the world?

When we have pride in what we do, we do a better job.

There are millions of cleaners out there working for themselves each day that are being taken advantage of by consumers paying very little money and workers not protected by workers comp and treated poorly. Our community provides these folks with the tools needed to few confident that the work that they are doing is skilled and important. They have thousands of supporters a click away ready to help them figure out a bid or how to tackle a tough cleaning project. The networking and support in our community provides the confidence and knowledge needed to provide professional quality work and demand a fair wage for their work or their employees. The more cleaners connected will raise the standard of cleaning around the world. Within the next few years, 8/10 dual income earning households will employ a house cleaner. Now is the time to raise awareness, respect, and recognition of house cleaners. Through this industry boom, we will correct a stigma that house cleaning is an unskilled job and help people earn a living wage and provide for their families.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

Personally- it’s when this clicked for me…

Kevin Reynolds: “It seems very clear to me that the marginalization of house cleaners starts with the continued disrespect and marginalization of women. When I helped my wife, Grace, move from Pittsburgh, PA to Walla Walla, WA and get her cleaning service going, I was amazed by the amount of rejection we experienced in regard to her already established rates in Pittsburgh. People laughed at us most of the time at first and we had to work for often half of minimum wage, in order to get our “foot in the door”.

I also noticed a stigma to the fact that I was doing the “cleaning” with Grace and later on working with technicians. Even close friends would poke-fun and ridicule my decision to be such an intimate part of the work she did and/or tell me how “humble” it was for me to “take on” this position with the “credentials” I have. This got me thinking… ? If I’m ridiculed and labeled “humble”, where is this attitude with my amazing wife? Where is their mention of her “humility” or her “credentials”? This makes me think the general population expect women to take on this work because they are already seen as lower and always have been, and it’s even more disturbing, how “unsurprising” it was to see this widespread attitude…

Who cleans houses? 90+ percent of the time? Women. In a world where male predominant trades — like plumbers, electricians, general laborers, and custodians — all have unions or a VOICE — I wondered why there is no voice for house cleaners and the women who work so hard and with so much unrecognized skill every day to serve our communities.

Why would you pay a wage for a professional house cleaner if you don’t think or see them as a skilled professional?

The truth is that professional house cleaning is a SKILLED PROFESSION! These women and men identify and clean hundreds of different surfaces in each home and require the skill to clean in a way that produces order, and healthier environments and a deep sense of peace.

Here is my conclusion on this — Back in the “good ole days” when most women stayed home and took care of the kids and the home — how often were housewives appreciated by their husbands and children… let alone the rest of the world??

Not too long ago, house cleaning was considered only a “woman’s work”, and because of this it seems most of the world has adopted this attitude that it is “unskilled work” that anyone can do — it’s just the “wife’s work” and now ever so discreetly, the ongoing war against women continues, and most specifically of a skill that through this continued cultural evolution, is still most often expected to be done by women and continues to be seen as a woman’s work that is regarded still as “unimportant” and “unintelligent” — i.e. the AMELIA BADELIA series that is still so popular today.

Our mission is to raise awareness, respect, and recognition of what women have been taking on as “their” work which has been so disregarded and merely expected to “get done”.

Here’s the good news..Times are changing.

The US Department of Commerce predicts that within the next couple years — 8/10 dual income households will employ a house cleaning service. With so many women now equally working in the work force and nobody home full time to maintain a healthy environment for the family, the necessity of professional housecleaning is becoming more necessary and important.

By journeying together in our Cleaning Community, we continue to strengthen the mission Grace, Sheryl, and I started almost a year ago. We will continue to move forward, working hard behind the scenes to increase the appreciation professional house cleaners deserve.

I am so proud of Grace and I always have been. She was incredible on stage speaking at Facebook Headquarters on Friday at the Facebook Communities Summit #FCS2019! She spoke about our house cleaning community, our #movement, and how we use the Facebook family of apps platform to connect our community.

When she opened up the floor to questions- we were shocked to find that we had a member of our Handmaid Cleaning Community present representing her rollerblading community! AMAZING!! (Video clip attached) We are so glad to have met you, Keyre! ?

I want to say thank you also to Sheryl Sandberg, Rhonda Abrams, and Sheryl Zaniewski Milligan. Y’all have had a huge influence and impact on Grace and I over the years. The work, passion, love, and drive y’all have for women, the marginalized, and small business continues to inspire us to do the work that we do each day for house cleaners and the cleaning industry at large. ❤️

It is a tremendous honor to be a voice for our Handmaid Cleaning Community Members and all Cleaners around the world. THANK YOU for your service and the skilled and important job that you do each day to keep our world, communities, and families safe, peaceful, and clean! We love you all! ❤️

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Facebook supporting our mission as a meaningful community has opened up many conversations about cleaning and placed us in a position for other media outlets to hear what we’re doing.

We are thrilled that we are receiving so much interest from the press. It’s exciting to see that the world is ready to hear our message. A simple message of a group of people who have been marginalized for years just wanting the respect, recognition, and the rewards that come with that to provide for their families and not live in poverty for doing a job that not many want to do that is incredibly important in our world. Imagine if nobody was there to clean the airport bathroom and you were stuck on a layover at SFO.

We are also using our podcast and the Facebook family of apps to create ads to spread our mission. Reporters like y’all that see the value in what we are dedicating our lives to is already impacting thousands of people and their families — THANK YOU!!

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

My WHY is my wife and almost 11 children. It’s not easy owning a local business and running a large online community and starting a movement. My WHY pushes me through 16+ hour days 7 days a week 365 days a year.

I’m grateful for my wife, Grace. In every way, she helps me become a better version of myself each day. Through each storm she’s my rock. Through the cloudy days, she finds the sunshine. I know I wouldn’t be who I am today without wife. Grace is the most passionate person I’ve ever met. She decided many years ago that she was going to change the way the world views cleaning and help the people that clean everyday do better for themselves. Often this means coming off of state food and housing assistance!

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1) Hire a good therapist. The life of a business owner and community leader is difficult. If it was easy, everyone would do it. The struggle is tough and not only unavoidable but necessary for our growth. There is no growth without struggle. Hiring a therapist was one of the best moves we’ve ever made. The tools we revive for therapy help us become better versions of ourselves and that directly impacts our professional growth. It also helps me become a better husband and father and stay sane each day navigating business and 10 kids!

2) Set Goals. You may never find a successful person that doesn’t set goals. It’s hard to get somewhere if you don’t know where you are going. I’m still working on goal setting but it’s a part of our everyday lives. We have a million things on our minds and fires to put out. Setting daily, weekly, and monthly goals is necessary for us to stay on path to our end goal. Before we started writing our short-term goals down and checking them off our board, we were overwhelmed and stressed. Daily goals also help us visualize that we got a lot of work done each day when we feel like we barely got through anything. Grace and I set goals that scare the crap out of us; it’s the only way we roll.

3) Here’s one thing I wish somebody didn’t tell me: Start a business they said… it will be great they said…. you can set your own hours, go on tons of vacations… it’ll be great! We didn’t see a day off or a full five hours of sleep for three years let alone a vacation. This is hard work. You must work harder than everyone else if you want to succeed at whatever you’re doing.

4) Don’t try and do it all. We all have our unique gifts and talents. There have been times where we literally did it all because we had to. But when the opportunities arose, we were scared to let go. We couldn’t grow until we learned to let go. When we slowly let go of various aspects and duties of day to day business, we were able to focus on working ON our business, doing the things that we are good at.

5) I wish somebody would have told me to chase the dream and my why, my purpose, instead of chasing money. My wife, Grace, always got that… it took me a minute 🙂 We believe that money will always come when our Why is big enough and we’re passionate about our lives and mission.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

We have inspired a movement!

Our movement will not only affect millions of cleaners, women, and their families but also the way that society views people. It’s a good thing for all of us to have respect and love for each other no matter what kind of work that we do. Raising respect and recognition for a job that has been looked down upon since the beginning of time will promote personal growth in all.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

Mistakes are a part of being human. Appreciate your mistakes for what they are: precious life lessons that can only be learned the hard way.

Many of us feel like life is beating us up and we’ve been dealt a bad hand. Understanding that life is challenging and expecting failure was life changing for me. Learning to go through struggle and growing through it sounds easy but it wasn’t for me. It’s a lifelong journey.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

We love everything about what Bárbara Kunde Minuzzi and Daniela Arruda at Babel Ventures are doing.

I would ask, growing up, did you know any “cleaning ladies”? My wife and I have started a movement raising the awareness, respect, and recognition of professional cleaners. We are removing the stigma on cleaners from the beginning of time that cleaning is an unskilled trade. Our voice is changing lives and helping people provide for themselves and change the way the world sees cleaning and cleaners. This will change the lives of millions of cleaners and their families.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

https://facebook.com/Gracie42

https://Facebook.com/handmaidcleaning

Our cleaning community: https://Facebook.com/groups/handmaidcleaning

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


“Why an entrepreneur should hire a good therapist” With Kevin Reynolds was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

Attorney Braden Perry: “Independent compliance audits of your company by a third party will add to…

Attorney Braden Perry: “Independent compliance audits of your company by a third party will add to the trust the bank has with your company”

The key to high-risk areas and banking relationships is to have a strong compliance program and transparency. Independent compliance audits of the company either by a third party or someone not actively involved in your compliance management system will add the trust the bank has with the company. And the banks most likely to accepts aren’t major financial institutions, but local and likely state-chartered banks or community credit unions that avoid many of the federal regulations that cripple the industry.

As part of my series about “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business” I had the pleasure of interviewing Braden Perry, a regulatory and government investigations attorney with Kennyhertz Perry, LLC. Mr. Perry has the unique tripartite experience of a white-collar criminal defense and government compliance, investigations, and litigation attorney at a national law firm; a senior enforcement attorney at a federal regulatory agency; and the Chief Compliance Officer/Chief Regulatory Attorney of a global financial institution. Mr. Perry has extensive experience advising clients in government inquiries and investigations, particularly in enforcement matters involving emerging or novel issues. He couples his technical knowledge and experience defending clients in front of federal agencies with a broad-based understanding of compliance from an institutional and regulatory perspective.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you share with us the story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I am a cannabis/marijuana expert and represent clients on the financial aspects and banking push/pull of state’s rights and marijuana as a Class I under the CSA. I am also a Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialist (“CAMS”) and represent companies in the cbd/cannabis industry and assist them with the myriad and confusing state/federal regulations that criminalize THC/Marijuana and the difficulty with bank acceptance of funds. As a former federal enforcement attorney, and a regulatory, government investigations and defense attorney, I have seen good companies enter regulatory spaces they don’t fully understand. Banking marijuana-related businesses (“MRBs”) is one of those areas, both for financial institutions and the underlying MRBs themselves. Navigating complex regulatory structures is what I enjoy from a legal perspective and this industry is a natural fit.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story?

Starting my legal career in white-collar and government investigations forced an uneasy requirement of quickly gaining knowledge on many different industries and companies. To represent a company adequately, you need to know their industry, and their specific processes within that industry. I worked with a talented group that allowed me the freedom and responsibility to lead legal matters and counseled me as a young attorney.

Can you share your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started Leading a Cannabis Business”? Please share a story or example for each.

Since we counsel clients, here are some things I make sure they know before involving with an MRB:

For potential MRB investors: On the investment side I advise clients on the due diligence related to potential cannabis investments, but generally this is a high-risk/high-reward and should be for investors that can stomach dramatic regulatory risk. The environment, with differing state regulations related to medical marijuana and recreation marijuana could dramatically shift with the individuals within the legislative bodies of those states. As always, transparency is the key understanding these novel risks that most industries don’t have. Beginning investors beware but may be a great bet for a diversified and sophisticated portfolio looking for some additional return.

For MRBs on the financial side: I also represent clients on difficulty with bank acceptance of funds. The key to high-risk areas and banking relationships is to have a strong compliance program and transparency. Independent compliance audits of the company either by a third party or someone not actively involved in your compliance management system will add the trust the bank has with the company. And the banks most likely to accepts aren’t major financial institutions, but local and likely state-chartered banks or community credit unions that avoid many of the federal regulations that cripple the industry. But it’s important to remember that it still is federally illegal, and the Bank Secrecy Act makes even the state-chartered banks subject to money laundering issues and can make banking a federally illegal substance difficult. It’s further unclear how the Trump administration will deal with the legality of “legal cannabis.” The main issue is that cannabis is a Class I drug under the Controlled Substance Act at the federal level. The federal government has been hands-off regarding the legalization at the state level, but that cloud of uncertainty still exists because of the supremacy clause and the very harsh federal drug laws. The navigation of guidance and getting MRBs a safe place to store their funds is a priority for our firm and counseling companies on doing that remains one of our main focuses.

For financial institutions: There is a lot of potential upside to banking MRBs. But it’s not easy. The financial institution’s policies and procedures must address their heightened Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) protocols, and outline how at a minimum, a determination of whether the MRBs activities implicate guidance issued by Financial Institutions Crime Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) on February 14, 2014, entitled “BSA Expectations Regarding Marijuana-Related Businesses” (“FinCEN Guidance”), the requirements of the prosecutorial guidance of the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) to U.S. Attorneys dated August 29, 2013 (“Cole Memo”), subsequent companion letter to the FinCEN Guidance dated February 14, 2014 (“DOJ Companion Letter”), and state licensing and other essential requirements. Understanding these regulatory issues and how a bank will view the MRBs company/structure/setup is essential in preparing for banking relationships. It critical for the MRB and financial institutions to be on the same page when it comes to compliance, and counsel the two on the ways to achieve their goals.

For innovation: We counsel MRBs on emerging technology, including blockchain. Blockchain in the marijuana industry, like blockchain technology itself, is in its infancy, but on the peak of rapid expansion. Legal marijuana businesses that see the potential and are proactive in its adoption will likely be the frontrunners in innovation and ahead of the curve when the benefits are fully realized. There is an opportunity for efficiencies in transparency and cost-cutting, and a few high-profile applications are taking hold. When the regulatory landscape evolves with the technology, more marijuana business will likely follow. Supply chain solutions and tracking will likely be the biggest trends in blockchain applications with MRBs. Some solutions we are working with companies on will be able to make the tedious plant tracking (“track and trace”) from field to supplier efficient and much less burdensome. It will also assist in verifying brands and quality. Also, the use of private blockchains within organizations will change how companies deal with logistics. In our counsel with MRBs, most MRBs would benefit from some aspect of blockchain technology, from the supply of products, fair pricing, efficient supply and improved product tracking. It will also enable marijuana producers to do real-time management of their production and storage. From seed procurement to harvest to sale can be recorded on a blockchain, which assists producers and consumers in quantifying, monitoring, and controlling the agriculture process. Blockchain has vast potential. MRBs looking to innovate and are proactive in its uses will likely reap benefits in ways we can imagine and in likely unimagined areas. As the regulatory framework progresses with innovation, companies will benefit. But that regulatory framework will likely lag the innovation, and frustrate those willing to adopt new technology.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I believe the moment is there, but more needs to be done to safely bank legal MRBs. Many stories abound about MRBs storing massive amounts of cash due to their inability to gain banking relationships. This is both dangerous and illogical. Having a strong banking partner can protect the MRBs funds and assist in monitoring for suspicious behavior and potential wrongdoing. This is good for both business and industry. My movement would be to create strong guidance to safely bank MRBs.

What is the best way our readers can follow you on social media?

@bradenmperry (twitter) and www.linkedin.com/in/bradenperry (LinkedIn).

This was very inspiring. Thank you so much for joining us!


Attorney Braden Perry: “Independent compliance audits of your company by a third party will add to… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Using VR and motion capture technology, we almost have Star Trek’s Holodeck”…

The Future Is Now: “Using VR and motion capture technology, we almost have Star Trek’s Holodeck” With Steven Zhao, CEO of Sandbox VR

We combine motion capture technology with virtual reality technology to create the closest thing to the holodeck that exists in the world, and we make them available to everyone in convenient retail Sandboxes around the world. The opportunities that this medium enables are literally endless — we think this is a new medium that is every bit as powerful as the moving picture. If you think about all the ways that videos have changed the world — from entertainment to education to staying informed, we believe the holodeck medium will have an even bigger impact of the world. This is to us the ultimate and final medium of expression — it is the most immersive experience possible. Every medium from the written word to the moving picture has been a facsimile of an experience, but with the holodeck, it IS the experience. It is also natively digital. People like to talk about how impactful platform transitions are, and platform transitions happen very rarely. But new mediums happen not even once in a lifetime, and are even more impactful than a platform transition — and we believe that the holodeck is one of those mediums.

As a part of my series about “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that seem copied from science fiction, I had the pleasure to interview Steven Zhao, CEO of Sandbox VR. Steven has nearly 2 decades of game development experience. In 2003, he founded Blue Tea Games, the developer of some of the best selling casual game titles in the world. Blue Tea Games’ Dark Parables series has sold millions copies worldwide in major retail outlets, and became one of Big Fish Game’s best selling titles ever. Blue Tea Games also developed Mavenfall, an online collectible card game for mobile, which received an Apple’s Editor’s Choice award in 2015.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

When I was 13, I started developing my own computer games. It went from being a hobby to a career during my college years, when I started developing and distributing online games as a means to pay for my tuition. I soon bootstrapped that into my first company in my early 20s, developing games with complex narrative worlds across desktop and mobile.

However, I realized the extent that users were inherently limited by the medium — the screen was a physical boundary between the user and the world I created. When commercial VR was introduced in early 2016, I realized we could build games where users can truly live and breathe inside the medium itself. That was very exciting to me, and soon after I founded my second company, which today is now known as Sandbox VR.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

No question, it’s gotta be the entire a16z General Partnership showing up a mall in the middle of the Peninsula in the Bay Area on a Monday afternoon. To spend hours with Marc Andreessen, Ben Horowitz, Andrew Chen talking about the future of VR and the history of movies was not something I expected to happen a year ago before we started fundraising.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people? How do you think this might change the world?

We combine motion capture technology with virtual reality technology to create the closest thing to the holodeck that exists in the world, and we make them available to everyone in convenient retail Sandboxes around the world.

The opportunities that this medium enables are literally endless — we think this is a new medium that is every bit as powerful as the moving picture. If you think about all the ways that videos have changed the world — from entertainment to education to staying informed, we believe the holodeck medium will have an even bigger impact of the world.

This is to us the ultimate and final medium of expression — it is the most immersive experience possible. Every medium from the written word to the moving picture has been a facsimile of an experience, but with the holodeck, it IS the experience. It is also natively digital. People like to talk about how impactful platform transitions are, and platform transitions happen very rarely. But new mediums happen not even once in a lifetime, and are even more impactful than a platform transition — and we believe that the holodeck is one of those mediums.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

The worst case scenario for virtual reality technology has been a permanent escape from the real world and the relationships we have in them. We think about this a lot. That’s why it’s really important for us that our holodeck experiences are out in the real world, outside of the home, and we designed it specifically to be social. We want technology to bring people together, closer — and we hope to develop our platform and Sandbox Experiences to make sure that happens.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

I’ve been building games all my life — and when VR started taking off, I wanted to be early. Our team tried a lot of at-home VR, and I was incredibly disappointed by the experience, which I can only describe as sitting in a chair tethered to a computer by yourself at home alone as a disembodied head with two floating controllers.

I thought VR would be the holodeck, or the Matrix. So we asked ourselves why it wasn’t that. Although we’re pretty far from a real holodeck, we also realized that with the current technology available, we could create a “minimal viable holodeck”. The key to this was the concept of embodiment: The ability to see yourself and your friends as naturally as you see them in real life is the key to making the holodeck experience immersive, and even more importantly — social.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Guests will need to be able to go to a Sandbox to experience our product, so we’ll be constructing stores across the US, and eventually globally. With a wide enough network of Sandboxes around the world, a content ecosystem becomes possible, allowing us to rollout new and exciting experiences on a monthly or even weekly basis. All of this becomes integrated through our online platform that connects our guests with their experiences even after they’ve left our Sandboxes.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Our primary growth channel is word of mouth — the core experience is so immersive and social, and so unlike any VR experience you can get at home. We also render in real time mixed reality video trailers for all of our experiences. Unlike a movie where you get a trailer before you watch it, in our experiences you get a trailer after your experience, starring you and your friends. These have been a hit on social media and has been key to our growth.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

That would be our Chief Product Officer Siqi Chen. It helped that we’ve been good friends since college and I was his groomsman, because it would’ve been nearly impossible for me to convince a two-time founder who’s leading growth at a pre-IPO company to uproot his family in Silicon Valley to move all the way to Hong Kong for an, at that time, unknown startup.

Leading product, Siqi gave Sandbox VR an identity, and it impacted every aspect of our development. What I was particularly grateful for was during the fundraising journey, Siqi did everything he could do to ensure I gave the best pitch possible, and stayed optimistic after navigating through dozens of rejections, until we finally gotten our first investor to say “Yes”.

To me, he owns this quote: “A real friend is one who walks in when the rest of the world walks out.”

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

We’re not where we need to be yet, but bringing the holodeck to every neighborhood in the world is our mission and we think this will bring a lot of goodness into the world.

We all imagine and dream, it’s part of who we are as humans. With the holodeck, we can for the first time fulfill those dreams for a lot of people in the world. In much the same way as when you read a great book or watch a great movie, experiencing an adventure and living a character in the holodeck helps you empathize, learn, and be moved.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

“Be ready to invest all your money into this.”

When the company was out of money, I invested my entire nest egg to give the company six more months of runway and one more shot to launch the holodeck. Soon after we opened our doors, the first Sandbox became 100% booked out for three months straight.

“Learning to say ‘No’.”

We once had an a really lucrative offer from a large amusement center company. It could’ve been a really meaningful amount of cash to us at that time, but it would’ve bottlenecked our expansion in the US, and that would have stopped us from getting to where we are today.

“Hiring your good friend can be a really good business decision.”

Siqi Chen gets that credit, explained above.

“It’s a fast marathon, not a sprint.”

We’re building a new product for a new market, and three years in, we feel like the technology, content, and growth is not even 1% of where we ultimately need to be, and will be.

“Fundraising is a fulltime job.”

Beyond three months of preparation, our Series A fundraising took us to four countries and over a hundred practice sessions and pitches before ultimately landing with Andreessen Horowitz.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

In a highly digital world, most pastimes equates to people stuck to their screens — and it is isolating. Because our experiences are physically social, when guests leave our Sandboxes, we can see that they didn’t just have a good time, they’re having a good time with each other, laughter and smiles all around.

So my hope is to inspire a movement where people will carve out more time to physically be with and play together with their friends and family.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“The reasonable man adapts himself to the world; the unreasonable one persists in trying to adapt the world to himself. Therefore all progress depends on the unreasonable man.” — George Bernard Shaw

Moving to a new country to bootstrapping my first business in my early twenties was unreasonable to my friends and family at the time, but that business grew to team of 50 and our games were purchased by over a million people.

Building the holodeck is an impossible thing for a small team with no money to do, but we did it anyways.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Sandbox VR is the holodeck company, and it’s our mission to bring the holodeck to every neighborhood in the world. We’ve already built it, and we’ve made it work as a business: we’re actually the #1 activity on Tripadvisor in Hong Kong and Singapore. We also recently announced a $68M dollar series A led by Andreessen with participation from Stanford and Floodgate, Alibaba, CRCM, and TriplePoint Capital. In 2019, we will be adding dozens of new Sandboxes around worldwide and bootstrap the holodeck content ecosystem.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

https://twitter.com/SandboxVR

https://twitter.com/zhaosaurus

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “Using VR and motion capture technology, we almost have Star Trek’s Holodeck”… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “A 3D VR Camera” With Julien Gueuning and Christophe Branchu

If you have seen a video produced by mass-market VR cameras where you get an awkward “goldfish” view with an obvious distortion in perspective, the difference between the Obsidian is clear. To produce a higher-quality video, the Obsidian’s stitching algorithm helps to put together the images real-time so that less editing time is required by the users. In addition, as the Obsidian has six lenses, you don’t have to point at one specific object when shooting which gives you greater flexibility.

I had the pleasure of interviewing the two co-founders of JU&KE Design Studio: Julien Gueuning and Christophe Branchu. They are working and living in China, launching their own industrial design studio around two years ago to focus on creating products catered to both the China and international markets.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Julien: In terms of how we met, I worked for a well-known American designer in Shenzhen, when this company joined an incubator launched by Christophe that mainly worked with big international brands. Shenzhen is regarded as the global Silicon Valley of Hardware. For example, a project that takes one year in France only takes six months in China.

And faster speed doesn’t involve a quality decline as Shenzhen is tightly integrated with an advanced manufacturing ecosystem built from contract manufacturing expertise of over 40 years since the start of China’s economic reforms. Industrial designers like ourselves can control the design outcomes better because your prototype is assembled next to an actual production line.

Chris: As we received more queries from international brands seeking to launch their products in China and vice versa, JU&KE was born in 2016 as both of us are keen to bring function as well as positive emotion to the consumers.

Julien: To explain further, many brands seek to design and manufacture products in Shenzhen for both the China and international markets. There are a few reasons why Shenzhen is chosen: This city has ranked first in the number of companies winning the Red Dot Design Award for six consecutive years up to 2017, as well as in the German iF Design Award. It is also easier to find foreign designers such as ourselves who are more familiar with international brands and the respective brand DNA as well as heritage.

As both Chris and myself have been in China for around 10 years, we are more attuned to appealing to local as well as international tastes and offer a comprehensive “Design & Manufacture in China for the world” solution. Here, we design a product, handle visual identity elements such as the packaging & copywriting and launch these products at internationally renowned exhibitions. We serve brands from various industries such as technology, cultural products, lifestyle products, and jewelry (see this collage that displays an intelligent robot household assistant, a smart thermometer and one of our watch designs).

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

Chris: Although our company is very young, we won a total of four CES and CES Asia Innovation Awards in 2017 for the Obsidian 3-D VR camera developed in cooperation with Kandao Technology, a Shenzhen-based startup. It was a big deal for Kandao as they became China’s first CES Best of Innovation Honoree in the Digital Imaging product category. Previous winners in this category include top international brands such as Sony and Nikon. This product was also honoured at the German iF Design Award in 2018 as well as other design competitions.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

Julien: We are working on a few terrific projects but can’t reveal additional details at this moment. Therefore, we will focus on the Obsidian camera which has two formats, the Obsidian R which prioritizes resolution with 8K video at 30 fps, and the Obsidian S that puts the focus on frame rate, with 4K video at a faster 120 fps speed. The Obsidian goes beyond 360° by shooting in 3D 360°, using a clever algorithm that processes both left and right channels, stitching together the videos and images captured in real-time.

Even now, this feature is a great example of how an innovative product can feature design, hardware and software technology born in Shenzhen but consumed by the world. In terms of the benefits, seeing is believing so you can take a look at this video shot by the Obsidian. You may notice that six lenses don’t just to make this product look cool as this feature optimizes results of the stitching algorithm.

How do you think this might change the world?

Chris: If you have seen a video produced by mass-market VR cameras where you get an awkward “goldfish” view with an obvious distortion in perspective, the difference between the Obsidian is clear. To produce a higher-quality video, the Obsidian’s stitching algorithm helps to put together the images real-time so that less editing time is required by the users.

In addition, as the Obsidian has six lenses, you don’t have to point at one specific object when shooting which gives you greater flexibility.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Julien: There are concerns in relation to privacy as facial recognition software becomes more advanced and examines video captured in public places. However, VR cameras are a different product designed as a “one-man camera crew” to provide a different perspective and fun to users when shared on social media with their friends.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

Chris: Kandao participated in the CES Innovation Awards in previous years but did not win anything. When they approached JU&KE, there was a high-specification prototype in place, so we agreed to help them put together an entire winning package in preparation for CES 2017.

Julien: There was a high degree of mutual respect as Kandao were technical domain experts. In a very short time, we re-designed their logo, packaging, and product. A good logo and packaging really complement an excellent product as all these are consumer touchpoints that impact their feelings about this product — we want consumers to get excited from the moment they see this product in the store to the moment they start using it.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Julien: As designers, we aren’t best placed to talk about the specific technology behind the Obsidian. But we can share how innovative design is playing a bigger role in technology innovation within Shenzhen.

Let’s begin with a quick introduction: Low-end manufacturing, where copycats tend to thrive, is no longer profitable within Shenzhen as the costs of production are rising. Only mid to high-end manufacturing is sustainable and requires a state of constant innovation which comprise technology, design and marketing. Shenzhen designers have a lot of hands-on experience as this city’s manufacturing excellence means that we get additional opportunities to partner a whole range of technical experts ranging from electrical wiring, injection molding and IoT.

Chris: In Shenzhen, there is a more open-source attitude towards design innovation as there is always something that can be learned from others. We have been actively participating in joint events involving designers in Hong Kong, Shenzhen, and Macao such as the Hong Kong-Shenzhen Design Biennale, to facilitate learning from one another and enhance our design quality.

Therefore, if your brand is planning to design and manufacture an innovative mid to high-end product for the global market, our view is that you should consider Shenzhen where world-class design, prototyping and manufacturing expertise are available.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies? [Prefer to skip this question]

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that? [Prefer to skip this question]

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Julien: Designers are trained to keep things simple — why make a product with three components when you can do it with two? This lowers the costs of production and environmental impact.

The tricky part is when we seek to persuade clients to lower environmental impact while incurring higher production costs. For example, recycled packaging materials are relatively more expensive compared to standard cardboard. Ultimately, these are difficult conversations and we keep trying to educate our clients on these trade-offs.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

Chris:

· Chinese youth are leading consumers worldwide: Chinese youth are leading consumers worldwide: China’s Generation Z (those born in 1998 and after), are big on consumption, and they have marked differences in their attitude and lifestyles relative to previous generations and even peers across the globe. As revealed in the latest research findings, over half of young Chinese shoppers spent more than US$7,450 on luxury goods in 2018 and accounts for 15 percent of their household’s spending in the survey compared with 4 percent in the U.S. and the U.K.

· Stay consistent with your founding principles: We believe that all designers start with an objective to positively impact the world in their own way. Although our clients’ interests always come first, we strive to stay consistent with our founding principles, which are to bring function as well as positive emotion to the consumers.

· Listen more and adapt: There are so many smart people that we have met, and we learned to listen carefully and learn from them. Even when we encounter bad experiences, we are always taking notes so that we can avoid making the same mistake if it was our fault or to handle a similar situation better in the future.

· Grow with your employees: When we first started our company, more senior staff are tougher to find as turnover rates throughout China are high. We tended to hire more junior designers and train them in-house and to grow their skillsets as well as careers with us. This will give our staff greater career satisfaction.

· Grow with your clients: Design is a service and our mission is to help our clients grow. It is a symbiotic relationship since the better our clients succeed, the better we do. Therefore, we always approach our clients as long-term partners.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂 [Prefer to skip this question]

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life? [Prefer to skip this question]

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Julien: We will love to partner a VC who is well-connected to brands that seek to design and manufacture innovative products for the world.

JU&KE is a young industrial design studio founded in 2016 but in this short time, we have made a name for ourselves among the 6,000 design studios in Shenzhen. In addition, as both Chris and myself have been in China for over 9 years, we are more attuned to the local tastes while being better able to understand where international brands are coming from.

Therefore, we cordially invite such VCs to partner us to leverage Shenzhen’s unique ecosystem of technological, design and marketing innovation. Feel free to reach out via [email protected].

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Chris: You are welcome to view our portfolio on Behance, Instagram, and Pinterest. However, you wish may also search “JU&KE” and follow us on major social media platforms such as LinkedIn and Facebook.

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “A 3D VR Camera” With Julien Gueuning and Christophe Branchu was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Instead of waiting on a platform, you could be sitting at a coffee shop and…

The Future Is Now: “Instead of waiting on a platform, you could be sitting at a coffee shop and alerted when the train is coming” With Greg Shepard

…a cloud-based technology that leverages data from riders to learn patterns and to let people know when trains or buses are arriving. This means that instead of waiting on a platform, you could be sitting at a coffee shop and alerted when the train is coming — all through a tiny chip. The data this technology provides allow transit providers to make bus routes more efficient, will let people know how far apart buses are, and limit how many unnecessary vehicles are on the road. Frankly, not everyone can afford Uber. Through this technology, not only is the user experience for a commuter improved, but we are empowering people from all socioeconomic situations the ability to move freely — regardless of income.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Greg Shepard, a private angel investor, VC committed to building and running sustainable growth businesses. His former company, AffiliateTraction, was acquired by eBay Enterprise Marketing Solutions in January 2016 as a part of a $985M deal. The deal also included the purchase of AdAssured, another company founded by Greg. This transaction won four silicon valley PE awards from M&A Advisor. All included a curve out of 14 companies followed by exiting 12 and buying three, two of which were Greg’s. Greg’s book ‘Meet the BOSS — The Agile Playbook for Startups’ and TEDX talk is slated to be published in 2019 Read more about his M&A Advisor wins here.

Thank you so much fo joining us Greg! What brought you to this specific career path?

Ever since a young age, I’ve had the determination to do things that had not been done before. When you work for someone else, you’re working to replicate a vision or product that has already been done — which means you don’t have the space to pursue the change you want to, you can only “improve” not “create.” Only until you take the leap to be your own boss are you able to truly implement change — done in the way you know would be most effective.

I recognized early on that many companies were using inefficient, old-school methods that set them back — and were subsequently unwilling to change how they operated. Changing the environment around me for good is a part of my DNA, both professionally and personally. From that lens, doing anything else but being an entrepreneur felt like a forcing a round peg into a square hole.

Instead of a primary focus on company creation, today my passion has pivoted towards giving guidance to entrepreneurs I believe in to succeed. I can do more good by helping people scale than I can by creating on my own companies. This is a core value and lesson that my upcoming book ‘Meet the BOSS’ covers.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

When I first started my career, I had interviewed with a company for six months before convincing the CEO to hire me. During that time, in order to keep myself afloat, I was working nights as a security guard, delivering newspapers in the early morning and waiting tables when I wasn’t at work. I remember I had two suits, two ties and two pairs of socks that I had purchased at Goodwill that I would rewash.

One day, after months of working to provide value for the brand, a mentor pulled me aside and asked why I had only two suits — and then saw that I had a picture of a Ferrari on my desk. I’ll never forget that day, he took me to a Ferrari dealer, bought himself a car, and let me drive it off the lot to valet for lunch. Then we went and bought some suits. He recognized my determination and drive to change the world around me for good, and used his influence to build me up.

The moral of this anecdote is to not only share every day, arduous challenges I overcame in the beginning, as many entrepreneurs encounter obstacles when starting out. The value here is to show that not all company leaders look out for their employees like my mentor had, at least not without you earning it — you must give before you take.

So many brands tout their commitment to diversity and how innovation is at the core of their DNA. But once you look under the hood — you see they’ve lost their way. The reason technology inspires me is that tech companies have transformed almost every industry.

It’s the one game changer that has single-handedly leveled the playing field. From the rampant criticism that Tesla faced, to Apple who fought for survival from Day One, to an early Jeff Bezos when monster retailers laughed at him — these entrepreneurs have proved that technology does have the ability to change lives for good. Today we come full circle with a SpaceX rocket to Mars in the works. Like a raindrop causing ripples across a still pond, tech disruption has become commonplace, causing entire ecosystems to transform.

Within my consulting work, I think of myself sitting in that cubicle looking at that printed photo of a Ferrari, and I remember how lucky I had been to have mentors not only in business but in ethics that taught me the value of personal integrity.

I recognize the value of building up people around me that fill my weaknesses and help me hold steadfast to my values. My passion is being able to give entrepreneurs the knowledge they need. Which is defined as obtaining wealth through exits, and subsequently spreading the liquid flow of wealth to the world. This work is greater than me, it promotes the same model of capitalism based on integrity as a primary diver of success.

I want to help other people feel like I did when I was given the chance to drive the Ferrari off that lot, the feeling of pride, self-worth, and assurance to know I can in fact achieve.

Can you tell us about a ‘bleeding edge’ technological breakthrough that you involved in? How do you think that will help people or change the world?

Yes! One brand I’m currently consulting with is a transit company looking to change the way people use public transportation. Subway, bus and metro rail riders across the country, both within big cities and in the surrounding areas, will attest to the frustrating inefficiency of the transit system. Lower income commuters who live in rural areas or outside major cities are especially vulnerable.

Here’s how the technology works — currently most transit brands utilize simple magnetic cards that commuters refill and swipe to board. The problem is, all of the data about how they travel, when, where and how often — is trapped inside every individual magnetic strip.

The brand I’m working with has created a cloud-based technology that leverages data from riders to learn patterns and to let people know when trains or buses are arriving. This means that instead of waiting on a platform, you could be sitting at a coffee shop and alerted when the train is coming — all through a tiny chip. The data this technology provides allow transit providers to make bus routes more efficient, will let people know how far apart buses are, and limit how many unnecessary vehicles are on the road

Frankly, not everyone can afford Uber. Through this technology, not only is the user experience for a commuter improved, but we are empowering people from all socioeconomic situations the ability to move freely — regardless of income.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

In promoting widespread adoption for any technology, it must be simple, easy to use and provide real value for the end-user. If a company can get that golden recipe down, widespread adoption will fuel itself.

Is there a person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are?

My wife and my mother. My mother was incredibly self-disciplined, more so than anyone I’ve met. She was committed to advocating for the socially underserved and the ignored pockets of our fabric. She taught me the importance of integrity, giving back and respect for all life.

In a similar vein, my wife has shown me the value of transparency and remaining honest. She is the most open person I know and always stays true to her values. This inherent sense of honesty has been a linchpin of what I’ve carried through in business. She is my best friend, partner, and mentor. When things get difficult she holds me high for over 15 years.

How have you used your success to bring good to the world?

After I made my first $10M, I took a step back and realized my biggest satisfaction in my work was the overarching theme of helping entrepreneurs succeed, spreading the wealth and giving back.

Unfortunately, standing in the way of this is a concentrated reservoir of money that resides in the bank accounts and portfolios of the 1%. These are the folks that share the stagnant, boys-club view of underpaying women or brushing off the importance of diversity and enrollment in politics for the benefit of companies. This leadership is why so many corporate brands remaining fixed around intolerant ideas.

On the other side of the coin, scrappy, young entrepreneurs typically believe in the value of social contribution, knowledge, and charity to propel forward societal evolution. They understand the importance of ongoing improvement. Only through strategic growth strategies and eventual exits are these entrepreneurs able to gain wealth.

I can do better in the world by not just injecting personal capital towards the success of these companies, but by sharing my knowledge and tools with entrepreneurs to help them be as motivated to give back as I have.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started”?

Seek out mentors that fill your gaps

· I learned early on that in order to grow both personally and professionally I needed mentors to guide me along the way. As I grew, I began to seek out people who could teach me and fill gaps in the experience and knowledge I didn’t have. For example, the CEO of the brand that purchased my biotech company taught me nitty-gritty business procedures around supply chain logistics, marketing and how to scale. Another mentor taught me the importance of finance, business models, and governance. Seeking out people that are smarter than you in the areas you are lacking is critical.

Always take the high road

· After I moved to Colorado and began working in banking, I created a broker business with a man who taught me the importance of “taking the high road” — and how integrity achieves the best thing for all parties. Even if it means making a business decision that may not be popular at the time, in the long-term, this has benefited me more times than I can count. I have a following of people who know by personal experience what I stand for and will not compromise.

Stay humble

· Before all else, having a strong sense of humility and gratitude for what you have is your most important asset. Staying humble gives you the space to remain open to learn and grow as a professional. The more you think you know the less you will. Personal growth is achieved through engagement — and it’s important you don’t let that become stagnant. Money is a reward system but its only another tool. How you use it is what determines your legacy. Stay motivated by the change you want to make in the world and the profits will follow.

Surround yourself with honest people who carry similar values as you

· Recognize your value and empower yourself by bringing people into your life that will help you grow, not the opposite. Make a commitment to build relationships with people that see your value and remind you of it every day. Your values are the compass that motivates and drive two-way engagement with those around you. Your disposition and characteristics will be picked up by those around you, inspiring them to get the work you need to be done.

If you could inspire a movement to bring good to people, what would that be?

· During my first company exit, I gave $3M to people that had worked for me — way more than I had any obligation to do. I saw them pay off student loans, purchase homes, get married and put money away for their kid’s college. I saw I was able to make a life-changing difference for them. After that exit, I recognized that other people like myself also do this and value giving back. My goal in writing ‘Meet the BOSS’ is to inspire a movement for entrepreneurs to eventually replicate the gift I had provided for those employees, that they earned.

What is your favorite life lesson quote? Why?

“There is nothing noble in being superior to your fellow man; true nobility is being superior to your former self.” — Ernest Hemingway

So many people in business miss the importance of this concept. Both professionally and personally, I live every day with the notion that how much you give back defines your true wealth, not how much you keep. ‘Meet the BOSS’ is about Kaizen agile change, evolution, and the idea of continually working to improve where you are now in comparison to where you used to be.

You cannot build a company alone, whether you want to admit it or not. Those you surround yourself with, those you train, those you mentor and those you develop — do all those things for you as well. Building a business is a team sport, and you win or lose together. I’ve seen time and again that with the right guidance these companies founders can win. The key is staying humble and taking to heart the fact you need your team, just as much as they need you.

I feel the opportunities I’ve had throughout my career have provided me with the knowledge to help entrepreneurs grow and define an exit strategy from Day One. Spreading the wealth of his knowledge has been my guiding north star when writing this book.

Here is how to get in touch and follow me on social:

https://www.gregoryshepard.com/copy-of-about

https://www.linkedin.com/in/gregshepard/

https://twitter.com/gregshepard_?lang=en

Instagram: @GregShepard

https://www.facebook.com/GregoryJShepard/

For all press inquiries — contact Olivia Ludington ([email protected])


The Future Is Now: “Instead of waiting on a platform, you could be sitting at a coffee shop and… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “A precise GPS for the inside of hospitals” With Connexient CEO, Mark Green

MediNav isn’t necessarily changing the world, but we’re contributing to the larger global navigation picture… indoor navigation is becoming just as important as finding your way outdoors. Hospitals are just one area Connexient is focusing on. Other companies are developing wayfinding apps for airports, stadiums, college campuses and malls. How many times have you gone to a new city or foreign country and typed your destination into Waze or Google Maps without thinking much about how difficult it used to be using Rand McNally Road Atlases? Now that’s an old school reference!

I had the pleasure of interviewing Connexient CEO, Mark Green. Mark has spent over 30 years as a highly successful sales executive and leader in both Enterprise software and wayfinding industries. This includes serving as VP, Sales and building the sales team and revenue ramp for a $2B+ IPO with Silknet Software. Post-IPO, Mark was instrumental in the $4.2B acquisition of Silknet by Kana Communications, where Mark became Vice President, Strategic Accounts of the combined company. Mark was also VP, Sales at Relicore, which had a successful exit when acquired by Symantec. Mark served as CEO of GDS, Inc. for 6 years before co-founding Connexient. Mark is a graduate of Colby College.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve been involved with growing start-ups in both healthcare and enterprise software throughout my entire career. My business partner, Joe Motta and I have a hospital wayfinding and graphic design business called GDS. As the proliferation of outdoor GPS platforms emerged (MapQuest, Google Maps and Waze), we innovated a mobile app called MediNav, it is a revolutionary solution for digital wayfinding in hospitals.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

The most interesting story of my career was when I was with the senior management team that sold Silknet Software to Kana Communications for $4.2B. At the time (2000) it was the second largest software acquisition ever. Since then, it’s been fun growing companies especially innovating with Connexient “Indoor GPS for hospital patients.”

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

The bleeding edge technological breakthrough that we’re addressing at Connexient, include how to position and navigate someone on their smartphone inside a 5 million square foot hospital with multiple levels and several buildings. Our mission is to make the patient experience stress-free by providing blue dot turn-by-turn navigation.

How do you think this might change the world?

MediNav isn’t necessarily changing the world, but we’re contributing to the larger global navigation picture… indoor navigation is becoming just as important as finding your way outdoors. Hospitals are just one area Connexient is focusing on. Other companies are developing wayfinding apps for airports, stadiums, college campuses and malls. How many times have you gone to a new city or foreign country and typed your destination into Waze or Google Maps without thinking much about how difficult it used to be using Rand McNally Road Atlases? Now that’s an old school reference!

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

There are always concerns about user privacy when dealing with mobile devices, but Connexient keeps everything anonymous. I don’t see this as a drawback because we don’t know who the end user is; we just help them get to where they need to go.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

The tipping point that led us to MediNav was realizing that people would come to expect the same type of mapping and navigation experience indoors, as they get outdoors. Using Google Maps or Waze while driving has become a way of life.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Widespread adoption is in the works. We need to collaborate with our hospital clients on marketing strategies to promote the wayfinding app, once they’ve launched it on the app stores. We’re also integrating MediNav with EHR systems and appointment scheduling apps like Epic. That will increase the adoption of our solution significantly.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We are building awareness through a host of marketing and PR strategies, including: digital and content marketing, social media, testimonials… we’re very proud of our Giving Tuesday initiative with Hackensack Meridian Health. We donated over 1,000 compassionate compression kits to be distributed to patients at Hackensack University Medical Center over the holidays beginning on Tuesday, November 27th (aka GivingTuesday). Compression socks increase circulation; decrease swelling and muscle soreness, while reducing the risk of DVT. This charitable act of kindness is an example of how we are giving the gift of compassion to patients alongside our largest customer. http://www.connexient.com/

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

My greatest mentor in life has been my father. He’s an accomplished person in academia who taught me the importance of hard work and a well-written thank you letter. From a business perspective, my mentor was Jay Wood, who was the CEO of Silknet software while I was VP of Sales. Now, he’s a filmmaker on the West Coast (aka Family Guy).

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

I treat my employees with the same level of respect, as a client or someone in my family. I’m open to all ideas especially ones that help people, like our Giving Tuesday campaign with Hackensack (mentioned above in response #8). Connexient’s core values are closely aligned with my own: respect, gratitude, honesty, courage, integrity and excellence are the top five.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

Five things I wish someone told me before I started Connexient: it’s a marathon — pace yourself; anticipate challenges and set-backs — learn how to pivot; hire well and delegate; surround yourself with a skilled team of professionals; Stay true to your vision.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

If I could inspire a movement it would be to make education available to everyone. Whether that’s through formal academics or mentorship with a specific trade… I think many of the problems in our society could be solved with education and mentorship. I try to be a good mentor to my three adult children and my employees.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“Your time is limited, so don’t waste it living someone else’s life,” — Steve Jobs.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Readers can follow us on Twitter @Connexient and https://www.linkedin.com/company/connexient/

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “A precise GPS for the inside of hospitals” With Connexient CEO, Mark Green was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “A hi-tech solution to help stroke survivors recover” With David Ellzey, CEO of…

The Future Is Now: “A hi-tech solution to help stroke survivors recover” With David Ellzey, CEO of Torque3

I had the pleasure of interviewing David Ellzey, the CEO of the Silicon Valley healthcare-tech startup, Torque3 (pronounced torque-cubed). David is a designer turned serial entrepreneur who previously co-helmed the interactive development studio Xpletive. For 12 years he designed and led a team that delivered ground breaking, location-based, deeply immersive interactive experiences for installations all over the world.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

My new company was working on a deeply immersive fitness platform that had integrated physio-rehabilitation features. The goal was to engage customer’s play behavior and therefore, create a habit-forming activity much in the way it is done with video games. Along the way, we found that the most common reason people stop exercising is due to injury, so we had to create a platform that could accommodate for any injury, including a missing limb. This led us to a very unique robotics solution.

During a prototype assessment, our neuro/behavioral science advisor enthusiastically commented that we had built the most impressive neurorehabilitation system he had ever seen. He sent me a ton of supporting information from his 30+ years of research on the positive effects of using virtual reality to increase neuroplasticity, or in other words, the brain’s ability to remap its neuropathways. I reviewed the information of course, but it wasn’t until I was invited to a BBQ last summer that it really hit home for me.

This was my pivotal moment. The study of the latest in neurorehabilitation research was still fresh when I met an acquaintance’s father at that BBQ. He had suffered a stroke about 2 years previously, and my expectation was that he would tell me about his experience using some of the latest in neurorehabilitation systems. It saddened me to hear that his neurorehabilitation therapy had quickly devolved into a routine of him using a stationary bike with a therapist standing by. I knew there was a wealth of clinical studies validating much better methods. Then I got angry. I realized that he wasn’t an outlier in the system, but a typical case. Under our current system, only 10% of stroke survivors reach near-full recovery. We can do better!

The single most important factor for an improved recovery outcome is the patient’s neuroplasticity. Yet there are no systems currently available that enhance plasticity despite a clear, proven path on how to accomplish this. Is an affordable solution that significantly improves stroke recovery outcomes even possible? Absolutely! We have already “accidently” developed one, and now my anger has turned into a passion to get as many of our platforms into use as possible. We have a solution to facilitate a much better and faster recovery for stroke survivors, now it’s time to make it happen.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

How about getting married to your co-founder and starting a new company on the same day despite having no money, no credit, and no existing clients? My second startup was an animation and visual effects studio that I co-founded with my fiancé. The plan was to get the studio up and running some 3 months prior to the wedding, but as is usual for a startup. everything takes 3x longer than anticipated. The day prior to my wedding, the new studio was finally ready for operation. At our wedding reception, a friend I had worked with before and who had gone on to become a producer for Disney asked us when we would be back from our honeymoon. “3 days” I said. “Perfect! I have a job for you when you get back”. We came back from our honeymoon and immediately started working crazy 12–20 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days a year (including Christmas!) to build up the new company.

Starting and building a business from ground zero on our wedding day was either going to land us in divorce court or bring us closer together. I feel very thankful we are still happily married, but I certainly wouldn’t advise other couples to follow the same route.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

The most important factor that affects a patient’s recovery outcome is called “neuroplasticity”, a term used to describe how the brain re-maps neuropathways in the brain. This allows it to transfer impaired functions from the damaged sections to healthy regions. There have been years of clinical studies that support using VR headsets to significantly improve outcomes. The conclusion is that the more immersive the experience, the more effective the treatment.

Developing intense, deeply immersive experiences is something I’ve been doing for quite some time, but what we are doing with the advanced robotics in our platform is something special. After a stroke, it’s common for survivors to experience weakness or paralysis on one side of the body. To answer the overwhelming challenges presented by hemiplegia and hemiparesis, the TRUETM (Torque Reactive User Experience) system provides a balanced, smooth user experience regardless of each limb’s applied effort. Sensors and software algorithms anticipate the patient’s intended action and instantly compensate to balance the power across each limb. The system provides a smooth experience as if the patient was not impaired.

This means a patient will be able to “go for a ride” on our platform and feel as if their body is responding exactly as they expected. There is no frustration of having one side of their body paralyzed during their session. Instead, they will feel whole again.

Normally our nervous system operates in a “closed feedback loop” when it comes to muscle control during movement. This sensorimotor function relies heavily on sensory feedback to control movements, but in stroke survivors that function is impaired. It is our hypothesis that simulating the closed feedback loop between the brain and neuromuscular activity will also increase neuroplasticity.

How do you think this might change the world?

Stroke is the leading cause of disability in the United States. There are almost 700,000 new stroke survivors each year who will begin the long struggle of recovery. Some estimates put the total number of survivors in the US at over 6.5 million. Globally, the problem is staggering — over 50 million stroke survivors need neurorehabilitation worldwide.

Deploying our platform will significantly improve the recovery outcomes of these stroke survivors, allowing a much higher percentage of them to go on to lead fulfilling, independent lifestyles. This is not only an enormous improvement for the survivors, but also relieves the immense burden on caregivers and reduces pressure on limited healthcare budgets.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

As humanity gets better and better at creating these simulated realities, there is the obvious issue of how do we keep people from spending too much time using it recreationally? The allure of universes that are crafted to artificially fulfill all our primal desires will be irresistible — but at what cost? I mean, it presents a unique dichotomy for me as I’d personally love to experience that level of immersion — while being equally horrified at what it could do to the fabric of society.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

For one of our major features, it was an uncomfortable moment. This was when we were holding our first full day of testing on the initial version of the prototype. It was back when we were still focused on developing a fitness system. We had 20 people signed up to come in for test sessions and the very first guy was an above-the-knee amputee. We were completely unprepared for his condition, but he was excited to try the prototype, so we felt we should at least see what would happen.

Considering how fragile the prototype was, it was a miracle it didn’t break under the strain. The poor guy had to struggle with just using one leg. Every push he made would cause the pedals to lurch forward. Despite his frustration, he just wouldn’t give up. It was painful for us to watch. From our perspective, the fact that he couldn’t pedal in a smooth motion and therefore, complete the course was not his failure, it was ours.

The lunch conversation with the engineers that day turned into a brainstorming session. This is when we first theorized a solution for users who can only apply force asymmetrically and was the genesis of the robotics system we now call the Torque Reactive User Experience, or “TRUE” for short.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

We have a lot of work ahead of us, but I see this as 3 critical steps; Awareness, Validation and Affordability.

The first step is awareness. We need to cultivate a better understanding in the stroke community of what neuroplasticity is, why enhancing neuroplasticity is so important, and how it can be greatly enhanced through intense virtual simulations. This means reaching out to not only practitioners, but the survivors and their caregivers as well.

The next is validation. There is a wealth of research that has repeatably shown that the use of virtual reality has a significant improvement on the outcomes of stroke survivors. Our platform is the optimal implementation of those studies, based on their conclusions. However, we still need independent studies to confirm that our design is achieving the results the research predicts

Finally, the only way we can make sure that the millions of survivors out there can take advantage of the Torque3 platform is to make it affordable. In our current business model, we bear the entire upfront cost of the equipment and installation. This makes it easy for healthcare facilities to adopt the platform en masse, but puts a tremendous strain on the Torque3’s ability to scale quickly. This is not a problem unique to our company and has the same difficult solution many startups have faced; raise significant investment capital, economize manufacturing, and keep operational costs under control during rapid growth.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

The change from a fitness company to a neurorehabilitation company is very recent and has caused us to do a full rebrand, including new website and messaging strategy . We’ve just started to reach out to practitioners, survivors and caregivers. Luckily for us, the demand for an affordable neurorehabilitation solution for stroke survivors is exceptionally high, which makes our job easier. Our target market is actively seeking a solution like ours to once again lead an independent lifestyle.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I’m incredibly grateful to my wife, Kelly. Not just for being unbelievably supportive, but she has essentially been my silent, uncredited “co-founder” from the first day we started. It takes 2 types of people to build a successful startup: One is the ‘Innovator’, the ‘Steve Jobs’. This is the company’s leader, the person that gets all the attention and makes the headlines. This is the person who conceives of and holds the Grand Vision of the company. The Innovator who consistently conceives of the ideas that will propel the company forward.

But just as critical to the success of any company is the ‘Implementor’. This is the person behind the scenes that sees to it all the details of running and operating a business are handled. This is the person that creates the space for the Innovator to create — the ‘Tim Cook’ behind Steve Jobs. Kelly has always made sure the details of running the business were handled, giving me the space to come up with newer and better creative solutions.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

I think in the way you mean it, I haven’t achieved that level of success yet. But there are over 50 million people globally who are stroke survivors who need a better rehabilitation solution to reclaim their independence. Meeting that need is a worthy goal I hope to make happen.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. Be the Torchbearer — There is a tendency for founders to want to share the load of leadership, but it’s critical that a single person take on the lonely, insanely stressful role of “THE” leader. You need to be that person who keeps the company true to its vision at every step. Usually there is just one founder who had the original concept; that person needs to take on the CEO/President mantle as part of the price of success. Being the “Guy in Charge” in the beginning can be miserable, but the company needs someone who can hold up the vision like a torch in the darkness, illuminating the uncertain path ahead and providing a beacon for those who follow you.
  2. Share Your Ideas Freely, Early and Often — I always hear people being afraid that someone will steal their idea. We are talking about concepts here, not proven products or services. Generally speaking, anyone who has the inclination and resources to start developing a new project already has their own ideas to pursue. They aren’t interested in stealing yours. to create products or services that will succeed in the marketplace, you need to get feedback early and often. You aren’t going to get that if you don’t talk about and show what you are doing.
  3. Embrace the Limitations of Your “Box” — I hate it when people say, “think outside of the box”. What they really mean is that they have not defined their real limitations. Every design/project is limited by a host of factors. The most common are budget, schedule, and you know — physics. The beauty of working within limitations is that you can reverse-engineer solutions from what you know you can’t do.
  4. Great Execution is More Important than a Great Idea — It’s common for people to overvalue their “killer idea” and believe that just the idea alone has some sort of intrinsic real-world value. This is almost never the case. Even if they develop the idea, it doesn’t mean that everything else will fall into place. The hard reality is that the company that does a great job bringing a mediocre idea to market will likely be successful while the inverse is not true.
  5. Avoid Startup Life if Your Goal is Wealth — With so many startup founders getting the spotlight these days, there is the misconception that starting your own company is a good way to become rich. Considering the odds of failure, the brutal hours and unrelenting stress that comes with a startup, it seems like a bad deal unless you are motivated by something more. For most people it’s a passion to create something that can only be fulfilled by pursuing it themselves.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Two-thirds of the population in the US are overweight or obese and that number continues to climb every year. Let that sink in…obesity is rapidly reaching epidemic proportions. The costs, both emotionally and fiscally, are staggering: our healthcare system is severely strained, our military readiness has been reduced, our GDP is greatly diminished due to loss of productivity. Obesity-related conditions such as heart disease, stroke, type 2 diabetes and certain types of cancer are some of the leading causes of preventable death.

Note the word, “preventable” in that last sentence. Obesity, and all the costs associated with it, are preventable. Although Americans currently spend $30B a year to reduce their waistlines, it’s clearly not working. Why not? Because educating and/or shaming people to eat healthy foods and exercise regularly doesn’t address our primal survival behaviors to eat more and move less.

I believe the answer to change behaviors and create healthy habits is to enlist one of our other primal survival behaviors: Play. I want to start a movement where people — all people, whether they are disabled or not, are achieving healthy levels of fitness and thus, put a dent in our obesity problem.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“Embrace the Suck” — anonymous Army or Marine grunt

Think of life as a roller coaster, except the only part that makes you happy is when you are going up. This means that during the flat sections you aren’t happy no matter how high you actually are. It’s only when the coaster climbs do you easily find joy. When the roller coaster is going down, it always represents the most stressful parts of your life. To simplify, when there is no change in your life you are unsatisfied. When things are looking up, you are happy and when things take a down-turn you get stressed.

You see, humans have an amazing ability to always desire more out of life while normalizing any unchanging state of their life. This creates an interesting paradox where we only experience “happiness” when we believe our lives got better. But this state quickly becomes the ‘new normal’ and we then need things to get even better to be happy again. This up-cycle can’t continue forever, so eventually the person either leads what could be objectively considered a comfortable life where they are not happy, or they experience a down-cycle that is decidedly uncomfortable for them.

You need to learn to love being uncomfortable in all aspects of your life. This means physically, mentally, and emotionally. This is where you need to appreciate that without the inevitable lows you experience in life, there can be no highs. It’s common in the military to hear the term; “embrace the suck” and this phrase certainly applies to my approach of life.

Some very well-known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Torque3 helps stroke survivors significantly improve their recovery outcomes by combining deeply immersive simulations and advanced robotics. Our clinically proven methodology is capable of effecting meaningful progress toward an independent lifestyle.

Unfortunately, that’s about as much as I can say as there are some serious legal restrictions regarding advertising when it comes to attracting investors. We can’t have a direct “pitch” published, although I’d certainly love to hear from anyone interested in joining us as an investor. Anyone contacting me at: http://torque3.com/#contact can get an information package.

That said, we are planning an equity crowdfunding campaign soon. This will almost certainly be on the Republic (https://republic.co/) platform where any of your readers can invest in Torque3 so keep an eye out!

How can our readers follow you on social media?

YouTube is our primary social media channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC3jCTJdEfxYw_RLgztaG0dg

We also maintain a GoFundMe account (https://www.gofundme.com/torque3) where people can directly support our effort to get this solution into use for stroke survivors as fast as possible.

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “A hi-tech solution to help stroke survivors recover” With David Ellzey, CEO of… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future is Now: “This is a slower, quality over quantity approach to dating” with Jean Meyer…

The Future is Now: “A slower, quality over quantity approach to dating” with Jean Meyer and Fotis Georgiadis

Jean Meyer is the CEO and founder of Once, a dating app that selects one match a day for its users, focusing on quality over quantity. He studied Computer Science and Engineering at at the Université de Technologie in Paris and then went on to attain an MBA from Columbia Business School in Upper Manhattan, New York. Today, he runs an international digital business that has operations in 32 countries and over 100 staff. He is widely regarded as the ‘one to watch’ within the dating industry.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I was studying at Columbia Business School in New York. Whilst there, I decided I wanted to start a company but wasn’t sure what. I was sharing drinks and networking with friends and made a website my best friend called ‘Date My School’ for people to connect from different schools. It was huge and I became a dating entrepreneur overnight! I had my photo in the New York Times, which was a proud moment. Naturally, dating apps became the next big thing and with the launch of Tinder it killed our proposition. So, I decided to return to Europe and get creative and get revenge! So, I decided to go back to Europe and get revenge and focus on creating a new style of dating app.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

When I was trying to raise money to launch Once, and I got in touch with a private banker who had a wealthy client who was interested in investing in me. It was exciting and the investor agreed to meet with me in the South of France. I went to Nice and took a cab to his property and ended up in a meeting with a mob guy! That was scary!

The time I met Mark Zuckerberg, by complete chance, was also pretty interesting. Back in 2011, I decided to go to San Francisco for the first time. I was curious to see what was there and what all the fuss was about. I wanted to visit the Google Campus and Facebook Campus. Whilst there, I rented a convertible and drove to the Facebook Campus. It was only a three-storey building back then. I pulled up in my car at about 3pm in the afternoon and it was quiet — there was nothing there, apart from one guy. I got out my car and ran up to him and gave him a quick pitch but he wasn’t interested. I walked away. He shouted after me to apologise and I gave him my card. It was Mark Zuckerberg!

Another funny moment was right at the beginning of setting up my company, and I wanted to raise money. I only had two employees so I wanted us to look bigger than we were. I hired actors to look like my employees, so when investors visited the office we looked bigger. It worked, look where we are now.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

I’ve made so many over the years but that’s how you grow and learn! I rented a huge branded truck for the WWW DC conference as I wanted Apple to notice us. We had it painted with one simple sentence — “Tired of the sausage party? Once. Looking for great love? Once”. It took days to prepare and cost a lot of money but no one cared!

In the UK we commissioned a counter Brexit bus — the bus was based on the leave campaign’s bus that pledged to use money to fund the NHS. Our bus said “There are 350 million singles in the EU. Get married, get a passport. Nigel did.” To us it seemed like a great idea but it cost a lot of money and there was no press coverage.

Despite these mistakes, I would do them all again. The Brexit bus in particular brought so much joy to the team. We could have used the money more efficiently, but we’re in this life to have fun.

What do you think makes your company stand out? Can you share a story?

Once is different from any other dating app — that is the only thing that matters. Once champions slow dating. Its clever algorithm “learns your type” by who you interact with, to continue to select and suggest a perfect match, rather than you spend endless hours swiping. This is a slower, quality over quantity approach to dating. To succeed in business, you have to find the right angle, the right message to the consumer, and communicate how you are different from the competitor. There is being different — then there is being different. Once isn’t a “swiping app with a marketing twist”, it is different. You can have the best idea you want but you need the right people to make the idea a reality — ultimately, I have the best team around every day making Once a reality and grow.

Are you working on any exciting new projects now? How do you think that will help people?

I wish I could share with you, but it is under embargo for now — watch this space. The only way to keep people and your employees excited is to keep things interesting with new projects lined up. That way employees feel like they are part of something that will have an impact.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Ownership: give people ownership. Trust them and delegate tasks accordingly. To me, a good CEO is someone who could disappear tomorrow and company would still thrive.

How do you define “Leadership”?

Three words: sharing, trust and work.

What advice would you give to other CEOs about the best way to manage a large team?

You cannot possibly have a spread of management. You can’t manage more than five people. Create smaller teams within the company who have direct reports. Direct management of a big team never works. Also try to break down your project into smaller projects and give employees ownership of them — this way they feel they are part of something bigger. Take risk for the team and work harder than anyone else. This is what you want them to do. You’re showing the team, “I’m taking risks so follow me”.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

If anything helped me to get to where I am today, it is my team I have built around me. I don’t believe in mentorship as such — I don’t think you should look to people like that. But my team have helped make Once the success that it is. The people I hired are smarter than me and I owe everything to them. I made a very big mistake with my first company — I hired my team too fast. I would always advise people to take the time to hire the right people to build a strong team in the long-term.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

I’m creating love and babies every day with Once! The inherent concept makes the world go round!

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Became CEO” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

First — it’s going to be much, much harder than you think. Being a CEO is not for everyone — it is a rollercoaster of emotions. You need to be extremely strong in your head to deal with the pressures that come with being a CEO.

Second — be careful with who you bet with. Working with an investor or partner is bigger than marriage! You can’t get divorced!

Third — Take the time you need to hire your team, especially the first person.

Fourth — Do first and think after; try lots of things and make mistakes. This is how you learn.

Fifth — Work more. You think you’re working but you’re not! The only difference between you and the guy next to you is how many hours you’re willing to put in. You’re not the smartest person in the room and we all have the same ideas. The difference is how many hours a week you’re willing to put in!

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Global warming is the number one problem of humanity right now. As soon as I’m done with this, I am devoting 100% of my energy and time into fighting global warming and cleaning up the oceans, as it can kill humanity.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

J F Kennedy, “We choose to go to the moon in this decade and do the other things, not because they are easy, but because they are hard.” I love this quote because the harder the problem, the less competition there is!

Some of the biggest names in Business, VC funding, Sports, and Entertainment read this column. Is there a person in the world, or in the US with whom you would love to have a private breakfast or lunch with, and why? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

The French entrepreneur Xavier Niel — he had an amazing life. He doesn’t have a degree but he’s an entrepreneur. He created the first free internet connection in France and the most affordable cell phone. He changed how people communicate.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Once FB/Twitter/Instagram: @oncetheapp

Jean Meyer Twitter/Instagram: @oncejean

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future is Now: “This is a slower, quality over quantity approach to dating” with Jean Meyer… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

Why We Need to Rethink Our Educational Model, with Caleb Chapman and Fotis Georgiadis

I had the pleasure of interviewing Caleb Chapman, the founder and CEO of Caleb Chapman’s Soundhouse, the contemporary music training studio and program in American Fork, Utah that develops critical life skills through performing, recording, touring, and mentoring from top-tier musicians and educators. Dozens of Soundhouses will be opening all across the United States as well as expanding overseas starting in early 2019.

Tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

When I was in elementary school, I considered myself a jock. I played sports year round and had some talent for them. Although I played saxophone in the school band, I had little interest in it and was the absolute worst player in my class. I remember I only signed up so I could get out of singing in the choir. In the summer of my 5th grade year, I was looking forward to a soccer summer camp. However, when my mom got the application materials, she thought I would benefit from going to music camp instead. I was furious! Thankfully, she didn’t give in to my pleading. Up to that point, I thought music education was limited to marches and classical music. I was shocked when I attended the camp and learned that I could play rock, pop, blues, jazz, and more on my instrument — music that I listened to and wanted to play! There was no looking back after that and it set me on a course to reinvent the way music is taught.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

I think the most interesting story happened on the first day I decided to open the Soundhouse. I had just returned from a trip with the idea to open a music school for young people. The only problem was I was a college student with absolutely zero financial resources! I drove around the town where I was teaching some individual saxophone lessons. After only a few minutes of driving I saw a perfect little red brick building that looked like a school and had a “for lease” sign on it. I stopped and called the number. A man answered and told me that the lease on the building was $3,000 per month. At that point in my life, I had never seen $3,000 at once, never mind coming up with it every month for rent. My heart sank as I quickly realized that there was no chance of me being able to start a business as a broke college student. It was ridiculous for me to think otherwise. I thanked the man for the information and started to say goodbye.

Before I could hang up he stopped me. “Wait! What did you want to do with the building?” he asked. I told him I was planning to open a music school. “Who is this?” was his next question. I told him my name and he said, “Caleb Chapman? This is your doctor, Carl Bell!”

At that time I knew about 50 people total in the entire city. The fact that he ended up being one of them was crazy to me. “Look, I love the idea of a music school. Our city has needed that for years,” he said. “How much could you afford to pay on a lease?” I replied that $1,000 was probably my max to get started and he said that we would have a gentlemen’s agreement that when I could afford to pay more, I would. As a result, instead of my business stopping before it ever started, we have gone on to affect thousands of lives.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

Touring is a big part of the Soundhouse experience. Each year our bands, comprised of students ages 10–18 travel all over the world and perform at amazing venues. Globally, we have played at major venues and festivals in Cuba, Scotland, Mexico, Sweden, Italy, Switzerland, England, Switzerland, Canada, and more. In the U.S. we have performed at Carnegie Hall, the Apollo Theater, Jazz at Lincoln Center and many of the nation’s most prestigious clubs and music halls in every major city.

Early on, we received an invitation to perform at a famous jazz club in Hollywood. I was ecstatic! Even better, we were scheduled to connect with the drummer for the Brian Setzer Orchestra who was going to work with the band before the show. Once we arrived, I went in the club to set the stage while the musicians unloaded the gear from our tour bus. For some reason after about 20 minutes everyone was in except the drummers, who always have the most gear. So, I sent everyone else in the band out to help them. I guessed it was taking them extra time because they had so much equipment. After about 10 more minutes all the musicians shuffled in along with the drummers, but no one was talking. I noticed why. None of them were carrying drums. We had traveled across country to play this big show to work with a celebrity drummer and NO ONE BROUGHT THE DRUMS! Since we had multiple bands and drummers on the tour, they each assumed the other was bringing the gear.

Thankfully, the guest clinician was able to call some friends and round up a drumset for us to borrow. It slowed us down a bit, but the show came off great. This was an important lesson early on to remind me that if multiple people are in charge, then really no one is. From that time on I have made sure that for every task assigned only one individual is responsible to make sure it gets done.

What do you think makes your company stand out? Can you share a story?

One thing that makes the Soundhouse incredibly unique is the fact that we do so much to contribute to the arts and the success of its clients, and we’re still is a highly profitable business model. Typically, educational institutions that do this much good rely on a non-profit model to survive. At the Soundhouse, we created an educational product that is so exciting and effective that people are willing to pay for it. The result? For the last 12 years virtually 100% of our graduates have received college scholarships, averaging well over $1,000,000 annually.

Are you working on any exciting new projects now? How do you think that will help people?

For the last 20 years the Soundhouse has won scores of awards and impacted thousands of lives from just one location in Utah. As of right now, we have completed our first round of funding and are moving on to the next round of fundraising as we look to expand the Soundhouse around the globe with a projected 140 locations in the next 10 years. While the music education model we have developed has received rave reviews across the U.S., I realized that if I really wanted to have a chance to impact music education globally, we would need to have a presence everywhere.

What advice would you give to other C-Suite executives or founders to help their employees to thrive?

Booker T. Washington said “Few things help an individual more than to place responsibility upon him, and to let him know that you trust him.” I think many executives understand the first half of this principle but lose out on the benefits of following through with the second half. It’s critical to not just give our people responsibility, but also let them know that we have the confidence they will be successful.

At the Soundhouse, our musicians regularly achieve what most people would assume to be impossible. They are able to do this because we tell them they are capable, and they believe it. It is no different with our employees! Share your confidence in them and they will rise to the occasion.

How do you define “Leadership”?

Of course, there are countless definitions of leadership, but for me it’s the art of painting a clear picture of a destination and motivating a team to want to go there. It doesn’t matter how well a leader can share the vision of an organization if it doesn’t align with the desires of the team. THAT is the real challenge of leadership — getting everyone within the organization (who have different personalities, priorities, and motivations) to want to not only arrive at the same end goal, but also take the same path to get there.

What advice would you give to other C-Suite executives about the best way to manage a large team?

It’s critical to understand our individual strengths and weaknesses. I learned a long time ago that leadership and management are two very different things, and while I am gifted at the former, the latter is not one of my talents. My advice when it comes to management, especially for other creative entrepreneurs like myself, is to not be afraid to augment your skill set by hiring a facilitator who is skilled at management. When I decided to expand the Soundhouse to a global marketplace, the first thing I did was to reach out to one of my good friends, Andrew Surmani to offer the position of CEO while I remained as Chairman. He excels at details, communications, and management and it was the best decision I ever made for my business!

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

In the early 2000’s I did my first capital raise. Much of that money went into developing one of the nation’s largest and most beautiful music instruction facilities. The building was loaded with top tech, music gear, and fantastic finishes. I hosted industry leaders from around the globe including retailers, colleges, manufacturers, and others. Time after time, they told me how blown away they were with our setup and that it rivaled some of the top university programs.

Then I got a visit from Rick Drumm, who was then the President of D’Addario, the world’s largest music accessory company. He entered the building and a look crossed his face. I was waiting for the normal praise at the impressiveness of our location. Instead he laid right into me and scolded me for the incredible expense I was incurring by using that facility. He encouraged me to consider “right-sizing” the building and the business. Those words proved to be prophetic and saved my operation as I wrestled through the global recession of 2008. I called on him frequently for advice over the next decade and he always seemed to have the answers I needed. So, I was completely shocked when I asked him in 2017 to come on as a partner in the global expansion of Soundhouse and he accepted!

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Just by the very nature of our business, everything we do brings goodness to the world. We are teaching people of all ages to develop critical life skills by performing music at a very high level. This includes leadership, creativity, self-confidence, self-discipline, pursuit of excellence, communication, and several other qualities critical to success. After our young musicians graduate, they use these skills to become impressive members of society, whether through music or other pursuits like business, medicine, education, law, or technology. In the 20 years we have been operating, there is a tremendous track record of success. And, as they learn and grow through performing, they bring incredible art they share with the world!

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Became CEO” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. Don’t believe your own hype.

When I was first getting started, I did a lot of “fake it till you make it.” This actually worked incredibly well until I started to believe some of the spin and found myself being in way over my head. It’s okay to project an image but make sure you are always honest with the person in the mirror.

2. Focus on the product and the money will follow.

There have been a few times in my career when I have been counseled to focus my attention on the bottom line, clawing for every last penny from my customers. Ironically, these times have often been my most unprofitable. When a company puts its customers first and focuses on quality of product the money will always follow. It’s so much easier to sell to happy customers who feel like they are getting real value rather than trying to convince customers you have nickeled and dimed to stick around.

3. Just plan on things not working.

In the early days of my business when I would hit a setback (which was often), it would leave me shaken for a few days. I would eventually come out of it and get back to work. After awhile, I realized that all this meant was I was having lots of unproductive days. Eventually I just started planning for things to not go smoothly. Then, when there was a hiccup I didn’t need to be surprised or lose time. I could just get to work solving the issue and moving on.

4. CEO doesn’t stand for “Chief Everything Officer”.

It’s easy to convince yourself that as the person in charge you are supposed to have all the answers. But no one in your organization actually thinks that, and they definitely don’t want it! Surround yourself with people who are more skilled than you whenever possible and never be afraid to ask questions or ask for help. The sooner you learn this the faster you will reach your own potential.

5. Just because things don’t go the way you expect them to, doesn’t mean they aren’t going to turn out well.

Literally the best things in my career have come out of what I perceived as complete disasters. Don’t try to play the role of fortuneteller in addition to your other responsibilities!

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be?

I would love to get the world to start thinking differently about not just music education, but the educational model as a whole. I think it’s past that now is the time to rethink the role and goal of education. We do things a certain way simply because that is what has been done for centuries without considering whether that model remains effective or relevant. We need more people to question methods and outcomes.

Education is power and with today’s technology, we have the opportunity to truly empower more of our population that at any other point in history. If you really want to impact the largest amount of people in regards to food, health, sustainability, or the environment, it all starts with a better education model.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

One of my favorite quotes is from Bob Dylan. He said, “A man is a success if he gets up in the morning and gets to bed at night, and in between he does what he wants to do.” People are always trying to define success and certainly spend most of their lives pursuing what they think will bring them happiness. I’m not old, but I am old enough to realize that for me, stuff is just stuff, and the real value of life comes down to time. I never take it for granted that I am excited every day of my life to get to work and do what I love, and at the end of the day, I get to go home to the people I love. By the measure Mr. Dylan laid out, that makes me successful every day and that’s a great way to live. And as an added bonus, I believe it’s nearly impossible to have success in business without a true passion for the product.

Some of the biggest names in Business, VC funding, Sports, and Entertainment read this column. Is there a person in the world, or in the U.S. with whom you would love to have a private breakfast or lunch with, and why?

I would love to be able to sit down with Elon Musk and pick his brain. I have always prided myself on thinking large, but I am so blown away by the level he does that at. And not only does he tackle the impossible — he does it with style! Space travel? Roadsters? Flamethrowers? Sign me up!

How can our readers follow you on social media?

You can find me at the Soundhouse on Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, LinkedIn, and Twitter, and on our website @CcSoundHouse and at www.ccsoundhouse.com.


Why We Need to Rethink Our Educational Model, with Caleb Chapman and Fotis Georgiadis was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future is Now: Combining psychology and machine learning to solve problems with Igor Volzhanin…

The Future is Now: Combining psychology and machine learning to solve problems with Igor Volzhanin and Fotis Georgiadis

I had the pleasure of interviewing Igor Volzhanin, the CEO and Founder of DataSine, a London-based startup, which is using AI and psychology to empower companies to personalize their customer communication at scale. Inspired by his PhD in Computer Science and Psychology, he established the company in 2015 with the belief that it is only through bringing the power of face-to-face communication into the digital world that businesses can deliver the most value and ultimately fulfil their objectives. Before founding DataSine Igor spent five years working in international development and lived in New York, Frankfurt, Tirana and New Delhi. A relentless innovator, he is passionate about bringing his research to life and helping companies build meaningful relationships with their customers.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I wouldn’t call what I do a career. It’s something that happened to me and it’s not something that I ever looked for. About four years ago, I moved to London to do a PhD in psychology. Prior to that, I worked in international development. Actually, my first education, my first degree is in history and politics. I did a master’s in public administration. I was trained to be a performance auditor.

I traveled a lot. I got to live in the US, France. I lived in Frankfurt, India, Albania. About four years ago, I decided that’s not actually something that I was enjoying doing. I thought “Well, what is one thing that I would really love to do in life?” That one thing ended up being a PhD in psychology. I looked around different programs in different countries and I settled on London to do my PhD in. I moved there four years ago to do that. Six months later, I decided to start DataSine.

At that time, I had a desire to start something. And I didn’t really care necessarily what it was, which is maybe weird to say, but I just wanted to start a business. I knew that I had to have a co-founder. I found another student, much older than me. And we matched. That’s how I ended up becoming involved in startups and ended up on this path.

What we do today is not what we thought we’d be doing four years ago. What the company is today, helping businesses personalize communication to their customers, that’s something that has evolved over the last four years. Maybe the initial crux of that, of combining psychology and machine learning to solve problems, that was something that we talked about with the original co-founder, but it certainly isn’t all we do today. I think any good entrepreneur and any good startup evolves with what the customers want and what the market wants.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

There’re a few life changing stories that impacted me and changed my mindset. There was a tipping point five years ago when I was still in Frankfurt — I realized I was stuck in the office working for somebody and I felt like I was heading nowhere. That particular realisation made me really reevaluate the way I relate to the world. In the last four years, I would say that there were a couple of super powerful situations.

Prior to DataSine, I knew nothing about business. I had to google what a start-up is. I didn’t know what accelerators are, what investors are, what business models are and so on. This is very much my first startup, and being in a city where I knew nobody, I would say we really started at the very, very beginning with zero support.

Raising the seed round was definitely the hardest thing I’ve ever done in my life. We actually ended up running out of money for a bit. That experience has really changed me: the fact that we survived and succeeded was a miracle, but also mentally it was very hard to keep everything together. That had a huge impact.

Parting ways with my original co-founder was hard and also changed me. Actually, I would say that was the first big moment of personal growth. There was a day where I realized that I had to actually become a CEO not just in title but as an individual. The reason I was looking for a co-founder initially is because I didn’t feel like I could do this by myself. This was the point when I realised that it was time to grow out of that feeling.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

What we do is we enable a business to personalize the way they communicate with customers by tailoring content to make it more appealing to the personality of the customer. That requires doing two things. On one hand, we use first-party data. We use data that a business already has on the customer to build a personality profile. That could be previous campaign’s emails that they’ve sent out, and the clicks of those, reactions to those campaigns. It could be spending data.

Using only first-party data, we don’t go to LinkedIn or Facebook and try to gather more data. On the other hand, we have a platform which enables a marketer to tailor content. It gives recommendations for changing color, text, images of an email to make it more appealing to different personalities. You could have an extraverted version of your email, an introverted version of your email, an agreeable version and so on.

We use machine learning extensively in multiple ways to solve multiple puzzles within this field. I would say, at its core, it’s a mixture of psychology and machine learning, which is quite a unique blend.

We get a lot of frameworks that we use. For profiling, we use the big five, which is the standard psychometric framework. We also use the concept of mirroring, which basically says that an individual likes content that they themselves produce. In other words, the way you speak, you want to be spoken to as well. Human beings do that naturally, but in the digital world, it’s quite hard to do.

Then there’s machine learning. We use a lot of frameworks. We use a lot of open source libraries to solve the problem of text generation, to solve the problem of image recognition, to solve the problems of profiling and so on.

How do you think this might change the world? What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

What we’re really trying to do is replicate the very best salesman and the very best sales experience you can get in a physical store. When you go into a store, a sales person will smile at you. They will try to understand who you are, based on how you’re behaving, how you’re speaking and they’ll try to adjust to that. They’re trying to mirror your behavior back to you. We’re trying to take that concept and the familiarity of trust that gets built and move into the digital world where more and more commerce is happening. We are trying to make messages more personalized, more relevant and more understandable to each customer.

We spent a lot of time localizing our product because we take psychology and we try to bring elements of trust and warmth of social interactions into the digital world. We spend a lot of time and we do a lot of research locally to figure out: what would extraverts and introverts like in the UK? What are they like in Russia? What are they like in France? And in the US? Etc.

On a broader level — is more data and more data analytics making us better or worse? I think it really depends on the different use cases, how and who is using it and for what. There’s the rise of social score in China. Sounds like it’s something that they want, and the social cohesion is much more important to them. They might see it as good use of data — everybody has a score and everybody has an incentive to behave better. Maybe it will lead to a better society as well?

But here in the West, we see that as leading towards a more homogenized, more kind of ‘Big brother’ society where your decisions are monitored and you’re penalized or rewarded accordingly. For me, I think, it’s going to depend. I don’t think we’re going to get to the Black Mirror world.

I don’t think we’re going to necessarily get to a really great world where data has solved all of our problems either. There’re a lot of advances happening not just in digital communication but in healthcare, in transportation where the world is becoming better due to data analytics and AI work.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

I think it’s innate in human nature to be afraid of things new and old and unknown. There’s a couple of things that we have to prevent these things [‘Black mirror scenarios’]. We have a very strong ethics framework.

When we started working with banks initially, we asked ourselves: if I walk into a bank branch and all of the DataSine analytics is on the screen in front of the teller, would they feel comfortable turning the screen around and showing that to me?

If there was anything that we were producing while thinking “well, probably not, we wouldn’t want to show a customer this”, we weren’t doing that. That’s one of the tests that we continue to use today, which I think is a very good one.

Then finally, especially after Cambridge Analytica case — the focus for us became much more on first-party data. We want to make sure that the institutions, the businesses we work with have permission to use the data that they have, that we’re analyzing for the purposes that we’re using it. They explain to their customers what the data is used for and provide better services as a result. I think that businesses should be forthcoming and open about how they use data with the customers that are generating this data.

As someone who studied politics, now working on his PhD in computer science and psychology- do you think from your own perspective that those who now study and work in computer science ought to have some psychological education as well, because they work with a lot of personal data?

A lot of people who go into computer science don’t necessarily realize that a lot of concepts in machine learning come from psychology, which itself comes from philosophy.

My opinion is that we as humanity have to understand things on a philosophical level first. We can then understand on a human level, psychologically, and then only after that, can we actually build the machine to replicate that.

Do I think that somebody who is in computer science has to learn psychology? Probably not, unless they want to really understand the underpinnings of what they do.

Whether it’s stuff that comes from your smartwatch or purchasing data, just looking at it as a set of data is probably insufficient if you want to get the full information out of it. You have to understand how human beings behave and why they’re doing certain things.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

The tipping point for creating DataSine was my last job. I had this moment of realization. After two years, I was discussing getting a permanent contract, which in Germany basically means a lifetime contract. I was 26 at the time. To me, a lifetime seemed like a very long time and then almost seemed like a big negative calling a contract a lifetime contract.

I was sitting on the chair that day and I thought, “In five years, they could wheel out the chair and just put it outside and I’m sitting on it, no one would notice that I’m gone, and I myself wouldn’t even notice that I’m gone.” Mentally, I wasn’t being really challenged. I needed more. When I came to do my interview to get into the PhD program, my brain started thinking again for the first time in two years. I think it was really the realization that at my present job where I was, it wasn’t going to end well if I didn’t change something.

What have you been doing to publicize DataSine’s idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We ourselves are providers of special personalized marketing algorithms. One of the things that we’ve started doing relatively recently is using our own technology in our own marketing campaigns. We immediately saw an increase. Even just having changed an image in a newsletter, we saw something like 70% increase in clicks and engagement between two newsletters.

We also use use our approach for social media ads. Personality-targeted Linkedin campaigns, for instance, demonstrate significant increase in conversions: we constantly test different groups and content which could be best suited for them. These learnings also help to shape our algorithms.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I learned a lot through the company. In terms of mentors in business, we had advisors at DataSine, Ben and Chris. I was very happy with them and they came from very different backgrounds. One was very much on the tactical level. He had gone through building a start-up, he knew how to put together a pitch deck, he knew some investors we could speak to, he could give us advice on what accelerator to apply for and then more on day-to-day things.

The other person was a bit older and came from a more of a corporate background. He had also built a company, but a very different type of a company. He was much more about the strategy. How are you going to make money? What is your business model? Is it sustainable? How do you test it?

The two of them really opened up my mind and exposed me to different areas. That was really helpful in the early days.

On the personal level… I never really had somebody who was telling me how to behave or how to be more mindful or anything like that. I was very interested in self-development. I meditate, I try to be reflexive about the way I behave, the way I interact, and the way I feel about things.

At the very beginning, I knew nothing about the business, I knew little about myself. On this path people came to complement the areas where I really, really, really struggled and not the areas where I just struggled.

As an individual I changed more as a result of the company. The PhD in psychology initially provided the base and also the awareness that I can do anything that I put my mind to. It gave me that confidence. It said, “You’ve never studied psychology. You’re engaging with the materials that you’ve never learned before, and you’re fine with it.”

It gave me the curiosity to go to learn about machine learning and other things. That’s what the PhD really gave me. And the company gave me a lot more in terms of actually changing me as an individual.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why?

1 — I wish somebody told me it would be this hard. People always tell you it’s hard but not THIS hard. You will break up with co-founders, run out of money, fail projects.

2 — The immense importance of luck in everything. The longer you keep going the more likely something good is to happen to you.

3 — Know exactly WHY you’re doing this, it will save you. When things get really hard, you are going to ask yourself this question: “Why am I doing this?” You better have a very good reason to yourself. In my case it was: “I don’t want to do anything else in life”. So it was easy. Perseverance is key.

4 — I wish someone had told me that a company is all about people. I wish I knew how important people are to a business.

5 — I wish somebody had told me that small red flags in the beginning always grow. Those little nagging voices at the very beginning don’t disappear, but with time, they only grow stronger. If for example, initial salary negotiations are very difficult, it is not likely to get easier down the road.

Is there anything else you’d love to pursue?

I think I am lucky enough that I’m doing what I love and I’m doing exactly the thing that I want to be doing, there isn’t anything else. If there is something else, I’m going to do that. I don’t think there’s anything impossible either. If I felt like I wanted to go and do something else, I’ll just go and do that.

If I wanted to take up photography and become the world-famous photographer, I would just go into that. That’s what I learned from the last four years. If I can do PhD in computer science and psychology, I can do anything.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

I guess the one that drives me the most is: “Create the world you want to live in.” And I think this is also what we at DataSine (and I personally) trying to do. Creating is very important. Don’t let the world come to you, create it.

If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say?

My advice: don’t ever pitch investors! I think every entrepreneur has to understand something that if you’re in a situation where you’re pitching your company and you’re asking for money, you are at a huge disadvantage.

Your mindset has to be: “I am building something that is going to be very valuable and I need certain resources to make that happen. You — as an investor — have some of the resources (money) that I need, but the understanding here is that you’re not doing me a favor and I’m not doing you a favor. I’m not pitching you my company. What I’m really looking for is a mutually beneficial relationship where you have to deploy money, because that’s your business, and I need money to make my dream come true”.

If you pitch, have a discussion instead, a conversation that could potentially lead to something. Don’t ever make it 60 seconds because if you have to sell yourself in 60 seconds to somebody — you are at a huge disadvantage, it’s never going to happen, waste of time. Put yourself in a situation where you have at least half an hour meeting.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

You can find us on Twitter: @datasine

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational


The Future is Now: Combining psychology and machine learning to solve problems with Igor Volzhanin… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future is Now: “A medical alert wearable smartwatch to keep older adults safe” with Geoff Gross

The Future is Now: “A medical alert wearable smartwatch to keep older adults safe” with Geoff Gross and Fotis Georgiadis”

I had the pleasure of interviewing Geoff Gross. Geoff is the Founder and CEO of Medical Guardian, a leader in connected care and one of the nation’s leading providers of personal emergency response systems (PERS). As an industry veteran, Geoff can attest to the powerful potential and value of technology and healthcare — a coupling that embodies the connected care movement. To meet the needs of aging Americans and understand the audience’s challenges (financial security, mobility, falls, loneliness and transportation), Geoff’s company has expanded its services with first-of-its-kind technology advancements to safely and confidently help older adults age in place and on-the-go. Geoff was named a Glassdoor Top CEO in 2018, ranking #38 out of 50 in the U.S. small-and-medium-sized business category and has been named a four-time finalist for Ernst & Young’s Entrepreneur of the Year.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve always had a passion for entrepreneurship. My dad was a serial entrepreneur and had a business in the home security industry. A lot of my business ideas stemmed from being around him and his company for so many years, especially at a young age. During college, I would come home from school, work in the collections department, go out with installers, and learn the business from the ground up.

What led me to the medical alert industry is very close to my heart because it involved my grandmother. When my grandmother was in her 80s she started to experience falls from time to time. One night, she fell in the bathtub and was unable to get herself out, resulting in her laying in the tub overnight until her neighbors noticed her lights were still on the next morning. I founded Medical Guardian shortly after my grandmother’s bad fall, as I was determined to provide simple, reliable and affordable medical alert services to older adults across the nation. I haven’t looked back since!

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

I grew up on watching reruns of the Brady Bunch. Since our main demographics are senior and caregivers, it became my new goal to connect with Florence Henderson (known for playing Carol Brady on The Brady Bunch) to support and endorse our services, as she could easily relate to our prospective customers and their loved ones.

Florence understood that with our services, she would be seen as an active, vibrant older adult who would have the freedom to do the things she loved, while getting the round-the-clock protection she deserved. My favorite “TV Mom” ended up becoming Medical Guardian’s spokesperson and she even made a cameo aside me in our company videos, which we used to debut at our annual Holiday Party!

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

People are now living longer than ever before, and seniors are more social, active and tech-savvy than generations’ prior. Additionally, with longer life expectancy, declining marital rates, and smaller family sizes, there’s been an increasing caregiving demand in America today, resulting in a Caregiving Crisis. To support seniors, alleviate the caregiver crisis, and break away from the stigma often associated with traditional medical alert systems, Medical Guardian designed and launched a first-of-its-kind medical alert wearable smartwatch to keep older adults safe and caregivers easily connected with their loved ones.

This wearable medical alert device, Freedom Guardian, offers more features than a traditional medical alert system only offering a “HELP” button. The Freedom includes speech-to-text messaging, calendar and appointment reminders, 3-day weather forecast, and advanced location detection. A caregiver or family member can also easily check in with their loved one directly through our Companion Mobile App. Freedom Guardian encourages older adults to continue leading the lifestyles they enjoy with the most in-demand safety features and monitoring capabilities — providing round-the-clock protection and daily value to users and their loved ones.

We took a risk introducing this type of device, as it’s unlike any other medical alert in our legacy product suite. With a different look and additional features, Freedom Guardian is a bleeding edge technology that is largely untested, and the older demographic is unfamiliar with — making them hesitant to try. Our goal is to onboard our customers before they experience a fall or injury so they can easily transition to more innovative products when we launch them, plus reap the benefits of healthy aging in place earlier on.

How do you think this might change the world?

As technology is one of the main driving forces behind the growth and success of serving our customers, we continue to rethink the tried-and-true devices of today to meet the future needs of seniors living more independently — merging technology with safety. The demand for healthcare technology innovation driven by the aging population and the development of new health and wellness-related products and services have disrupted the aging and health industries in ways previously unimaginable, bringing incredible opportunities to choose how people want to live as they age. Forward-thinking technology, including wearable medical alert devices, help lead to better healthcare outcomes with more connectivity, social engagement, and independence. This is just the beginning of what medical alert devices offer, as monitored medication management, analysis of health trends, biometric sensors, telemedicine and more are just a few of the many features to come. Stay tuned!

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Today’s medical alert industry is headed towards a connected care movement as advancements in IoT, AI, and connectivity continue to build momentum within the industry. There are more technologies now than ever before that are helping older adults safely age in place, as well as enabling smarter caregiving. Done right with the proper security design and security, advancement in connectivity will give individuals better access to higher-quality healthcare treatment, doctors and an overall experience.

From a healthcare standpoint, innovations in connectivity will transform the healthcare market in ways previously unimaginable, enabling people to live healthier and longer lives and increasing the likelihood of aging Americans to age in place. With the ability to transmit data faster than ever before, low power consumption and reduced bandwidth strain, technology innovation will increase efficiency and pave the way for personalized 1:1 healthcare between someone in need of immediate healthcare assistance and a healthcare provider.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

There wasn’t necessarily a “tipping point” that led us to the breakthrough of our medical alert smartwatch, but rather a natural progression our company’s brand and product evolution over the last couple years. After listening to our customers through market research, sales calls, focus groups, and surveys, we decided to launch a brand evolution in 2017, positioning Medical Guardian as a lifestyle brand and empowering our customers to live their best life. Our brand’s updated messaging, mantra, and mission has truly become the foundation of further developing new products that inspire older adults to age confidently in place and create programs and campaigns that make Medical Guardian a go-to resource for healthy aging.

With today’s rapidly growing Baby Boomer generation, estimated to represent nearly one in five Americans by 2030, comes unique challenges of healthy aging. To give older Americans a simple and immediate connection to medical assistance, we knew we needed to develop a product that the user would want to wear and be proud to wear. To understand the challenges associated with aging and meet the new needs of our customers, we launched the market’s most in-demand safety features in an all-in-one, sleek and discreet wearable device. We created a sophisticated, reliable emergency response device that enables our customers to continue leading the lifestyles they love by making their Golden Years their best years.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

To build widespread adoption, we’ll need to continue to build our product features and services such as rideshare, medication delivery, heart monitoring, step counter, telehealth, and more to increase the usage rate. Before the launch of Freedom Guardian, medical alert services were simply a way to push a button and get help. By continually innovating our service, we will increase the value an older adult can receive from this device, while also gain insights into their daily lives. This will allow us to build a platform that’s customized to our customers’ needs while reducing the stigma of the service altogether.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Since the launch of our Brand Evolution in October of 2017, our marketing strategy has really been hyper-focused on flipping the idea of what it means to “get old” on its head — an idea which has largely been supported by our content strategy. By embracing all things aging, we’re working hard to establish the Medical Guardian brand as more than just a leading provider of medical alert systems and the corresponding service — we’re a one-stop-stop for news and resources to help facilitate happy, healthy aging-in-place. By creating inclusive and educational content for both older adults and the growing Caregiver audience alike, Medical Guardian is able to attract new customers and create lasting relationships with at the same time. In the Caregiver realm, it’s especially important to us to create a respected foundation as early as possible, so that as they age into our products, it becomes almost a no-brainer on which brand to choose. It’s that kind of cyclical relationship development, rooted in relationship-based awareness, that creates brands that remain relevant for years to come.

We firmly believe that aging well is not something that should be reserved exclusively for those with the financial means to support it — it’s facilitated by a series of choices that Medical Guardian wants to help people make, and the content that we’re producing is helping to support that ideal. 96% of older adults have reported that they want to remain in their own homes as they age, and we are hyper-focused on how we can make that ideal a reality for millions of Americans.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

My mom’s influence was definitely a driving force in where I am today. She is someone who taught me to dream big, find a life’s work with great passion, and persevere through obstacles along the way. My mom went to college in her 40s, earned her doctorate in psychology in her 60s, and has dedicated herself to helping abused children live their best life. I’m grateful to her for continuously reminding me during challenges along the way that moving forward (rather than looking backward) in life is incredibly important. My desire to build a mission-driven business was inspired by her and for that, I am forever grateful.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

After my best friend was diagnosed with Multiple Sclerosis (MS), I knew I had to do something. MS is an unpredictable chronic disease with no known cause — yet. Six years ago, I partnered with the National Multiple Sclerosis Society of the Greater Delaware Valley to found what’s known today as Philadelphia’s “fashion event of the year” called Preakness at the Piazza. The event is a fashion fundraiser, which takes place during the Preakness Stakes, with all proceeds benefiting MS education, wellness programs, and research initiatives. To date, Preakness at the Piazza has raised over $700,000!

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why.

  1. Continue to grow as your business grows. I’ve been a CEO for 13 years and during that time I went from being a 1-person organization to a 250-person organization. If I wasn’t hungry to grow personally and professionally as a CEO, there is no way my business would’ve grown.
  2. Hire great leaders. Leaders are more important than hiring great managers. People do great work when they’re inspired.
  3. Surround yourself with really smart people, along with people who you trust and are a good fit with your company’s culture.
  4. Say “Yes.” Saying “Yes” always opens the door to more opportunities, which can lead to more connections, growth, and success.
  5. Invest in great customer service. Great customer service is setting the right expectations and working hard to exceed those expectations. Customer service can make or break a company’s business, reputation, and customer loyalty.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

If I could inspire a movement, it would be a movement of positivity. I truly believe that a positive attitude produces positive results, and the world is ripe for more of this. People want to surround themselves with optimistic and high-energy individuals. It’s been said that you are the average of the five people you most associate yourself with — surround yourself with people who encourage you to accomplish your goals and being your best self. When people feel good they want to be creative, they want to try new ideas, and they want to work together towards accomplishing goals. Positivity is where results are born.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

Recently, my favorite quote is by Winston Churchill. “Success is not final, failure is not fatal. It’s the courage to keep going that matters.” This quote is extremely powerful because it holds so much truth in business. Any company that rests on the accomplishments of yesterday’s results or gets motionless because of the obstacles they are faced with is not going to be successful in the long-run. It’s the business that looks to continuously do better through the good and the bad that wins in the end.

Some very well-known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Founded in 2005, Medical Guardian is an industry-leading, nationwide provider of medical alert solutions. Currently serving over 125,000 users, Medical Guardian provides its customers with award-winning technologies and services to independently age in place, as well as enable smarter caregiving. The company continues to be at the forefront of innovation and product evolution, as it was the first medical alert provider to debut the industry’s first-of-its-kind standalone medical alert smartwatch at the 2018 international trade show, CES, and launch it later that year.

Medical Guardian sells direct-to-consumer through a combination of the company’s own, internally-led digital, and traditional marketing channels. In recent years, the company expanded its direct-to-consumer model to include 60+ business-to-consumer channels including dealer networks, healthcare partner channels, and some of the world’s largest big-box retailers — Costco, Best Buy, and BJ’s Wholesale.

The company’s growth has skyrocketed in recent years, earning both local and national recognition. A testament to Medical Guardian’s growth is its sixth consecutive ranking in the Inc. 5000 Fastest-Growing Private Companies in America list, with a three-year revenue growth of 156%, a five-time ranking in the Philadelphia 100, and ranked #7 in Philadelphia Business Journal’s Soaring 76. Additionally, in 2018, Medical Guardian won a global Silver Stevie Award for Customer Service Department of the Year in the Healthcare, Pharmaceuticals, and Related Industries category.

Headquartered in Philadelphia, PA, Medical Guardian was founded in 2005 by Geoff Gross, current CEO. For more information, please visit www.medicalguardian.com.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Your readers can follow me on LinkedIn and Twitter. To stay up-to-date on our new, innovative technologies, follow Medical Guardian on LinkedIn, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram @MedicalGuardian. Look forward to connecting!

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future is Now: “A medical alert wearable smartwatch to keep older adults safe” with Geoff Gross was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Improving the ticket buying experience with AI, Machine Learning and NLP” with…

The Future Is Now: “Improving the ticket buying experience with AI, Machine Learning and NLP” with Micah Hollingworth and Fotis Georgiadis

I had the pleasure of interviewing Micah Hollingworth, CEO and Co-Founder of Broadw.ai. With two decades of experience in creating, operating and marketing live events, Micah Hollingworth is an innovator in the entertainment space. With Broadw.ai, Micah has recreated the audience experience, moving the customer conversation from the box office window to the web. Previously, Micah acted as the Vice President of Company Operations for Jujamcyn and General Manager of the Hilton Theatre in New York (now named the Lyric Theatre.)

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

From an early age, I’ve been an entrepreneur, which always dovetailed nicely with theatre and live events. Through college and my early years in New York City, I fulfilled this urge by “putting on a show!” As my professional experience grew, I found myself looking for new ways to connect and fill gaps throughout the business.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

Working primarily in theatre, my professional life has been quite eventful. One gem comes from 2005, the week of the official Opening Night for the Broadway musical Chitty, Chitty, Bang, Bang. We were doing some testing of our fire system. Being a newer theatre, the Hilton Theatre has a deluge curtain, instead of a more traditional fire curtain. Unfortunately, the deluge curtain was accidentally tripped during testing and proceeded to dump several thousand gallons of water on stage and into the orchestra pit. It was chaos, and we had 25 hours to restore the theatre so we could hold our next performance. You learn the most about yourself and your team in moments of crisis. With tremendous effort, from a huge team, we did it. I learned a lot about myself and how to lead a team during that very long day.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

We’re building the infrastructure and necessary connections so that the ticket buying experience can be supported and improved using AI, Machine Learning and NLP. Our goal is to simplify and improve the experience of purchasing tickets on the devices we live with today (smartphones) as well as those we will come to rely on in the future (voice technology.)

How do you think this might change the world?

Ease of use generates adoption, which means more people attending live events. Attending and participating at live events is a fundamental human need.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

While our goal is ease of use, we need to refrain from using this technology to make assumptions about our audiences. We need to focus on providing discovery, rather than dictating outcomes for the sake of simplicity.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

Our tech partner Satis.fi came to my office to demo a couple of cool new tools they had built. One of the more interesting applications was an in-stadium concierge/customer service tool. In the middle of the demonstration, we ask them to stop. We realized that we could use that technology to sell tickets similar to how a fan experiences buying tickets at a box office window. We talked briefly and concluded the meeting. We immediately set upon putting together a plan to create a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) working with Satis.fi.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

At this point, it’s just a matter of time. More and more conversations and transactions are being done with AI supported Chat Bots. As voice becomes more integrated into work environments, use of intelligent agents to help with any kind of task will explode and consumers will expect all businesses to provide this level of service.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

It’s early days still. We have two Broadway shows live on our service (Anastasia and Come From Away) with another three slated to launch shortly. You’ll hear and see more in 2019, especially in regards to voice.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I am extremely fortunate as I have a great deal of support from the place I call home — Broadway. My mentors and investors are some of the industries most significant players and are people I have worked with for over 20 years. When I was fundraising I had several conversations where the investor stated they were unsure about the opportunity, but they were certain that they wanted to invest in me.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

First and foremost by focusing on my family and teaching my children that being kind and having empathy is important. I want them to engage with the world while being focused on these qualities. In my professional life, I attempt to do the same.

What are your top “ I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why.

It takes time. Thinking through the opportunity and building a business plan, talking through and testing your idea with mentors, raising capital, building a team, executing the vision and then working tirelessly to improve it.

It all takes time. Be committed and find ways to enjoy the journey.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

All levels of education, public schools through graduate programs, should be free of charge. Additionally, participation in arts programs should be encouraged, if not mandatory, during one’s studies.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“Business, like life, is all about how you make people feel.” In my earlier roles, leading teams, and now in my new role as a vendor, our clients must feel supported.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Imagine your very best box office or customer service representative, now scalable and able to be placed digitally anywhere — web, social media, voice, etc. We’ve done the heavy lift of integrating with ticketing systems and are now able to provide our service to live events across the globe. With every conversation, we get smarter. The data generated during these conversations will provide an opportunity for our clients to transform their businesses by providing personalization and customization to an ever more demanding consumer.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

You can find me on twitter @mhbroadway or at www.broadw.ai.

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “Improving the ticket buying experience with AI, Machine Learning and NLP” with… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

“It is never a straight line to success, there are always ups and downs, and you have to prepare…

“It is never a straight line to success, there are always ups and downs, and you have to prepare for that” With Matt Holleran

…when you fund a company, it is never a straight line to success. There are always ups and downs, and you have to prepare for that. What’s more, the financial markets and the venture market have huge swings of their own, so you also have to aware of that. For entrepreneurs, that means you have to raise the right amount of money to manage through those ups and downs in your business, as well as those up and downs in the capital markets.

I had the pleasure to interview Matt Holleran. Matt leads Cloud Apps Capital Partners on their journey to be the best venture capital firm in the world in the cloud business application market at the Classic Series A stage. He works closely with entrepreneurs and executive teams to help them build global category leading companies. Matt has 12 years of operating experience in successful business application companies including salesforce.com, 12 years of venture capital and private equity experience, and a highly relevant network. Matt has a BA in engineering and economics from Dartmouth College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

My entire career has revolved around business applications. It all started more than twenty years ago, when I was at Cummins Engine Company, a leader in diesel engine manufacturing. I was working at the Cummins plant in Western New York as a co-leader of the assembly and test operation.

One day, our big customers decided they didn’t want to wait 15 days anymore. Instead, they wanted their engines in five days. That change broke our production scheduling software. To handle those new lead times, we installed a business application package from i2 Software for plant floor scheduling. That really turned me on the software industry and the power of business applications. So, I went to Silicon Valley and joined a company called Clarify, which at the time was a leader in the customer support software market. That really put me on my career path.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began leading your company?

When I was at my prior venture firm, Emergence Capital, I saw a lot of very early stage startups that needed more money than the seed stage firms could provide. They also needed support from people who had walked in their shoes and had a network they could leverage. That is what, at Cloud Apps Capital Partners, we call Classic Series A. What’s really exciting to me is that many of the founders we’ve backed came to us specifically because they vehemently believed in Classic Series A funding. They wanted the kind of capital, expertise and board support that we could provide as a Classic Series A venture firm.

Can you share a story about the funniest mistake you made when you were first starting? Can you tell us what lesson you learned from that?

When I was at Clarify in the late 90s, I initially started off in product marketing. Although I was in my late 20s and had never held a sales role, Clarify transitioned me into a sales position anyway. One day, I ran to my VP of sales and told him I had just closed a $300,000 sale. He congratulated me and asked for the signed contract. I didn’t have one. The customer had simply given me his word that the contract was on its way. The VP laughed out loud. He taught me that a deal is never closed until you have that signed contract in your hand, because many things can still go wrong along the way.

What do you think makes your company stand out? Can you share a story?

We intend to be the best in the world in the cloud business applications market at the Classic Series A funding stage. We stand out because of our long experience in the market, both as operators and investors. As a result, we have an unparalleled network of people we can call on when looking for partners or executives who can assist our portfolio companies.

Are you working on any exciting new projects now? How do you think that will help people?

We make three or four new investments per year, but we look at about 400 every year to get to those three or four. We are excited about all the investments we make. Our latest is DataGrail, which is in the customer privacy management application space. DataGrail helps companies comply with privacy regulations like GDPR in Europe and Californian regulation CCPA. Companies are using DataGrail to provide their customers with greater transparency around their data. DataGrail can easily surface data internally and from third-party systems and show the customer how that data is being used. That is extremely important in today’s world, where ensuring customer privacy is vital to your success.

What advice would you give to other CEOs or founders to help their employees to thrive?

We recommend that all the CEOs and founders at our portfolio companies implement a system called V2MOM. The system was pioneered by Saleforce.com. It is a mechanism for framing the visions and values for the company (V2), as well as for framing your methods, obstacles and metrics (MOM). V2MOM is super important for communicating to everyone where you are taking the company. It also helps you understand the people who are good fit for the company, as well as define the key priorities of the company. It is the best way to frame alignment on vision and culture fit, as well as on what really need to focus on, both as a firm and individually.

How do you define “Leadership”?

Leadership is about creating a strategy that let’s your company be the best in world at what it does. From there, it’s about explicitly framing the culture of your business and living that culture. That entails listing your core values in order and living those values. It’s also about deeply understanding who your core customer is and aligning everything you do around that customer.

What advice would you give to other CEOs about the best way to manage a large team?

The V2MOM system scales beautiful and I would advise leaders to implement it not just at the executive level, but at the department level, the team level and even the individual employee level. Having a mechanism for a common strategy and prioritized goals and metrics keeps everyone aligned.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

My mom. She was a self-made technology executive, and she was also a single mother of three. She inspired me through how she lived her life and how she developed her career. As a result, she opened up many opportunities for me in my life. She started off as a typist and worked her way up to a management position for a company that help bring computer technologies into the book and magazine publishing industry. She was a tech luminary in that field for decades.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Business people, and in particular teams of business people, can be much more successful when they are using great business applications. And if people and teams are relying on the right technology tools and the right information, rather than hunches and guesswork, they will be more successful both professionally and personally.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Became CEO” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

There weren’t any big surprises when I started Cloud Apps Capital Partners. I had worked at a growing venture capital firm prior to starting my own, so I pretty much knew what to expect. But I would say that when you fund a company, it is never a straight line to success. There are always ups and downs, and you have to prepare for that. What’s more, the financial markets and the venture market have huge swings of their own, so you also have to aware of that. For entrepreneurs, that means you have to raise the right amount of money to manage through those ups and downs in your business, as well as those up and downs in the capital markets.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I am very pleased to see a revival in real journalism, and I would love to see that continue. Journalism is hugely important for being a check on bad actors — whether in business or politics or society in general — and for providing information that enables all of us to make better decisions. I think journalism lost its way over the last few decades as legitimate publications went out of business and the compensation for journalists declined. So I’m pleased to see paid subscriptions for publications like The Economist and The New York Times on the rise again. I want our best and brightest to once again consider a career in journalism.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

Always do your best. That’s all that you can do.

Some of the biggest names in Business, VC funding, Sports, and Entertainment read this column. Is there a person in the world, or in the US with whom you would love to have a private breakfast or lunch with, and why? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Chris Hayes, the host of All in With Chris Hayes on MSNBC. He’s a great journalist, and I’m a big fan of his book Twilight of the Elites: America after Meritocracy. He’s doing great work in helping America live up to its values.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

@CloudAppsVC on Twitter, or Cloud Apps Capital Partners on LinkedIn.


“It is never a straight line to success, there are always ups and downs, and you have to prepare… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now we can overcome healthcare’s traditional silos with AI” With Adam Sabloff…

The Future Is Now: “Now we can overcome healthcare’s traditional silos with AI” With Adam Sabloff and Fotis Georgiadis

We’re going to get to a place where we can monitor patients in real time using passive sensors in smart devices and wearables and delivering targeted, intelligent interventions based on billions of data points across tens of millions of other medical events. The goal is to alter behavior before a chronic diagnosis or a heart attack or a stroke happens. Imagine having the world’s smartest doctor by your side at all times, on call, and fully paid for by your insurance company. This is the future and we are all working incredibly hard to make it a reality.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Adam Sabloff, founder and CEO of VirtualHealth. Adam founded VirtualHealth in 2012, based upon a concept he first envisioned more than 10 years prior to fix a broken healthcare system. With Adam at the helm, VirtualHealth has recently received several significant recognitions including ranking #39 on the Deloitte Fast 500, the 2017 Population Health Management Product Leadership Award from Frost & Sullivan, and designation by Black Book Market Research as one of the Top 50 Disruptive Health IT Companies for its innovation and customer satisfaction.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

The genesis of VirtualHealth started with my work in the mid-2000s. I was involved in the renaissance of the Inner Harbor in Baltimore and a key part of our mission was to empower seniors moving into these new developments to have access to a great healthcare ecosystem. This was the early days of telehealth. The goal was to use connected devices to make the home an organic extension of the healthcare system through real-time monitoring. These devices could measure key indicators like glucose levels, weight, and blood pressure. We saw tremendous promise in leveraging telehealth to monitor patients’ health and prevent expensive hospital visits. Most importantly, I realized that there was incredible potential for technology to bring about real change in healthcare.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

Many stories come to mind but one that I like to share with other entrepreneurs happened about a year or so into our journey. We had built a promising prototype but were struggling to get initial traction. We had bootstrapped the company and the company was nearly broke. Right around then I had a meeting with a very experienced healthcare VC firm. They told us flat out our idea was never going to work. I think it would have been easy to give up right then and there. But we persevered because we believed that what we were doing was going to profoundly change people’s lives. That story inspires me every day to never stop moving forward, no matter how daunting the road may seem.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

We are working on several initiatives that are very exciting. One area that I believe holds tremendous promise is data science and artificial intelligence. With our platform we have already built the most complete profile of each patient by integrating with an unparalleled number of data sources. By doing this we have overcome healthcare’s traditional silos. In turn, this rich data set allows us to run analytics and drive automated workflows at an unprecedented level. The goal is to transform the healthcare industry’s reactive approach to one that anticipates negative events before they occur and ensures that optimal interventions are delivered at the right time to the right patient. Analyzing the data and seeing how interventions affect outcomes using both statistical approaches and machine learning is going to be the key that unlocks the door to truly proactive healthcare.

How do you think this might change the world?

We’re going to get to a place where we can monitor patients in real time using passive sensors in smart devices and wearables and delivering targeted, intelligent interventions based on billions of data points across tens of millions of other medical events. The goal is to alter behavior before a chronic diagnosis or a heart attack or a stroke happens. Imagine having the world’s smartest doctor by your side at all times, on call, and fully paid for by your insurance company. This is the future and we are all working incredibly hard to make it a reality.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Black Mirror brings up a lot of interesting points about how technology can be used and misused. Personal health data is very sensitive, private information and we have a great regulatory framework under HIPAA and HITECH to ensure that this information is only disclosed to authorized organizations and providers. However, policies require careful thought and comprehensive implementation in order to work as intended. As we collect more and more personal data we have to remain vigilant about doing everything we can to protect it. Securing data is an area where I believe there is always going to be an opportunity to think more deeply about what more can be done.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

This mission is very personal for me. In the late 2000s my mother received a late stage cancer diagnosis. What made that whole experience especially trying was coming face to face with the inadequacies of a siloed healthcare system. It was a lose-lose-lose situation. If her issue had been detected earlier, she would still be here. The hospital system and physician resources wouldn’t have been taxed by the more intense interventions required. The insurance companies wouldn’t have been paying the large sums for her treatment. That’s when I realized the system was broken and I made it my mission to do something about it.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

The change we need is already happening and it’s coming from a very unexpected place. We are seeing a lot of healthcare innovation in Medicaid, particularly in states that have embraced value-based care, which is also where we support millions of lives with our platform. Many are surprised to learn that Medicaid is one of the most innovative areas in healthcare. Consider this: Medicaid programs must care for vast populations with limited funds and still show high efficacy and quality outcomes. How do you deliver better care with the same providers, hospitals, and silos? The answer is smarter care management models and better technology. We are starting to see a lot of these innovations starting to move into Medicare and commercial lines of business, which is shifting the entire industry in a positive direction.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Our goal with our marketing is to engage both insurers and providers in thoughtful discussion about technology’s role in improving outcomes and raising the bar on quality care. Through speaking engagements, white papers, bylines, blogs, social media, and interviews such as this, among other things, we try to share our point of view about ways we can transform healthcare. Ultimately, we want to drive an open exchange of ideas and promote new ways of approaching old problems because the market’s ability to innovate is far greater than that of any single company.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I am grateful to so many people that helped VirtualHealth get where it is today that singling out one of them would be unfair to the others. On a personal level, I am very open about the fact that my mother, who, as I mentioned, passed away well before her time continues to be my inspiration. Every time our technology helps a patient to be a little healthier, to avoid a hospitalization, to elude a chronic condition, or to prevent a late diagnosis, it gives that much more meaning to her story.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Our technology is being used to care for millions of patients across the country. Each one of them is a real human being with their own challenges and dreams. But one thing they have in common is they want the best possible quality of life, and our entire company works tirelessly with our clients to figure out ways we can deliver that better, smarter, and faster. We are grateful for the difference we have made and we are excited about the opportunity to continue pushing forward.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

The five things I wish someone had told me before I started are:

1. The challenge of evangelizing a new way of doing things in a very storied, established industry such as healthcare. You have to be willing to fail often and never give up.

2. The practical constraints of building a single platform that can service a broad range of plans across many states with different regulatory and operational requirements. Delivering a product that is agile, modular, and configurable is essential.

3. The ground level reality of the challenges of moving data in a highly siloed, multi-system environment. You have to find ways to quickly on-board new systems and formats.

4. The surprising level of behavior change required for many patients to be proactive about their own health. It really takes a partnership between payer, provider, and patient.

5. The unexpected and encouraging groundswell of support for transformative technology that exists beneath the industry’s surface. I have found innovative thinkers in the most unlikely places and I am grateful to each one of them for playing their part in moving the industry forward.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I would love to inspire more thought leaders in both the public and the private sector to leverage the key concepts of value-based care. Aligning incentives among payers, providers, and patients makes both business sense and social sense. Value-based care incentivizes everyone to row in the same direction — toward more efficient, better, accessible, and proactive care for everyone.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“If you don’t quit, you win.” I am where I am today because I followed this advice. Full stop.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

I’d like to flip the question and encourage any VC reading this article to invest in startups trying to bring innovation to established industries. Don’t turn down a company because their value proposition is too ambitious or because they are trying to change too much. Don’t run away from really big ideas. Look beyond the fundamentals and financial and focus on the individuals. Are they passionate? Are they dedicated? Are they all-in? If they are all of these things then they will find a way to win. You can bet on it. Entrepreneurs who are driven by more than money — by wanting to change the world and make a lasting impact — are the ones who will move mountains and build a better future.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

@virtualhealth_

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “Now we can overcome healthcare’s traditional silos with AI” With Adam Sabloff… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “AI that can recommend the right job, a cooperative roommate, someone to loan…

The Future Is Now: “AI that can recommend the right job, a cooperative roommate, someone to loan money to, an expert in a field, a mentor, and more” With Sarbojit (Jit) Mukherjee

Through this unbiased intelligent party, Baanda is able to assign an intricate scoring system called DCCS (Dynamic Cooperative Chemistry Score). Individuals will be scored across many dimensions, including individual’s input and self-perception, the perceptions of those who interact with this individual, and how the individual interacts with others. In this way, individuals will be able to share their scores with others, giving them a tool to find the right job, a cooperative roommate, someone to loan money to, an expert in a field, a mentor, and more. This is an extension of a credit score, but in all dimensions of life. This is a continuation of self evaluation and peer evaluation, with the added bonus of being AI driven (and therefore unbiased).

I had the pleasure of interviewing Sarbojit (Jit) Mukherjee. Jit is the Founder, CEO, architect and lead developer of Baanda. He is a scientist and teacher at heart. He lives in Topanga, CA and when he is not working on Baanda, he paints on canvas and writes short stories.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve spent many years working in various corporate offices and traveling to different parts of the world. Everywhere I turned, I saw the negative effects of our socio-economic system. From the US to India and everywhere in between, the imposed hierarchy isn’t allowing underprivileged people to participate in the economy. They’re not given the same opportunities as wealthy and privileged folks. This is extremely sad for the people stuck without an opportunity for upward mobility. But truly, I saw this as the whole world being deprived of the hard work, inspiration, and innovation that all humans are capable of. Humanity is inefficient if only a portion of its talent is enabled. A system is needed to identify and enable talent to find suitable opportunities.

So I wanted to create a system that mines intelligence and finds opportunities for the majority of the people in the world. My system replaces hierarchy with an unbiased intelligent party (our AI system, The Mask), and most importantly enables peer-to-peer cooperation in a new socio-economy. This will enable individuals to enact self-governance in all kinds of situations. Currently we’re focusing on work and co-living arrangements, but the implications spread to every aspect of life where cooperation is beneficial.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

I like this one in particular because of our cooperative success despite hearing, “It can’t be done.”

Long before I started Baanda and before I came to the US, I started my own consulting company in Calcutta. One of the first jobs we got was to live stream the Cricket World Cup finals in the railway stations. It sounds fairly easy, but there was a list of problems.

Due to legal restrictions we weren’t allowed to show footage of the games, which left us coming up with a way to display stats in real time. It was the 80’s, so long before we had the communications and broadcasting technology we have today. And to top it off, we had only nine days to come up with a solution AND implement it ourselves.

That means we had to develop the solution, get the equipment, install it, connect it, and find people to enter the stats. Cricket games can last a whole day, so this is quite different than what you’d expect.

So, we worked day and night to get it up and running. It was a success despite the fact that people said it couldn’t be done. People say that Baanda can’t be done either, but if you work hard enough and if you have a dream, you can do anything you set your mind to.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

Baanda has many new and exciting breakthroughs, some technological and some philosophical. Baanda is a “hologram-first” design, but the core of our technological breakthrough lies in our AI system, The Mask. The Mask is an unbiased humanoid communication component, that utilizes verbal and non-verbal communication cues to learn about Baanda users. This would let Banda build trust — an essential ingredient for cooperation — by sensing human emotions. After all, human’s core decision making happens not on logic, but on feelings.

Through this unbiased intelligent party, Baanda is able to assign an intricate scoring system called DCCS (Dynamic Cooperative Chemistry Score). Individuals will be scored across many dimensions, including individual’s input and self-perception, the perceptions of those who interact with this individual, and how the individual interacts with others. In this way, individuals will be able to share their scores with others, giving them a tool to find the right job, a cooperative roommate, someone to loan money to, an expert in a field, a mentor, and more. This is an extension of a credit score, but in all dimensions of life. This is a continuation of self evaluation and peer evaluation, with the added bonus of being AI driven (and therefore unbiased).

Once matched, Baanda will facilitate agreements between individuals via blockchain. But because reality is dynamic and life events demand changes to agreements, our system will also utilize what we call Softchain, which allows agreements to be amended. We do this to put into action our belief that technological systems should be more like human behavior. Because we like to make changes or improvements to our agreements over time, Baanda will facilitate this. Our AI system allows legal contracts to be written using natural language, so lawyers and their high fees are no longer needed. In case of complex agreements, Baanda will assist by providing experts.

Baanda is the future of cooperation, providing the tools for everyday people to connect, organize, and cooperate.

How do you think this might change the world?

Humanity as a machine is very inefficient.

Our philosophy is rooted in the undying belief in the talent, creativity, and innate goodness of humans. Our goal is to mine talent and bring opportunity and wellbeing to those who don’t have it. Our vision is to bring people together from all backgrounds and walks of life, creating a more efficient system, producing more wealth, freedom, and opportunity for all.

In 2017, 82% of global wealth was controlled by less than 1% of the global population with over 50% of people living below the poverty line. This points to extreme hierarchical socio-economy. With the spread of democracy, the world situation is improving.

Baanda intends to participate in this movement towards humanity as a self-governing species where every individual is sacred. Baanda is aware that when one works for another, one earns for another and that creates imbalances.

Baanda intends to

A — Enable cooperation of individuals as a way of life.

B — Enable strangers to cohabitate via dynamic and transparent agreements, witnessed by peers via blockchain technology.

C — Identify talented individuals and enable them to flourish via cooperation. Thus, Baanda bridges talent to opportunity.

D — Baanda extends trust via transparency that includes human/machine collaboration of sensing and interacting with reality via IoT devices.

E — The essence of democracy is extended by a complex decision system based on contextual equivalency

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Our vision is to do good, so we’re particularly aware of and sensitive to any potential negative uses of the technology. Baanda will be dealing with information about how individuals think, act, and even feel. If this were to get into the wrong hands, it could be used to propagate ideologies, influence political decisions, and market consumerism. This is a challenge, and we’re exploring various ideas to mitigate the risks.

One of these ideas has become a cornerstone promise of our mission. Baanda will never share, sell, or distribute your information to any third-party sources for any reason. In fact, we’re working to store the data in a way that makes it impossible for a third-party to make heads or tails of it, just in case there was a leak. To create checks and balances in the possibility of greed creeping into our vision, Baanda’s governance created a process so that even we can’t access the data after the intelligence is extracted.

Security isn’t just a priority for Baanda, it’s an intrinsic part of the system and the goal. We want to facilitate cooperation by building trust between individuals. For us, the first step is for individuals to build trust in Baanda.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

I’ve been working in the area of humanoid / AI conversation for a long time. Along the way, I’ve tried to get people like former bosses, managers, and coworkers interested, but they only associated it with making money and ownership.

I realized I wasn’t being heard, so I decided to leave the corporate wagon train, and start on my own. This is more than a startup or a tech company. This is my life’s purpose and calling.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

The philosophical core of Baanda is that cooperation benefits humanity. So, to reach people, I need a partnership with people who believe in the Baanda vision, and who have the capacity to enable it.

There are two main things I need for widespread adoption to take hold. The first is a tech team who I can work with, so I can launch the product with proper support, implementation, and continuity of technological and functional evolution.

The second is a way to tell the story. A marketing plan or process that gets the message out to the world so people can embrace this offering. But, like all the people involved in Baanda, I need them to play a dual role. I need them to take the messaging out the world, but also to receive the message back, giving feedback to make Baanda more aligned with the needs of the people. So what Baanda does for people, I need people to do for Baanda.

I tell people, I don’t need money; I need vision and hard work. Banda will generate wealth for participants, but Baanda will be unsuccessful if it cannot enhance the wellbeing of people worldwide. We are looking for partners who share the vision.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

My focus has been creating a fully operational frontend UX using MERNNED (Mongo, Express, React, Node, Neo4J, Ethereum, Dialogflow). This way, people can get the feel of what Baanda can do and why they would want to use it. Once done, we will send the UX to our email subscriber list with a survey. This is both research and marketing and it will allow us to adjust based on feedback.

In addition, we now have two storytellers on the team. One, is a fabulous voice actress and the other is a writer. You can see a video we created here.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

Just like the Baanda vision, my journey to Baanda has been one of pluralism and cooperation. Therefore, I can’t pinpoint one person’s contribution for me to be where I am. But many people in various stages of my life have highlighted problems in society or helped me to think differently. These include Bertrand Russell, Yuval Harari, and Da Vinci.

One particularly eye-opening relationship, and one that has helped motivate me to build Baanda, was a friend I had long ago in Calcutta. He never had the opportunity to go to school, so he became a cart-puller, a human mule.

I had the opportunity of sustained discussions with him, and found his intellect marvelling to the point I asked myself, “How many people on the streets have equal or more capacity than those in powers of position? What if we could find and use this intellect? How would this impact the capacity of mankind?”

In the corporate world, when I tried to put forward such ideas, I saw a society oriented on competition, hierarchy, and profitability. I was told it couldn’t be done. This only added fuel to the fire as it had to be done, and it seemed no one else believed in the vision enough to do it. Now, I’m confident there will be plenty of people to assist me to make it happen.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Asking this question resulted in the creation of Baanda. In many ways, this question is Baanda. Our mission is the wellbeing of many. Our goal is to influence the world to cooperate instead of compete.

Baanda is a system designed to facilitate this cooperation, so people can work together and share the output equivalently. In the current system, we’re working for someone else, meaning you’re earning for someone else. When we work with others in a cooperative way, we share equivalency.

Baanda’s vision is to create partnerships and cooperatives to topple the traditional top down hierarchies. In this way, we redistribute the power that is currently held in the hands of a few.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“The only thing that will redeem mankind is cooperation.”

— Bertrand Russell

Borrowed from the spirit of da Vinci, that there is no such thing as it cannot be done. There is only it hasn’t been done yet.

It’s relevant to my life, because I’m fascinated by how humans seem to get stuck. To think that if it hasn’t been done yet that it can’t be. However, every great mind in history has combated this claim. If we don’t think creatively, if we’re unable to imagine, then we certainly won’t be able to redeem ourselves in any efficient way.

But through cooperation and through thinking in a different way, we can truly bring about a global revolution bringing wealth, freedom, and meaning to many.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Talent is spread throughout the world equally. Opportunity is not. With our proprietary AI utilizing causal inference, Baanda seeks to correct this by bringing people together and facilitating cooperation by using technology to create transparency and trust between strangers.

Our first product targets the global gig economy, a $2.7 trillion industry by 2025.

In our freelance marketplace, individuals and entities will be matched with opportunities, and be able to make agreements and contracts through amendable blockchain using their native tongue.

We’re currently finishing our UX, and need highly skilled programmers to help with development and support.

We’re not a tech company, we’re a paradigm shift in how humans cooperate. I’m sure you have many questions, but I have only one. Do you want to invest? Or do you want to change the world?

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “AI that can recommend the right job, a cooperative roommate, someone to loan… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: Now you can try out a DIY project in augmented reality before you make it in…

The Future Is Now: Now you can try out a DIY project in augmented reality before you make it in real life

Our XR (extended reality) platform enables our users to not just view and design the world virtually, like most other AR apps, but our hardware also bring them to the corresponding points in the real world. It is this combination of immersive technologies that enables our users to change their own physical environments from concept to completion without the need to do any math or calculations.

I had the pleasure of interviewing David Xing, the founder and CEO of PLOTT. An award winning Extended Reality company that brings virtual visualization into the real world using their connected hardware. They have just won Best of Innovation in AR / VR, a single award given to the company the judges deem the best in category at CES 2019.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Thanks for having me!

I’ve went down a few different career paths before coming into this one. But at the core, it was always about trying to solve a problem.

Some of my childhood memories were working around the house with my parents, and as I’ve gotten more familiar with professional construction throughout my life with another project of mine; I noticed that dimensions (measuring, calculating, etc) is one of the most painstaking and mistake prone aspect of a project, yet also one of the most vital.

For PLOTT, we solve this problem by bringing the real world into virtual where you can design a space with scale and context, then bring you to the precise point in the real world to actually make that change — whether it’s drive in a nail to hang a picture, to put in a new tv entertainment system, or more complex construction work.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

The story that sticks out the most was stories with my grandfather. He passed away from cancer. It was not an easy fight.

One of the things I remember the most is when he said to move forward in a way that when you look back, you can smile.

That memory always come up when I’m faced with big and daunting decisions.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

Currently the #1 reason people don’t do DIY projects is that measurements are too complicated and that projects rarely come out the way they expected it to look. What we have found is that 80% of people did not want to do another DIY project after attempting their first one for this very reason. Simply put people won’t do a project if they think it’s too difficult. For retailers in the DIY / Home Improvement market, people are not going to buy any products if they are not going to do the project. This is a shared problem for both consumers and retailers.

We Solve This.

Our XR (extended reality) platform enables our users to not just view and design the world virtually, like most other AR apps, but our hardware also bring them to the corresponding points in the real world. It is this combination of immersive technologies that enables our users to change their own physical environments from concept to completion without the need to do any math or calculations.

We are also integrating our platform with retailers where a marketing image on their site is no longer just an inspirational image, but also embedded with dimensions. For example, if a user likes a picture frame wall design for their family room, they can overlay the design in their own space to see exactly how it will look and fit, buy it, then follow our hardware to bring them to the precise points to hammer in the nail to actually bring that design into their own space in the real world.

Measurements & calculations are one of the most difficult, yet most vital aspect of a DIY / Construction project. The same problem affect users and retailers alike. Our Extended Reality platform is a solution that integrate users & retailers closer than ever before and solves the core problem together.

How do you think this might change the world?

We help Plotters change THEIR world.

Our platform bring real world into your phone so you can figure out how you want it to look, then bring that vision back to the real world.

We connect new users, avid DIYers, and retailers to create a community of Plotters that can create and share design that can be easily uploaded and downloaded to use and replicate. We make the process of home renovating and design more efficient saving our users time and hassle so they can spend the time actually enjoying their home.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

Pokemon. Charmander to be exact.

I remember Pokemon Go was what really showed the world how AR can help visualization and overlay the virtual into the real world. At the time, I was also renovating our basement and it was just a headache (almost quit 3 times throughout the project)

Being able to visualize a design and overlay it in the real world like Pokemon-Go to see how it would fit would be great. But that’s just half of the solution, because when I wanted to actually bring the design into my space in the real world, I had to go back to traditional tools, along with a lot of measurements and calculations.

I didn’t start a project to see it on my phone, visualization and overlays are great, but the gap was now how to bring it back out to the real world.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Widespread adoption requires a culture and community around their products and services, validate through successful user experiences, and a product that actually solves a core problem.

We work with loud, passionate and ambitious DIYers to help educate the uniqueness and usefulness of our products. This education will help with the onboarding of how to use a product that is so new to the industry. Anything innovative takes a bit to learn its weather or not it’s worth learning is what matters. And we have a product that will make the lives of people much easier.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We engage with loud and passionate enthusiasts and get them to share our vision. We just won Best of Innovation in AR (Augmented Reality) @ CES 2019, which we are very very proud and appreciative of. This is a single award given to the company the judges deem the most innovative in the field.

Validation through winning awards at international shows such as CES, Global Innovation Awards, Mobile World Congress and the National Hardware Show will help us grow our cohort of passionate DIYers and our Plott community.

ere a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

Our team, hands down. We’re no where close to where we are without the contributions and sacrifices of everyone.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

We want to build a platform where anyone can change their environment from something they designed to a real world creation easily.

As a community, our users can get ideas or give inspirations to other DIY’ers who are looking to change their environment. Our platform enable users to share their proud creations with others and inspire them.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. Prioritize. Obvious — until you’re faced with a list of things which ALL are vital.
  2. Which lead to the next one: You will end up making wrong choices. For me, a lot of them. And that’s ok. Learn as much as you can from it, move on. Physical bruises heal, make sure your mental ones do too.
  3. Support systems, emphasize is on the plural. I have two support systems, first one is advisors and mentors who challenges me, and we talk problems out. The other system consists of people who can tell you everything will be ok. You will need both.
  4. There will be times where it feels like the world is ending, until it doesn’t. Remind yourself why you started. Ask yourself is it worth it, and it’s ok if the answer is no. Only move forward if the answer is an honest yes.
  5. Enjoy the wins, they don’t always happen. Soak it in, remember those moments. Dig them up from your memory when you need it and use it to carry you through to the next one.

a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

If I could inspire a movement it would be exactly what I am doing now. Trying to ease the pain points of improving a home.

Doing projects yourself is something to be proud of and when you walk into your home and see that newly renovated living room or those new cabinets in your kitchen it makes you feel good. It’s an accomplishment to be proud of and gives you a whole new respect for your home.

DIY is growing and to be able to make it accessible to the everyday homeowner or renter that may not be an expert carpenter or contractor is what is going to grow this sense of pride in doing it yourself.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

Focus on what won’t change.

Technology and innovation changes constantly, core problems do not. Focus on what won’t change first, then find the best available solution based on the tools available.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

You can follow us on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter @LetsPlott

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: Now you can try out a DIY project in augmented reality before you make it in… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now we have an app that can assess the safety of every room and prevent falls”

With Laura D. Jackson of iFALLCEPT

I had the pleasure of interviewing Laura D. Jackson, BSN, MPH and co-founder of iFALLCEPT, a company that has developed the first iOS app available to the public to help stop falls, a deadly killer among seniors that is often addressed too late. She leads outreach and public awareness on senior falls and prevention and prior to iFALLCEPT, successfully created and managed a thriving home health agency which served thousands of seniors and employed hundreds of healthcare workers for nearly 20 years, Patient Care Services Inc (PCS).

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

My story comes from both a professional and personal side. I was a Nurse Entrepreneur for nearly 20 years and a strong senior and patient advocate for 30 years. I created and ran three very successful agencies and through my broad scope and understanding, could see patterns being repeated over and over. My agencies used the best tools available at the time to help our patients stay safe and healthy, but I always felt like there should be a supportive home element that would allow for seniors to take meaningful steps on their own to ensure their safety.

Now that I am a senior, I personally have had friends’ lives changed forever because of falls. A once vibrant golfer and gardener becomes a shut-in due to a fall. An active man falls in the shower and becomes dependent on others. I have friends who never returned to their previous lifestyle and that’s just shocking and upsetting. My own Dad died from complications after a fall, so this is very personal to me.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

We had multiple payor sources and one of these sources was known to try and squeeze their providers and not pay for services rendered. This was a large payor source, so there wasn’t an option to exclude them from my business. In my line of business, the rule books are as thick as an entire series of Encyclopedia Britannica, so to say that most business owners knew all these rules was a fallacy. This is where the payor source won their game.

I received a call saying the payor source was going to claim over 100k worth of money my company had earned and if I wanted to protest, I had to fly out to their office and basically stand trial. I called up my lawyer and we set the date and we flew out together to meet the panel that oversaw the 100k of my money.

When we arrived, I knew this was going to be a battle. They had a panel of people well versed in the rule books and tried their level best to stump me and prove that they were correct in withholding the 100k. They had their shark go after us saying they would take more than the 100k if we didn’t accept a settlement of 10%. It took several hours of back and forth and they begrudgingly offered me a settlement of 50%. I wasn’t going to accept this. My lawyer told me to take the deal. My lawyer asked for a break and we walked outside. He told me to take it, that it was a good deal and we weren’t going to get any better. I told him it was my decision and I wasn’t going to settle for 50% and I would have rather forfeited all of the money than to agree that I was wrong in any way. I knew my business and I knew the rules and I knew I was right.

The hearing continued, and the grilling commenced, and I never faltered. I walked out of that hearing with the most money they have ever awarded back to an agency, 90% of that 100k. That’s why my advice to any business owner is to always know your business better than anyone else and never back down from a fight you know you can win.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

iFALLCEPT is an app you download on your iPhone or iPad which allows you to do the most comprehensive room by room assessment available. We have over 500 questions with the ability to identify, add, and customize even more, using all the latest research on falls and their causes. We gained insights from home health agencies, CDC, Mayo Clinic and many other national agencies with specialties ranging from handrails to electrical appliances. The app also has a fire awareness portion to round out the home safety for seniors which was reviewed and approved by fire department personnel.

How do you think this might change the world?

We will help change the word one entrepreneur and one senior at a time. We have two products, an enterprise edition and an individual edition. The enterprise edition helps entrepreneurs that serve seniors have the most comprehensive fall prevention program on the market. It allows users to be more thorough and have less chance of missing critical fall risk items in the home. The app also provides real statistics and reasons to make changes in the home. Convincing a senior to act has always been a key critical component to home fall safety assessments.

We also put power in the hands of seniors and those who love seniors by providing an individual version of the app. We really like this because anyone can use it. It’s simple and straightforward and has special training inside. We also added free fall prevention exercises because leg strength and stability are large contributors to falls, as we consider this app a holistic approach to fall prevention. It gives a seniors and families peace of mind.

Imagine a world where we’ve changed behaviors of seniors in a positive way — for every senior to get a home safety check yearly, just like a doctor’s visit. Right now, according to the CDC, a senior dies every 20 minutes from a fall, so more awareness about iFALLCEPT and the importance of fall safety could drastically decrease the effects of falls on our seniors, their families and their communities, ultimately preventing untimely injuries and deaths.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

I do not see any potential drawbacks. This is a win-win situation anytime someone uses iFALLCEPT.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

My daughter and I had talked before about the incidence of falls, especially after my Dad, her GrandPa died. My daughter’s background is in IT so as we progressed, it was only natural for us to end up with an app for people to use to prevent falls and improve home safety.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Increased awareness through marketing and publicity efforts, as well as good old-fashioned word of mouth. Additionally, as the adoption of the app continues (it only launched in July of this year), we look forward to spreading the word about the stories of users who used the app to successfully avoid falls or helped others do so, as caretakers.

We also have taken up helping agencies publicize and market their own fall prevention programs, as the enterprise version of the app includes free marketing videos and advice. By helping agencies, who can reach many seniors, we believe we can help the widespread adoption and acceptance of fall prevention.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Our marketing strategy has been a multi prong approach. We had the opportunity to work with a publicist in the beginning phases, which has led to be featured in several articles and also won us interviews on radio.

Then we began utilizing social media marketing. We thought this was a good avenue due to the sheer volume of seniors and businesses online. We have had several successful campaigns garnering us a following and we strongly believe outreach and education is how we are going to shift the current mentality on falls and fall prevention.

Finally, we have decided to put resources into helping businesses use our app to market their programs effectively. We have a lot of experience in marketing and this was just a natural progression for the promotion of our product.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

Although I cannot give credit to any individual person or training, I can say that as an entrepreneur, you must surround yourself with positive people who all have gifts of their own. Excellence is a trait that is hard to find, and I always strived to have an excellent circle of people around me. You can consider these people your circle of influence. If you choose wisely these people will always bring out the best in, you.

About midway through my entrepreneurial career, there was a huge shift in how the healthcare financials were supposed to be processed. It was such a drastic shift that more than half of the individual business owners I knew had to close shop. I had several “advisors” tell me I should close up shop too. This was devastating, as I had several “real” conversations with the people that I most trusted and came to the conclusion that I was going to pull through it.

So, against the hired advisors’ recommendations, I pushed forward and pulled through one of the most trying and stressful times in my business. This was a big lesson for me, as I later went on to sell that business for multiple 7 figures.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1.) Trust Your Gut — This is a big one for me. I have frequently had very large decisions that literally made my business go against all that was being sold to me from “so-called” experts. Your gut instinct can be your best friend, if you measure it against the so called “facts”.

2.) Fear is your biggest obstacle. Fear really is a bad four-letter word. Everyone thinks that entrepreneurs or people who set out on new adventures must be fearless. The truth is, no one with any intelligence is fearless, but they may have the ability to harness their fear. Harnessing your fear and realizing your ability to change your world and the world around you really is the greatest gift you can give to the world.

3.) Plan for your successes as much as your failures. Everyone is afraid of failure and there is always talk about what you should do to avoid failure. Well, the truth of the matter is that you should prepare yourself even more for success. Success can be as traumatic as failure, which is why being successful is all about being prepared. Not only being prepared in your business but being prepared personally to be able to achieve and succeed with confidence. Success is when opportunity meets preparation.

4.) Change is inevitable, be open to it in your business. Change is going to happen. You can count on that. Don’t ever depend on things continuing the same as It just doesn’t happen that way. You should never get too comfortable in what you are doing, and you should always look for the challenge. Look for a new way of doing things and you will never be disappointed.

5.) Always hire for attitude and personality as well as skills. I know everyone wants to hire for the skills they require in a job. That is a correct assumption, however, I think that unless one is working in isolation (that is, no contact with others), then you must hire them for their attitude as well as skill. You can get a great resume from a potential employee and say, “Wow, I really want that person to work in my business.” Then, you interview them and, “Whoa, what happened to that wonderful skilled person on paper?” Suddenly they become someone that you do not want to work for you and represent your business to your clients. Always hire for attitude and personality as well as skill. This will never let you or your business down.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Nearly 27,000 seniors die EVERY year due to falls and we aim to change that. What people don’t understand is that falls not only affect the individual, but also the entire community which surrounds them. It’s not just family that is affected, but friend circles, neighbors, communities in which seniors are an active part.

Imagine a senior who is active in volunteering, is a member of several clubs and babysits for her grandchildren on Fridays and has a weekly dinner out with her husband at a local boutique restaurant. Imagine her falling and breaking a hip. If she is between the ages of 60 to 69, she is 5x more likely to DIE in a year than her peers. Imagine all the lives that will be impacted by this one singular event.

Now the thing that will shock you is this most likely didn’t need to happen. 85% of falls happen in and around the home, 50% of those are due to extrinsic factors, which means they were PREVENTABLE!

How many lives can be changed just be addressing these extrinsic factors is exciting to us at iFALLCEPT. We, as a community, CAN and WILL make a difference and the best part…it’s an app that you can download on your iPhone, iPad for less than a two-person meal at McDonalds.

We urge everyone who is a senior, knows a senior and who loves a senior to reach out and download iFALLCEPT and help save lives.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“Just as ripples spread out as a single pebble is cast out into the water, the actions of individuals can have far-reaching effects.”

I have always found that it literally takes only one individual to change the energy in a room. It also only takes one individual with passion and influence to make a movement. At iFALLCEPT, we hope that individual business owners and individuals themselves take up the cause and fight back against senior falls. The ripple effect of just one person being proactive is really exciting to us.

Some very well-known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

What better investment can you make than investing in the lives and souls of communities — our seniors. The facts are staggering, and the statistics are just scary. Falls are extremely costly, to the tune of 50 billion dollars every single year. A senior dies every 20 minutes from a fall and the CDC is estimating that a senior will die every nine minutes in the United States by 2030. This means according to them, there is no solution and we are on a downward spiral but imagine instead being a part of the solution.

What’s the solution? Our endgame is to create a full-service fall prevention platform. Everyone, if they are lucky, will eventually become a senior and everyone needs to have a fall risk assessment at least yearly, as we recommend every six months or change in condition. We are looking to be more than just a home safety assessment app.

We will be including an exercise channel, which will have free channels and advanced paid channels for seniors to choose from. We will include comprehensive product recommendations based upon user input and will promote night lights, hands free lighting solutions, slip resistant tabs, handrails, and every other product that a senior needs to stay safe in their own home.

We want to be the one stop shop for all your fall prevention needs. From a home safety analysis & exercises to home improvement, iFALLCEPT will be the brand and name people choose to make themselves and their homes safer.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

We have recently launched a Facebook account and you can watch for us on influencer websites, giving free contact and educating the public.

Be a part of a movement and follow us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ifallcept/

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “Now we have an app that can assess the safety of every room and prevent falls” was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now with high-resolution, 3-D aerial imagery, you can be in another place…

The Future Is Now: “Now with high-resolution, 3-D aerial imagery, you can be in another place without leaving your office” With Dr. Rob Newman & Fotis Georgiadis

In the insurance industry, RaaS changes the entire insurance and claim process radically. If the claims adjuster has access to the latest images, including 3-D map content accessible in the cloud, he or she can see the damage without leaving the office. They can measure the affected area at their desk. And with historical photos taken, they can compare before and after shots of the roof. If the damage is real, they can come up with an estimate of repair costs on the spot. They can also determine if photos suggest a fake claim. RaaS has applications for drone deliveries too. For a drone to travel and land safely at your home, it can’t rely on two-dimensional map content alone. There are trees, bushes, neighboring homes and other obstructions to navigate. Only the most up-to-date 3-D elevation information, along with real-time information, will provide a completely safe delivery.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Dr. Rob Newman, CEO & Managing Director of Nearmap. Rob has a unique track record as a successful Australian high technology entrepreneur in Australia and Silicon Valley. He has twice founded and built businesses on Australian technology and both have successfully entered overseas markets.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

When I was studying electronic engineering at The University of Western Australia, I saw a television program about Silicon Valley, describing how silicon chips were creating tremendous advances in technology. Being raised in a family of multi-generational business owners, this program inspired me to use my love of electronics and computers to start a business before I left school. That became my dream. Along with my supervisor, we were fascinated by the idea of connecting computers together to transfer data — it was a new idea at the time. Together, we started a computer networking company called QPSX Communications while I was studying at the university. We loved the idea of creating technologies that would help define new opportunities in electronics and computing.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

The second company I started served the telecom industry, providing both internet and voice services. Our technology was more advanced than what any other company was offering, and it was one-tenth of the price of any competitor. The telcos loved it! We had 22 companies trialling our product. Yet, nobody bought our solution. Zero. We couldn’t figure out why companies weren’t buying. One day we took a tour of one of the companies we were selling to. In the loading dock, they had boxes and boxes of our competitors’ products, which had half the functionality and cost 10 times as much. We finally figured out that nobody bought because the telcos were structured with completely separate voice and internet departments. The voice services department wanted only voice products, while the internet division wanted only internet products. It was too much work, for each department, to maintain additional features. We went back to our office and restructured the product, turning off voice features. We sold more than $1 million the next month. The lesson is that you need to understand the customer intimately and how they buy. It stuck with me forever. Unless you see the color of the eyes of the customer, you don’t understand them.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

With our high-resolution, 3-D aerial imagery, we can effectively deliver Reality as a Service (RaaS).

RaaS allows you to stream reality — not reconstructed design images, but the real thing in very detailed aerial views. Through RaaS, you can see streets, buildings, local infrastructure or any other location in immersive 3-D.

Combining machine learning and artificial intelligence with our Reality as a Service allows automatic detection and differentiation of features such as skylights from solar panels, pools from ponds and other ground features like potholes or road imperfections. Other systems can analyze the height, width and surface area of buildings.

Combine RaaS with another dimension — time — and you can see what has changed in an area. For example, a retail development company can discover how many new homes were built in a specific subdivision compared to the last six months. A telecom company analyzing 5G wireless tower coverage can see how new obstructions will impact (or have impacted) the wireless signal.

RaaS streams from the cloud, so users discover all of this information on their desktop or device.

High-resolution cameras capture not only the image of a location, but they also collect additional metadata about the area, geolocated to specific points on a map. The image of a 100-yard football field measures precisely 100 yards. Imagery shows the height of a building, the length of a pitched roof and the area of a particular location.

How do you think this might change the world?

RaaS applications are unlimited. Some of the industries on the forefront of potential applications are autonomous driving, smart cities, retail and commercial development, mapping, architecture, design, construction, insurance, solar and engineering industries, among others.

In one example, RaaS gives companies a 3-D view of their projects, allowing them to measure all aspects of a location, such as determining the surface area, pitch and shading on a roof, so that a company can install solar panels.

Mapping applications used to be used merely for directions. Now mapping apps solve a multitude of everyday challenges: tracking down the next taxi, deciding where to eat, monitoring traffic and finding places to meet up with friends.

In the insurance industry, RaaS changes the entire insurance and claim process radically. If the claims adjuster has access to the latest images, including 3-D map content accessible in the cloud, he or she can see the damage without leaving the office. They can measure the affected area at their desk. And with historical photos taken, they can compare before and after shots of the roof. If the damage is real, they can come up with an estimate of repair costs on the spot. They can also determine if photos suggest a fake claim.

RaaS has applications for drone deliveries too. For a drone to travel and land safely at your home, it can’t rely on two-dimensional map content alone. There are trees, bushes, neighboring homes and other obstructions to navigate. Only the most up-to-date 3-D elevation information, along with real-time information, will provide a completely safe delivery.

Autonomous cars need more than 2-D content, too. They must continuously generate and consume high-fidelity mapping content in order to maneuver safely in a dynamic, urban environment. Lidar units and radar sensors assemble a 360-degree view of the environment and collect data that can be processed by machine-learning algorithms to help guide self-driving cars and avoid accidents. High-resolution aerial imagery also helps by providing a recent map of stationary objects — curbs, traffic lights, buildings, construction sites, etc. With this technology on board, the cars’ sensors can track only objects in motion — pedestrians, other cars, and so on. These systems will help reduce the cost of sensors and the cars.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

At this point, the industry has drawn a distinct line between public safety, security and compliance, and personal privacy. The resolution of imagery is captured such that many larger details can be identified, such as a pool versus a deck or road conditions in a neighborhood. However, the resolution is not so sharp as to provide positive identification of a person at a specific location or to view and transcribe license plates. Aerial imagery, even when combined with AI, is focused on saving lives or helping develop liveable cities. We’re changing the way people view the world, so they can change the way they work and make a positive impact on the world they live in.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

The tipping point started in 2008 as Stuart Nixon, the founder of Nearmap, saw the laborious process by which aerial imagery was generated. A company would fly a plane and take photos. Then someone would manually stitch the photos together. The process would take months. By the time the images were delivered to a customer, the photos were already out of date. Stuart, with his background in software development, envisioned a process that would automate the production of images. With the Nearmap team, they developed a camera system and software to completely automate the production process, reducing it from months to days to hours. The other tipping point was the development of the cloud, allowing users to access the data — and not just images of their location, but of anywhere in the world — from any device. These tipping points democratized aerial imagery, providing aerial photos to all businesses on a subscription basis. Before Nearmap, a large percentage of businesses didn’t purchase aerial imagery. Today, these companies are finding new ways to use imagery for their businesses.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

The key ingredients to widespread adoption include cloud access, mobile devices and big data, which are all available to businesses and consumers already. Businesses are developing applications that use the aerial imagery with machine learning/AI in their respective industries. These applications help users spend less time and money traveling to work sites, make better decisions faster, and ultimately transform the way they work.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Along with tried and true techniques such as social media, digital marketing and PR, Nearmap marketing strategies are based on providing value to our users and democratizing our service for everyone.

We also provide a service when the world needs it. When something major happens in the world, we’re able to capture it and help people restore their world quickly. For instance, with major floods that happened in Brisbane, Nearmap chartered a plane, flew during the peak of the floods, processed it overnight and had it on the national news the following night. We’ve been able to do the same in Florida and other areas affected by hurricanes. We captured the devastation quickly to assist rescue and recovery operations.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

My father was a banker and always inspired me to invest and take risks. When I was a teenager, my dad encouraged me to buy cattle and breed them. With my father’s help, I used the money I made to buy a small home at the age of 16. I then sold it at 20 to buy my second home.

My supervisor of the honors program at the University of Western Australia also had a profound impact on me. He emphasized the importance of finding highly complex technologies that could influence industries and then seek to understand both the technology and the market deeply. He instilled in me that engineering research should not be about just publishing papers, but to use the research to transform the world.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Nearmap has partnered with the Moreton Bay Koala Rescue since 2015 to track developments that might disturb natural koala habitats and to research the best places to release rescued koalas that have been raised in home care. By understanding a potential release area’s environment with current, detailed aerial imagery, the Rescue can better determine whether it’s going to be a comfortable habitat for the koala.

Other areas of Nearmap’s positive impact:

· Public Safety — Emergency Communications Districts have implemented Nearmap aerial imagery to geocode and plot new addresses and developments into 911 mapping systems to help fire and rescue, emergency medical services and law enforcement get instant access to updated maps containing GIS data needed to get to the right locations as soon as possible. A bird’s eye view provides a different perspective and helps find missing people and deploy search groups fast.

· Humanitarian Efforts — Nearmap captures areas devastated by natural disasters to support cleanup and reconstruction efforts across the vast ecosystem of public safety, utility companies, insurance agencies, and numerous contractors in many industries.

· Green Endeavors — Eliminating site visits through Nearmap off-site assessments contribute to green efforts by reducing the carbon footprint.

· Work Safety — Utility professionals can reduce dangerous tasks like roof inspections by using Nearmap imagery to make evaluations.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1. “Be bolder than you think you need to be. Leap even further.”

I spent several years of my career as a venture capitalist. When I analyzed the most successful investments, they were always the ones that had the deepest technology innovation and fundamentally transformed how businesses worked.

2. “Start with the customer & understand the customer needs.”

Unless you see the color of the eyes of the customer, you don’t know them. When I owned my second company in the telecom industry, getting to know the customer was transformative. By inquiring of our customers, we learned the way telcos were structured. The voice services department wanted only voice products, while the internet division wanted only internet products. We went back to our office and restructured the product, turning off voice features. We sold more than $1 million the next month. The lesson is that you need to understand the customer intimately and how they buy. It stuck with me forever.

3. “Take less money than you need from a venture capitalist.”

I was a VC during the financial crisis of 2008. When the crisis hit, we realized that it would be very difficult to raise additional capital for our investee companies. So, we told each of the CEOs there would be no additional capital invested. It was the best thing we could have done. Each CEO immediately focused on increasing revenue and making their businesses cash flow positive rather than investing more and expecting to raise more capital.

4. “Strong competitors are the best thing that could happen to you.”

For several years, Nearmap had no credible competitor. Then, a startup was funded to replicate our business. It forced us to rapidly advance our technology and focus more on our customer experience. The result was that we ended up with a better product than the startup, and our customer retention and growth has improved markedly, despite increased competition.

5. “Follow your passion but give it a time clock/deadline.”

I believe at least once in your life you should follow your passion; chase your dreams. However, as a mentor of startups, I have seen too many people continue with their unsustainable startup for 10 years or more. If it doesn’t work in the first few years, it is unlikely to work (and more likely some newer startup will leapfrog you). So, if you are part of a startup, ask a very good friend to meet with you in four years, and if you are still struggling, move on.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. :-

A significant movement would be to broaden communication across our planet. The more access we all have to information, the better our quality of life. Sharing ideas boosts productivity, elevates businesses and increases human empathy.

Everyone deserves access to reputable resources. The more available these are, the better our world.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

I don’t have a life lesson quote, as I tend to see the world in pictures (maybe that is why I work at Nearmap). The image that resonates with me is an iconic picture from the New York City Marathon in the 1970s. The picture shows just the legs of exhausted runners, standing in the pouring rain.

This photo carries so much meaning. Achievement only comes after years of preparation, and even then, the road is never easy. However, the complete feeling of relief, achievement and exhaustion makes all of the hard work worthwhile.

Some very well-known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

At Nearmap, we take massive amounts of data and make it digestible and accessible to a lot of people with sophisticated technology. This quantum leap in data and computing capacity has allowed us to model and analyze the real world — all from our desktop and mobile devices. Our aerial maps coupled with analytics platforms empower users to make decisions faster than ever before.

Nearmap aerial captures change the way people view the world and profoundly impact the way they work.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Nearmap is on Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, and for great imagery, visit our Instagram.


The Future Is Now: “Now with high-resolution, 3-D aerial imagery, you can be in another place… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

Shakil Barkat, Global Product Lead at Motorola: “Find your calling and do it with passion.

Shakil Barkat, Global Product Lead at Motorola: “Find your calling and do it with passion. Everything else will work itself out.”

“Find your calling and do it with passion. Everything else will work itself out.” From when I was little, I would take things apart to learn about them. From my mother’s vacuum cleaner to electronics from second hand stores, I always had something taken apart and put back together. It was the joy of fixing the vacuum or turbo charging the racecar, which propelled me into high tech product development and my calling.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Shakil Barkat. Shakil leads Global Product Development for Motorola Mobility and Lenovo MBG, including: Product Design, System & Product Architecture, Component Technologies and Global Product Integration & Test. Shakil is a 21-year veteran of Motorola, as an engineer and then as lead in multiple Product Development and Architecture teams; holding 8 patents issued with 2 pending. Shakil currently leads the entire Motorola product line, including moto z and moto mods development along with the moto g and moto e products, as well as innovation with the Architecture teams.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

Early on in my career at Motorola, I had the benefit of working on highly innovative products, such as the StarTAC and V60. Watching Motorola users experience these iconic devices for the first time with a smile on their face was fulfilling and motivating. Since then I’ve never second-guessed my decision to work on innovative consumer electronics.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

In the late 90s, I was working on a phone being introduced in Europe with new cellular technology. To debug the device properly we frequently visited major cities in Europe for testing. One specific instance in Basingstoke, UK, four Motorola engineers and I needed to find a specific location that was causing a failure to occur. We suited up with backpacks loaded with laptop computers connected to the phone with wires. All five of us wound up at a large department store walking around the isles when a group of police officers and security guards surrounded us and started questioning us for suspicious behavior. In hindsight, it probably wasn’t a great idea but it wasn’t we fixed the problem, shipped the phone, and it was one of Motorola’s most popular devices ever.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

Motorola has a 90-year history of innovation and has been on the forefront of many great technological breakthroughs — from the first commercial handheld cell phone to the world’s best-selling clamshell flip phone, the Motorola RAZR. In early 2019, Motorola is set to celebrate groundbreaking innovation yet again by bringing our 5G future to life with the 5G moto mod. This Verizon-exclusive device will give users first access to Verizon’s 5G mobile network when paired with the moto z3, the world’s first 5G-upgradable smartphone released in August 2018. The 5G moto mod attaches to the back of any the moto z3 device using a series of magnets. The bond is created using 16 golden contact points located on the back of each phone, and once connected the 5G moto mod uses a series of four built-in antennas to support speeds of up to 5 gbps, or five times that of the fastest LTE networks in the U.S.

How do you think this might change the world?

5G is a transformational milestone greater than any other in the history of wireless and Motorola is the first company providing consumers the ability to experience it. Higher bandwidth and lower latency will enable a level of mobile streaming and gaming quality akin to consoles and computers. Autonomous cars, smart communities, industrial IoT, and immersive education will all rely on this lightning-fast technology. With this new level of efficiency, students will use AR to travel to historical monuments and collaborate globally in real-time. Patients will gain access to and receive treatment from physicians around the world thanks to the more connected world 5G delivers. Furthermore, by 2035, 5G will enable $12.3 trillion of global economic output and support 22 million jobs worldwide, thanks to the digitization of transportation, agriculture, manufacturing and other physical industries. In all aspects of our lives, 5G will change what it means to use technology.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Most people are used to being connected everywhere they go. With the lower latency and faster download times promised by 5G, on-the-go technology will actually feel much less inhibiting. We’ll spend less time downloading, streaming and waiting on poor connections allowing us to worry less about technology and focus on other important things.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

There is not one “tipping point” we can identify as the reason 5G is being introduced. At Motorola, we’re constantly looking to improve our users’ experience and innovate our products to bring them to the next level. When 5G came on the horizon, we started early on the “new radio” 5G antenna, thermal mitigation techniques, and battery optimizations. We take a lot of pride, at Motorola, in our engineering fundamentals and our deep knowledge in wireless embedded designs. By working closely with our partners at Verizon and Qualcomm we are able to bring something truly special to life, the 5G moto mod.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

When 5G is introduced, fully understanding its benefits may be difficult for some simply because the jump in speed will be so vast. When people start seeing this transformative technology in action — lightning-fast downloads, enhanced real-time AR and VR experiences, seamless long-distance connectivity and more — 5G’s full capability will be broadly realized and passionately sought out.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

For many in the mobile and telecoms industry, 5G is on the tip of their tongues. We’ve benefited from a lot of natural intrigue and have worked closely with our partner Verizon on sharing our progress through a variety of different channels.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I’ve been blessed with many great influences over the years but I’m most grateful to my mother. She was a strong clear-headed person who always knew the right thing to do. I learned so much from her and she’s always my guiding light during difficult moments.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Getting involved with the local community. I like to use my experience to help tech startups, provide guidance to STEM students, and support non-profit organizations.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. Work and family balance is crucial to a satisfying life.
  2. Find your calling and do it with passion. Everything else will work itself out.
  3. Question everything! Most rules in life are outdated and dogma.
  4. Pick a few things and do them well. Focus is needed to succeed.
  5. Never upset your cube mate. Strong relationships with teammates helps drive success.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I’d like to inspire people who are passionate about education to see the full potential of technology and implement it into their teachings as much as possible. Innovations in technologies like 5G allow a spectrum of learning tools not seen before. The lower levels of latency and faster speeds enabled by 5G will allow students to use AR to travel into historic moments, immerse themselves virtually in experiences around the world, and collaborate with fellow students globally. My hope is that this exposure to transformative technology will inspire our next generation of students to further their STEM education and help organizations and companies, like Motorola, continue to introduce innovative products and make technological advancements.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

“Find your calling and do it with passion. Everything else will work itself out.” From when I was little, I would take things apart to learn about them. From my mother’s vacuum cleaner to electronics from second hand stores, I always had something taken apart and put back together. It was the joy of fixing the vacuum or turbo charging the racecar, which propelled me into high tech product development and my calling.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

You can keep up-to-date on all things 5G and Motorola by visiting us @motorolaUS on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter.


Shakil Barkat, Global Product Lead at Motorola: “Find your calling and do it with passion. was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now a robot can deliver your groceries” With Nuro President Dave Ferguson &…

The Future Is Now: “Now a robot can deliver your groceries” With Nuro President Dave Ferguson & Fotis Georgiadis

Besides the economic, environmental and convenience benefits, a main focus for autonomy in general is safety. Self-driving technology enables vehicles to drive responsibly and react more quickly than a human driver. In designing a vehicle that carries only goods, we were able to further focus on increased road safety rather than the comfort of passengers. Our vehicle has the unique potential to self-sacrifice — keeping what’s on the outside even safer than what’s inside. The vehicle is about half the width of a Toyota Corolla, which leaves a 3–4 foot safety buffer to avoid tough situations like very narrow streets or people unexpectedly running into the road. Ultimately, using this design and technology on the road will not only increase convenience and access but help save lives. For our application of goods transportation in particular, we’re also hoping that long term we will be able to change consumption habits across the country and the world. If you can buy things, or rent things, or borrow things extremely conveniently, then you may not need to stockpile as much or even own as much at home. We think this technology could potentially usher in a new model of consumption where you don’t need to personally own as much stuff, similar to how ridesharing has made it so much easier to not own a vehicle.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Dave Ferguson, the co-founder and president of Nuro, a technology company focused on accelerating the benefits of robotics for everyday life. Dave has worked on robotics and machine learning for nearly 20 years; before founding Nuro, Dave was a principal engineer on Google’s self-driving program, now known as Waymo. He holds an MS and PhD in Robotics from Carnegie Mellon and a Bachelor’s in Computer Science and Mathematics from the University of Otago.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

When I started my undergraduate degree in New Zealand, I wasn’t sure what I should choose for my major. So I dabbled in a range of subjects — everything from physics to law. It was a red, Dalek-style trash can robot that had just arrived at the Computer Science Department that got me hooked on computer science and robotics in particular. Programming that robot to explore its environment while avoiding obstacles was really exciting for me. It’s just as exciting now, but involves slightly different robots and slightly different obstacles.

Following that first robot tinkering, I decided to major in computer science and mathematics, and then later pursue an MS and PhD in robotics at Carnegie Mellon University. At CMU I experienced a treasure trove of incredible robots, which culminated in my leading the planning team for CMU’s entry in the DARPA Urban Challenge in 2007. I then joined Google to work on the self-driving car project in 2011. After five years at Google I saw an opportunity to accelerate other industries with robotics the way Google had with self-driving passenger vehicles. I therefore moved on from Google to found Nuro alongside one of my best friends.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

We’ve merged software and hardware in-house to create a completely custom, unmanned goods transportation vehicle. It’s designed to keep what’s outside even safer than what’s inside.

The vehicle is completely electric, about the same size as a street-legal golf cart, and will join our fleet of autonomous passenger vehicles in Scottsdale by end of year. Through the vehicle’s technology and our partner, Kroger, we are aiming to make grocery delivery accessible and affordable to all.

43 percent of car trips are for shopping or running errands. American spend 60,000 lifetimes every year inside vehicles for these trips. Our service is able to drastically reduce this time. We created a self-driving vehicle made especially for delivery to give people more time to spend doing the things they love.

How do you think this might change the world?

Besides the economic, environmental and convenience benefits, a main focus for autonomy in general is safety. Self-driving technology enables vehicles to drive responsibly and react more quickly than a human driver. In designing a vehicle that carries only goods, we were able to further focus on increased road safety rather than the comfort of passengers. Our vehicle has the unique potential to self-sacrifice — keeping what’s on the outside even safer than what’s inside. The vehicle is about half the width of a Toyota Corolla, which leaves a 3–4 foot safety buffer to avoid tough situations like very narrow streets or people unexpectedly running into the road. Ultimately, using this design and technology on the road will not only increase convenience and access but help save lives.

For our application of goods transportation in particular, we’re also hoping that long term we will be able to change consumption habits across the country and the world. If you can buy things, or rent things, or borrow things extremely conveniently, then you may not need to stockpile as much or even own as much at home. We think this technology could potentially usher in a new model of consumption where you don’t need to personally own as much stuff, similar to how ridesharing has made it so much easier to not own a vehicle.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Lots of people are worried about safety of self-driving vehicles, and rightly so. Our vehicle is designed to be safer than nearly any other vehicle on the road — it is lighter than a passenger vehicle, narrower and more nimble, and operates at lower speeds. Our vehicles and their autonomous system undergo extensive testing, including a wide range of critical safety scenarios. When deployed, it has a remote operator able to monitor it at all times, capable of taking over when needed.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

In order to achieve widespread adoption, we need to scale Nuro’s service nationally. We’re currently testing in the Phoenix/Scottsdale area and plan to expand to additional regions. We also want to expand delivery to other kinds of goods beyond grocery. To that end, we’ve had conversations with many retailers.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

When we launched in January, we shared our mission and product with the world. Since that moment, we’ve announced our partner, first pilot market, and are on the cusp of deploying our vehicle to that pilot market. Our incredible team has worked very hard to bring accessible convenience to communities everywhere.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I’ve been so fortunate in my life and my career to know, and work with, many incredible people. I’ve had a number of inspiring teachers and mentors who have encouraged me to dream big but stay grounded. My parents have been tremendous supporters from the very early days when I was just a mischievous little kid.

The reality is that none of us are able to pursue major opportunities without enormous help from individuals and society at large. I’m incredibly lucky and grateful for all the breaks I’ve had — and I hope I can take advantage of all that good fortune to contribute something back to the world.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Nuro was founded with the mission of accelerating the benefits of robotics for everyday life. In practice that mission means creating a solution to a problem that impacts millions of people. The specific problem we want to solve is time and delivery; there are options available for affluent, urban communities, but nothing that is accessible and affordable for all.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

Oh boy. Just five?

(1) Startups are hard. People did tell me that before I started but you can never hear this enough. Building something from nothing — and ideally something meaningful — will very likely take everything you’ve got. This has been an incredibly rewarding experience, but it has also been an enormous amount of effort, pressure, and responsibility.

(2) Some fires you have to let burn. Before Nuro, I tried to make sure every effort I was involved in was in good shape. However, this is not possible at a startup. You will always have some initiatives that aren’t where you want them to be. This was something Reid Hoffman told us, and it has proven to be a constant. But it is actually a good thing: if everything is wrapped up and in perfect condition, you’re probably not being bold enough or taking on enough challenges.

(3) Missionaries, not mercenaries. For us, the team has always been by far the most important thing we’re building. From day one we’ve been invested in building the best team possible. It’s important that every new hire, especially in the early days, is passionate about the company’s mission and pursuing that collectively. The best talent is not enough at a startup; you need to have the best people. Things will get hard and you need to trust your team and their passion at a personal level.

(4) Money is cheap, time is precious. Raising money is a critical part of building a company — and it isn’t always easy to get it. But time — particularly that of the founders and key team members — is incredibly limited. It is almost always better to spend money rather than time when it’s an option.

(5) Your job is to deal with the hard stuff. When leading an organization or any large team, you will spend an inordinate amount of your attention on things that are difficult or broken. This makes sense, considering things that are going really well don’t need a lot of additional care. However, it also means being a leader drives your attention to the most troubling or least performing parts of the company — and this can be emotionally draining. Recognize that what you experience is a very biased glimpse into the state of the company. Sometimes it takes a moment to acknowledge how many amazing things you didn’t deal with today.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger.

I personally struggle with climate change and how we can collectively tackle what may be the biggest challenge we’ve faced as a civilization. If I could contribute to a movement that took over the country and the world, I would love it to be one of dogged determination to take on this challenge together and rise above the short term self-interest, fear, and denial that is so easy to succumb to. We can definitely solve this, but it will require us to be bold and work together.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

Red Whittaker, one of my favorite professors at CMU and someone I spent years with on various crazy robotics projects, used to say “You can do anything, but you can’t do everything.” It’s something I reflect on frequently; how we choose to spend our limited time and resources is one of the most important decisions we ever make. I also love that embedded in that phrase is Red’s classic optimism: Don’t ever underestimate your ability to accomplish bold goals.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say?

I’d let our results speak for themselves. In roughly two years we built an entirely new kind of vehicle, taught it to drive itself, partnered with America’s largest grocer, and worked to get the vehicle on public roads in Arizona. Now, in the coming weeks, we’re going to launch an unmanned service to the general public. From the start of Nuro our policy has been to only hire the very best people, and we think our results show what happens when you’re fortunate enough to be able to do that.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

To keep up with company news, readers can follow Nuro on LinkedIn and Twitter. They can also find me on LinkedIn.


The Future Is Now: “Now a robot can deliver your groceries” With Nuro President Dave Ferguson &… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now we have a full-size sleep lab small enough to fit in our pocket” With…

The Future Is Now: “Now we have a full-size sleep lab small enough to fit in our pocket” With Beddr CEO Mike Kisch & Fotis Georgiadis

Our main focus is your oxygen levels while you sleep. Your blood’s oxygenation sets you up for a multitude of outcomes for both the next morning and the rest of your life. It’s more than getting a good night’s sleep — although that’s certainly part of it — it’s your overall health and quality of life as the years go by. A population that is well-rested (thanks to a healthy, oxygenated bloodstream) is one that is more alert in school, less likely to develop chronic health conditions, and less likely to cause an accident due to falling asleep at the wheel.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Mike Kisch, co-founder and CEO of Beddr — creator of the first FDA-registered sleep wearable. Mike likes to make the complex simple, engaging, and accessible to more people, and he applies this philosophy to healthcare, too. Previously, Mike was the founding CEO of a wearable hearing enhancement company that developed the first connected hearing device. And his enthusiasm isn’t just relegated to healthcare — Mike is also a passionate surfer and skier.

Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’m drawn to markets that are fragmented, inefficient and deliver a less than ideal experience to the customer. I like to develop businesses that democratize and increase access to expertise and/or technology. I believe the playing field should be fair and level for all to access these experiences and improve their quality of life, not based on wealth, education or technology. It’s one of the reasons I was drawn to sleep, given that those who suffer from the worst sleep quality are often shift workers and people juggling multiples jobs, and likely due to their circumstance, they have fewer options available to them than others suffering from similar sleep issues.

While at Cisco, I worked on a number products that were sold to Fortune 100 businesses — multimillion dollar systems that would serve as the backbone to their business. While these products were critical and necessary to our ecosystem, I never formed an emotional connection to the problem we were solving, and as a result I didn’t feel a personal connection to the products and the customer.

That shifted when I began to work on digital health products and discovered my passion of solving an underserved health issue.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

When I made the transition from working at a big company to startup life, I had an amazing experience on my first day of work. We were scheduled to meet with an angel investment group to discuss our idea and to see if any of them had an interest in investing; as this was my first entree into the startup world, I wasn’t entirely sure of who would be attending. As I walk into the room of a restaurant in Redwood City I come face-to-face with top leaders in Silicon Valley, such as the founders of Intel, Yahoo, Palm and Intuit.

It was at that point that I realized I had been living in a large company bubble and that there was a whole new world out there and frankly it was much more interesting and more challenging then the one that I had spent the first part of my career in. What surprised me was how accessible these people were and how willing they were to share their experiences and provide advice on our new business.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

As much as I enjoy my FitBit and Apple Watch, they’re fairly limiting when it comes to collecting and interpreting data during your sleeping hours. So, we created the Beddr SleepTuner, a microdevice that’s like a full-size sleep lab, and small enough to fit in your pocket. We call it a “tuner” because the aim is to have people tune their sleep over time based on the knowledge they gain from using Beddr. It’s just as you would with a guitar or car — you make small adjustments as needed based on the information it gives you. Our product takes clinical-grade science that has been vetted in sleep labs and brings it to the public for the very first time.

How do you think this might change the world?

At Beddr, we believe in doing a few things very, very well. Our main focus is your oxygen levels while you sleep. Your blood’s oxygenation sets you up for a multitude of outcomes for both the next morning and the rest of your life. It’s more than getting a good night’s sleep — although that’s certainly part of it — it’s your overall health and quality of life as the years go by. A population that is well-rested (thanks to a healthy, oxygenated bloodstream) is one that is more alert in school, less likely to develop chronic health conditions, and less likely to cause an accident due to falling asleep at the wheel.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

One thing we’ve found is that overdoing it with optimizing your sleep can sometimes have the opposite effect. When you get so laser-focused on having the “perfect” night’s sleep, you have the potential to give yourself an unhelpful amount of anxiety that can move the needle enough to be detrimental to your sleep experience instead of helpful. That’s why we decide to “tune” sleep as needed — not track it on an ongoing, daily basis.

On another note, a point of friction that gives some people pause with our product at first is that the SleepTuner — the device itself — is worn in the middle of the forehead. For those who are accustomed to having a device on our wrist that gives us sleep data, this looks very different from what many are used to. While I appreciate my fitness trackers, the forehead is the best location for getting a read on oxygen levels because a vein runs right down the middle of the forehead. A lack of nerve endings on the forehead also cause most Beddr users to quickly forget that the SleepTuner is even there — they don’t think about it until they go to the bathroom the next morning and see themselves in the mirror.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

During the first few months of the business, we spent a tremendous amount of time with people that have chronic sleep issues to better understand their unmet needs. We also spent a lot of time with sleep physicians in an effort to understand how they work with patients and what were some of the barriers that kept them from delivering the type of care that they wanted to provide. Conversation after conversation, we found there was a gap between what the patient wanted and what the current care model was delivering. We gained the clarity that helped us define what the next generation care experience needed to be and the products and services we would need to create to deliver it.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

It’s interesting that you bring up tipping points because I think the same thing is needed with regards to our sleep. As a society, we’re well aware of the impact that exercise and nutrition have on our overall health. Sleep is a key piece of this as well, but it seems to be lagging in terms of public perception. Picture a stool with three legs that hold you up at all times. Those legs are diet, exercise and sleep. If one of those legs is removed, you’ve got a problem. All that said, I think we’re getting there, but there’s still a ways to go. The sooner that society accepts the necessity of treating sleep with as much attention and concern as diet and exercise, the healthier we’ll be.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

It’s all been fairly traditional, with nothing too out of the ordinary. We’ve done a media tour, lots of interviews and published our own original content on a variety of platforms. Authoring or contributing to articles about sleep and technology has been a helpful tool as well.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I believe that every success is born from a failure and what separates us is our ability to learn from that failure but not lose confidence in our ability to affect positive change and build successful companies. After my first startup didn’t go the way that I had hoped, I was ready to pack it in and take a safe corporate job, but a good friend of mine named Michael Gale was kind enough to invest the time to help me learn from my experience and guide me to better understand my passions and motivations. With his help, it became clear that my passion was solving problems by building companies and products regardless of how difficult it was or the risks inherent in starting early stage businesses. Above all, he helped me understand the path I needed to go down to achieve my best life and provided the emotional support and inspiration for me to confidently continue down that path. He let me wallow in self-pity for a bit, but really pushed me to move forward.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Starting digital health companies can’t just be about making money — if it was, there are much easier paths to take. Ultimately it has to be driven by an innate desire to help people improve their lives and to channel your tenacity to keep going. When I think about the two companies I’ve started and led, the thing that really motivated me was the positive impact that we can have one someone’s quality of life. I’m a big believer in the concept of a double-bottom line: the ability to be a mission-driven business focused on helping people, but also building a company that has a solid business model and compelling financial performance.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. It will take twice as long and cost twice as much. As an optimist, I have a tendency to underestimate how long it will take to get something done. Ultimately, I believe you have to be an optimist to be an entrepreneur, but I’m learning to add a healthy dose of pragmatism to the way that I do financial planning and setting expectations with employees, partners and investors.
  2. Keep a level head while everyone else around you is losing theirs. I never expected the emotional rollercoaster to have so many highs and so many troughs. At my first company, I was unprepared for that volatility and was probably not as calm as I should have been in certain situations. At Beddr, I learned very quickly that my job is to stay consistent and supportive of the team through the trials of bringing a first-of-its-kind product to market.
  3. “Everybody has a plan until they get punched in the mouth.” This is a quote from the boxer Mike Tyson that in many ways, sums up the startup experience. Coming from large companies that were quite predictable and invested lots of time in the planning process, I attempted to apply that to startups. What I learned is that there is a lot of value in being “planful,” but that investing too much time in planning is at best a waste of time and at worst it slow you down and limit the adaptability of the team and the company.
  4. Don’t try to be perfect; just try to be better every single day. Over time, I have gotten better at understanding what really matters and when it matters. For Beddr, there are certain things we’ve done that we know we will want to improve, which is a process we take into account as we grow in our industry. We acknowledge that growing pains are part of the framework in startups and work towards honing our work and making our practices more refined.
  5. Don’t try to change consumer behavior — nudge it instead. Change for most people is very difficult if not impossible. Building a business that is predicated on radically changing consumer behavior can be mercurial. However, creating a product that integrates seamlessly into people’s lives while simplifying and injecting more joy into something they’re already doing stands a good chance for success. For instance, my first startup was trying to dramatically change the way consumers behaved and how the hearing aid market functioned, which doesn’t happen overnight. Over the long term, a model will be proven right, but a startup doesn’t always have the time and money to wait that long.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger.

Quality sleep makes a lifelong impact on our physical and mental health. It helps kids focus in school and learn better and can lead to a decrease in car accidents, diabetes, dementia and a host of other chronic ailments. My wish would be that people value sleep (and sleep hygiene — the practice of making healthy choices that give us better sleep outcomes) as much as they value diet, exercise and healthy relationships. It’s all tied together. And the sooner that employers, parents, coaches — everyone, really! — can teach others and themselves to take their sleep quality seriously, lives will improve exponentially.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

Over the years I have evolved from a destination-focused to a journey-focused mindset, from a person who feared making mistakes to one that accepts them as part of the learning process. There is a quote that I have printed and hanging on a wall in my office that says,“The value of experimentation is not the trying. It’s the trying again after the experiment fails.”

Over the years I’ve gotten comfortable with being uncomfortable and confident enough to know that many of the decisions I make will prove to be wrong and ultimately changed as more information becomes available.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

The importance of sleep has never been higher. Yet our quality of sleep has never been lower.

People that have chronic sleep issues have two fundamental, unmet needs:

● They want accurate, trusted insights into the cause of their sleep problems.

● They want easy, affordable access to experts and proven solutions.

There is no product or service on the market that solves both of these needs in an elegant way.

Until now.

Sound interesting? To learn more, find me on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/mikekisch/ and also on Twitter @surfski.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

You can find me on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/mikekisch/ and also on Twitter at @surfski.


The Future Is Now: “Now we have a full-size sleep lab small enough to fit in our pocket” With… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now we have Star Trek’s Medical Tricorder on a smartphone” With Cloud DX CEO…

The Future Is Now: “Now we have Star Trek’s Medical Tricorder on a smartphone” With Cloud DX CEO Robert Kaul & Fotis Georgiadis

Obviously a simple smartphone app that can effectively screen for TB would have a huge impact on the diagnosis and treatment of that disease — we hope to be a part of the eventual eradication of TB in humans! More broadly, the promise of a “Medical Tricorder” is nothing less than the democratization of medicine. If you can get effective diagnosis and treatment information — with high accuracy — from a sleek device in your home, school or office, it will help make healthcare more available, affordable and convenient. People ask if doctors are afraid they will be replaced — we reply that on the contrary, most doctors welcome new technology that makes their jobs easier and their patients healthier, as long as it works. Doctors would rather be treating patients than typing data into the EMR… That’s one reason most of the investors in our company are doctors!

As part of my series on “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that seem copied from science fiction, I had the pleasure of interviewing Robert Kaul, founder & CEO of Cloud Diagnostics (or Cloud DX for short), an award-winning digital healthcare startup that’s known for creating easy to use medical technology inspired by science fiction. Robert was born in the far north of Canada, and moved from Vancouver BC to New York City in 2005. Cloud DX is his sixth startup as founder or senior executive — and the most fun!

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

My parents were medical professionals (Dad-doctor, Mom-nurse) and I studied science in University so I’ve always been fascinated by medical technology. I was introduced to the device we now call Pulsewave (our advanced blood pressure monitor) in 2009 and I thought it was extraordinary, so in spite of having just being fired, and with literally zero money, I bid for and won the exclusive US rights to the product! I quickly had to write a business plan and with that I was able to raise nearly $1 million. Six months later I sold my fledgling company to the manufacturer of the product, and joined them as global VP of Sales. Within two years I was appointed CEO of that company, and in 2014, with some partners, we bought out all the Pulsewave technology to form Cloud DX. So that meeting in 2009 started it all.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

Before moving to New York City, I owned a tiny film & TV production company in Vancouver BC. Right out of film school I rented a camera and went to Whistler BC to make a documentary about a weekend long film competition. I was just practicing, but I followed several of the teams and got some great footage. Then I learned that the official TV producer sent by the big network to cover the competition was delayed by a snowstorm — by the time he got there, the competition was over. I somehow got his cell number, called him out of the blue, and it turned out that I had exactly the footage he needed! So that’s how the very first video I ever shot wound up on CityTV in Canada. That producer later tapped me to help produce a feature film. The lessons I learned were — always do your work at the highest level even if you think you’re just practicing, and pay attention because luck is about recognizing opportunities.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on?

Cloud DX is best known as the winner of the Bold Epic Innovator Award from the Qualcomm Tricorder XPRIZE competition. Our prize-winning entry, the Vitaliti™ Tricorder is capable of measuring all of a person’s vital signs continuously, analyzing tiny samples of bodily fluids with a ‘lab on a chip’ designed by our partners at Stanford University and then autonomously diagnosing 19 separate medical conditions, as varied as HIV, Mononucleosis, Sleep Apnea and Hypertension. One key feature of the system is the ability for the Vitaliti software to detect and diagnose respiratory diseases by recording and analyzing the sound of a person coughing. We are commercializing our wearable Vitaliti continuous vital sign monitor and also our Cough Analysis software application right now, and we hope to launch the first commercial products to emerge from an XPRIZE in 2020.

How do you think that will help people?

We are already working with several academic institutions to prove out compelling use cases for our Vitaliti medical wearable. It’s the first consumer-friendly, comfortable wearable that can do multi-lead ECG as well as measure continuous blood pressure without any kind of inflatable cuff. It will be used to monitor patients after complex surgery, as they go home from the hospital, to make sure they are healing well and getting better. People who have complex chronic conditions will use it to help stay out of the hospital. It will be used to monitor patients before outpatient procedures like cardiac CT scans. There are even uses planned for ambulances and aboard airplanes. Meanwhile, in 2019 we’ll begin using our Cough Analysis smartphone app to screen patients for tuberculosis in Maputo, Mozambique. We hope that after our study is complete, our app becomes a standard screening tool for TB all across Africa and in other developing countries.

How do you think this might change the world?

Obviously a simple smartphone app that can effectively screen for TB would have a huge impact on the diagnosis and treatment of that disease — we hope to be a part of the eventual eradication of TB in humans! More broadly, the promise of a “Medical Tricorder” is nothing less than the democratization of medicine. If you can get effective diagnosis and treatment information — with high accuracy — from a sleek device in your home, school or office, it will help make healthcare more available, affordable and convenient. People ask if doctors are afraid they will be replaced — we reply that on the contrary, most doctors welcome new technology that makes their jobs easier and their patients healthier, as long as it works. Doctors would rather be treating patients than typing data into the EMR… That’s one reason most of the investors in our company are doctors!

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

The clear danger is the growing economic inequality in the world. If the only people that can access our new Tricorder technology are the rich, then we will have failed in our mission. We are committed to working with stakeholders and partners that share our vision of the wide availability of our devices & apps, on Android phones in the poorest countries as well as on iPhones in the rich world. We are thrilled to be working with groups like our partners Joule Inc, a Canadian Medical Association company, as well as with the XPRIZE Foundation, Qualcomm Life and the Roddenberry Foundation, to deliver our products to patients in Africa and soon other developing nations.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

When we began our XPRIZE journey we knew we could measure vital signs accurately… but not continuously. All the other aspects of our Tricorder we had to invent from scratch. The real breakthroughs came about halfway through the competition when the working Tricorder prototypes started to come together. We were testing it in the hospital, and it was able to autonomously diagnose a condition in a test patient that the human doctors and nurses had missed (and not the one we were originally testing for!). We were all stunned — it was like the AI had come to life! It was at that moment that we realized that we had a chance to really change the way healthcare is delivered around the world.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Commercializing a new medical device or software app is a long, expensive, sometimes exhausting endeavor. We must meet stringent FDA and Health Canada regulations, as well as international standards. We have to conduct independent 3rd party academic studies to prove our devices and software are accurate and effective, and ideally those studies need to be published in peer-reviewed medical journals. We need to prove that our solution meets the so-called “quadruple aim” of medical innovation — (loosely paraphrased), it has to work better for doctors, it has to be easier to use for patients, it has to produce better health outcomes, and it has to cost less than the current standard of care. We have accomplished or are in the middle of accomplishing all these requirements. Now we just need to keep going. Our technology is beginning to be used across Canada, and around the world. In the United States we are partnered with some amazing organizations, including University of California San Diego and Trapollo LLC, a company owned by Cox Communications. Our goal is to keep delivering great products and work every day to scale up our sales, deployments and patients under care.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Cloud DX has done a really good job building our brand, entirely with in-house resources. During the XPRIZE competition we were able to capitalize on our perceived status as a genuine innovator to leverage an appearance in a feature length documentary from Smithsonian Channel called “Building Star Trek”, which in turn lead to speaking engagements at San Diego Comicon! We’ve spoken at TEDx Toronto, SXSW and this year we were featured at TEDMED. We’ve part of the Singularity University ecosystem, and our appearance at Singularity University Canada was covered by Discovery Channel. I could go on and on. I’ve found that there is no substitute for genuine “earned media”, but usually it’s a full time job for a whole team of people, and so our profile in the media, with only me, Sonny Kohli (my cofounder, Chief Medical Officer, and a full time doctor) and our great graphic designer doing the heavy lifting, is remarkable.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

All my cofounders and many of our investors are key members of our extended team, but I have to single out Dr Sonny Kohli, our Chief Medical Officer. He’s a full time practicing physician in Oakville ON, but he still finds time somehow to speak at multiple events every year, visit customers all over the world, appear on TV, and constantly work on raising money. Sonny is a former Canadian Astronaut Program finalist, he’s spent time in Haiti volunteering after the huge earthquake there, and he also oversees many of our clinical studies & trials. And if that’s not all, to date he’s done all of that without drawing a steady salary from Cloud DX! Sonny is the public face, and also the heart & soul, of Cloud DX and we wouldn’t be here without out his tireless work.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

We discuss this all the time at our Technology HQ in Kitchener ON. A few years ago we worked with the local health authority near Kitchener ON to care for some very sick patients in the local community who had multiple chronic conditions. It was great because it meant that our coders, developers and engineers could actually visit the patients they were helping. In one memorable case, a tech worker recieved a huge hug and heartfelt tears from a lady who said we saved her husband’s life by detecting early warning that he needed to go to hospital. You don’t get that when you are coding software to maximize clicks on websites. Our mission to deliver care to those who need it definitely keeps us going even when times get tough!

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. Everything takes longer and costs more. This is a trite statement but we forget it at our peril. No matter how you plan, it seems everything takes 2 times as long as costs 2 times as much, so you need to be flexible enough, and resourceful enough to keep going even in the face of this fact.
  2. Really listen to dissenting voices. I once made the mistake of hiring the wrong person for a key job, in spite of the cogent objections of my someone on my leadership team. This person had the support of other managers, and so I went ahead even though we did not unanimously agree. I fooled myself into thinking I could make it work. It did not work out, and we lost precious time and money as we figured that out. Also it wasn’t fair to the person we hired. So — lesson learned. Really listen to those dissenting voices and get to the bottom of where they are coming from.
  3. Communicate with your team, more than makes you comfortable. I’m constantly running into this challenge. It’s hard to discuss your fears and stressors with the people you lead — you want to give them the impression that you have everything completely under control. Of course they see right through you so if you don’t communicate they just wonder what you are not telling them.
  4. Don’t ever assume that someone else has done the due diligence. Really — we need to teach this to kids in middle school. It’s so easy to assume that someone bigger, smarter or richer than you has given any proposed project, partner or investment a hard look and so you don’t have to do it. This is almost always wrong and making this mistake can be fatal to your plans or even to your company.
  5. Here’s one I was told and it has helped me every day: “Courage is not the absense of fear; courage is the conquest of fear”. As entrepreneurs we are always terrified — of failure, of letting down our customers, our investors, and especially our long suffering families. Every day we have to conquer that fear just to get out of bed — but we do it, over and over and over again. Here’s another great quote I live by some days: Winston Churchill once said “Sometimes it’s not enough to do one’s best. Sometimes one must do what’s required”.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

Gosh that’s a tough one! I wouldn’t presume to invent a new movement. If I ever achieve a modicum of influence I would throw it behind those leaders who are fighting for equality of access to resources in the poorest parts of the world. We hope to make our own modest contribution to rural, developing nation healthcare and we hope to aspire others to join with us.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

I’ve quoted Winston Churchill above and I’ll do it again — my favorite WC exhortation, given to the British nation during the darkest hours of WWI: “Never, never, never… NEVER Give Up!”

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

Cloud DX is delivering genuinely innovative solutions to some of the largest current problems in healthcare, including hospitalizations due to chronic illness, infectious diseases in the developing world, and non-adherence to medication. We design and manufacture unique, clinical grade medical devices and couple them with cloud-based machine learning algorithms to detect and classify disease conditions. Our Cough Analysis mobile app can screen patients for tuberculosis, using only the sound of their cough; our Vitaliti wearable continuous vital sign monitor can stream all the main vital signs including non-invasive blood pressure, without a cuff, for 12 straight hours. Our revenues are increasing year on year and we are poised to grow strongly in the United States as we take advantage of new CMS billing codes for remote patient monitoring. We’ve raised $13M to date without yet taking any VC, and we are backed by physicians across North America, including by Joule, a Canadian Medical Association company. We’ve won many awards including the first Bold Epic Innovator XPRIZE and “World Changing Idea” from Fast Company. We’d like to find a large financial partner to help us take our innovations global. Please email [email protected].

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Linked In: https://www.linkedin.com/in/robertkaul/

Twitter: @robkaul

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “Now we have Star Trek’s Medical Tricorder on a smartphone” With Cloud DX CEO… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now we can do incisionless surgery” With INSIGHTEC CEO Maurice R.

The Future Is Now: “Now we can do incisionless surgery” With INSIGHTEC CEO Maurice R. Ferré MD and Fotis Georgiadis

Incisionless surgery is completely a game-changer. With no incisions, there is no risk of infection, which is a leading issue in hospitals today. Moreover, patients can return home the same day. Same day surgery reduces the burden and cost of healthcare. More specifically, let me talk about essential tremor. The millions, yes millions of people living with essential tremor who don’t get relief from medication, now have a treatment option that has been shown to immediately improve debilitating hand tremor. People can get back to being independent, socializing and living their lives.

I had the pleasure to interview Maurice R. Ferré MD. Maurice is the CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors at INSIGHTEC and responsible for driving the company’s mission of establishing focused ultrasound as a standard of care. Under Maurice’s leadership, Exablate Neuro received FDA approval for treatment of essential tremor and is being adopted in medical centers across the U.S. and globally.

Thank you so much for joining us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I grew up in a family of leaders and doers. My great-grandfather was a French engineer involved in the construction of the Panama Canal. My grandfather owned businesses in Puerto Rico, the US, Venezuela, and Panama. My father was the first Hispanic Mayor of Miami, serving six terms. My aunt was known as the “Mother Teresa of Puerto Rico.” An impressive heritage, yes, but I wanted to make a different impact on the community and attended medical school. Fresh out of Boston University Medical school, I accepted a fellowship in an Entrepreneurship Program. This was my defining moment and I knew that this was my calling — combining business and medicine.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

I think that opportunities appear in our lives on a continuous basis. What’s important is what you do with them. I have been blessed to build a career that combines my two passions — building companies and medical innovation. It is so very rewarding because we have the potential to impact so many lives.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

Interesting that you use the term bleeding edge. When surgery is performed with sound, not only is there no edge of a blade, there is also no blood. INSIGHTEC technology uses focused ultrasound, similar to what is used to monitor a pregnancy, but with higher energy. This energy is focused to heat a small spot deep in the brain that controls the shaking symptom of essential tremor.

How do you think this might change the world?

Incisionless surgery is completely a game-changer. With no incisions, there is no risk of infection, which is a leading issue in hospitals today. Moreover, patients can return home the same day. Same day surgery reduces the burden and cost of healthcare. More specifically, let me talk about essential tremor. The millions, yes millions of people living with essential tremor who don’t get relief from medication, now have a treatment option that has been shown to immediately improve debilitating hand tremor. People can get back to being independent, socializing and living their lives.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Implanted devices might be an area of concern for patients. One of the benefits of focused ultrasound is that it is a one-time treatment and does not require a brain implant. I am OK with wearables — they help us monitor our health. But the growing use of permanent implants that could potentially be hacked — not so much.

Secondly, there is a growing number of elderly people shutting themselves off from society due to chronic conditions, including essential tremor. The thought of millions of people shut up in their homes with little social interaction is really dark. Focused ultrasound is an innovation that has potential to return these people to living independent and active lives.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

For centuries, surgeons have been cutting away diseased tissue. It took the vision of Kobi Vortman, our founder, to make the impossible possible. The idea of performing surgery with no cuts may sound like something from science fiction, but it is real. The tipping point was when Kobi understood that sound waves could treat with surgical precision while MRI could act as the eyes and thermometer of the treatment. The two technologies used together is truly the breakthrough.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

For widespread adoption, we need two things: First is insurance coverage and we are making excellent headway there. Right now, there is Medicare coverage in 25 states and more than 10 Blue Cross Blue Shield plans including Federal for focused ultrasound for essential tremor.

Second, is the push from patients requesting the treatment. People may be living with essential tremor and not seeking treatment. We need to get the word out that there is an incisionless option available at the Neuravive Treatment Centers across the US.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Yes, we are running an online essential tremor awareness campaign and working with patient advocacy groups to amplify our efforts. In addition, we have implemented direct to consumer marketing programs, both online and off. Targeted digital campaigns have proven to be very effective in building a funnel of people interested in focused ultrasound. Most importantly we are building a community of people with essential tremor where they can feel connected.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

I had the honor to be part of a unique entrepreneurial residency at BU where I met and worked with Ferenc Jolesz from Brigham and Women’s Hospital. Jolesz, the father of image-guided surgery, advanced the use of imaging for minimally invasive therapies. His influence on me has come full circle at INSIGHTEC because this amazing researcher also pioneered the first MRI-guided focused ultrasound surgical (MRgFUS) procedure.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

When you build successful medical device companies you are bringing good to the world. I have made it my life’s work to be involved in companies that are transforming the healthcare industry in order to transform people’s lives. Every patient story has become an actual part of the fabric of my entrepreneurial spirit.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1. Take risks. At MAKO, I had to make decisions that went against the common belief that no one would buy a million-dollar robot for partial knee replacement.

2. Raise capital. To start VTI, I had a mentor who had the right connections and arranged meetings with the right people for the necessary financing.

3. When you fail, learn and get back up again. It sounds trite, but our failures are our strength.

4. Surround yourself with people who are willing to tell you what you need to hear. At all of my companies, I have brought in people who can challenge me and my decisions. Through that, we all grow.

5. Give back. I joined the Endeavor Miami board and have the opportunity to mentor young entrepreneurs at a local level.

If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be?

That is easy — I am part of a movement today. The incisionless surgery movement that INSIGHTEC is leading. Today focused ultrasound is treating essential tremor and getting people back to living their lives tremor-free. The future of our technology is boundless and has the potential to improve the lives of millions of people around the world living with challenging diseases.


The Future Is Now: “Now we can do incisionless surgery” With INSIGHTEC CEO Maurice R. was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now we can effortlessly interact with digital holographic objects that…

The Future Is Now: “Now we can effortlessly interact with digital holographic objects that naturally blend into everyday life” With OTOY CEO Jules Urbach & Fotis Georgiadis

We are rapidly moving to a world of post-mobile immersive computing that will change how we produce, consume, and share media. While smartphones made computing ubiquitous, putting powerful computers literally in the pockets of billions of people, virtual and mixed reality media will drive new levels of immersion, where you will no longer be limited by a screen. Imagine the creative possibilities of effortlessly interacting with digital holographic objects that naturally blend into everyday life. I think that is where we are heading, and has the potential to be a remarkable change in the way we communicate and exchange information.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Jules Urbach, CEO and Co-Founder of OTOY and the RNDR Network. He is a leading voice in the graphics industry, leading the development of cutting-edge capture, rendering, and streaming technologies for advanced computer-generated graphics and holographic media. In 2017, Jules launched the Render Token (RNDR) Blockchain network, providing the first peer-to-peer Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) rendering and 3D marketplace designed to democratize the creation and monetization of next generation holographic media.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I was always fascinated by the convergence of film and video games, and felt that the magic each art form provided would eventually be built on the same set of tools in a platform that would be frictionless and immersive — something like the Star Trek Holodeck. Now that CG (computer graphics) in movies looks real using our tools, and is rendered on GPUs in real time on the artist’s desk, the next step is bringing this technology to games (as we are doing with integration in Unity and Unreal) and then leveraging the RNDR network to make this pipeline powerful enough to render holographic content on displays coming out in the next few years.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

One of the first meetings I had when I started OTOY 10 years ago was with Elon Musk at SpaceX. I showed Elon an early version of our rendering and streaming technology. He said he needed to ask his good friend John Carmack (now CTO of Oculus) to validate it more deeply. That connection led to an amazing and ongoing collaboration with John Carmack, and the technology I showed Elon a decade earlier ended up going into Oculus Social in 2016 and more recently in Facebook 360 volumetric video.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

OTOY is pioneering an end-to-end technology pipeline for the creation and distribution of fully immersive virtual and mixed reality media. Our technology is cutting-edge in that it models the properties of light with full physical accuracy, creating unparalleled levels of photorealism. We are in the process of integrating our render engine, OctaneRender, into leading game engines like Unity3D and UnrealEngine, which will allow real-time experiences to be rendered with the same level of detail and quality as CGI in films. Additionally, with Facebook and RED Digital, we are developing the Manifold volumetric virtual reality camera for six-degrees-of-freedom (6-DOF) fully immersive cinematic experiences, and we have been collaborating with Light Field Lab to render glasses-free light fields for their holographic displays.

These new forms of media have the potential to be highly empowering, allowing artists, scientists, and designers new tools to visualize concepts, increase understanding, and realize their imaginations. No longer are you are you limited by a screen, you can now bring your ideas to life with fully immersive interactive experiences. We think this may open up new ways of learning — like 3D medical visualization, intuitive gene modeling, and new forms of simulations for things like atomic particle collisions and galaxy formation. It will also create new forms of immersive storytelling that bring audiences closer to a subject, bridging cultural divides and increasing empathy by literally putting you in other people’s shoes to feel firsthand their experiences or ideas.

How do you think this might change the world?

We are rapidly moving to a world of post-mobile immersive computing that will change how we produce, consume, and share media. While smartphones made computing ubiquitous, putting powerful computers literally in the pockets of billions of people, virtual and mixed reality media will drive new levels of immersion, where you will no longer be limited by a screen. Imagine the creative possibilities of effortlessly interacting with digital holographic objects that naturally blend into everyday life. I think that is where we are heading, and has the potential to be a remarkable change in the way we communicate and exchange information.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Privacy of user data needs to be respected and guarded preciously by all involved in advancing this technology, which will be even more embedded into our lives. I have hope that we will get there, as we are seeing efforts to address it seriously (such as in the EU).

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

We are pioneering cutting-edge physically accurate GPU-based media that has been accelerated by the increase in GPU performance and the mainstreaming of blockchain technology. For over a decade, we have been focused on GPU-based technology, seeing the potential for 40–100x increases in speed and efficiency. In the past year, as the Ethereum blockchain has become more mainstream, millions of GPU’s have now been connected in a peer-to-peer network. We want to now use these compute resources to render out the next generation of holographic and light field media, which requires exponentially more GPU rendering scale. Additionally, with the release of new raytracing GPU’s this year, the same cinematic GPU rendering used for Hollywood visual effects can be used to drive real-time interactive game experiences. With this increase in scale and in speed, we are rapidly reaching a tipping point where holographic media — previously in the realm of science fiction — can become a reality.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Producing holographic media currently is only possible for large studios with enormous resources, but widespread adoption will require making the technology more accessible to smaller artists, students, researchers and designers. We need to reduce the costs and increase scale in order to make holographic media widely available, and ultimately democratized. This is what we are doing with the RNDR Blockchain network, pooling GPU resources around the world to increase the amount of rendering power and ultimately, reduce costs. This will allow anyone with a creative vision to more easily and efficiently realize their imaginations.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We rely on our organic community to spread the word and share knowledge. You can follow us on Telegram, Twitter and RocketChat at RenderToken, or join our OctaneRender Facebook group, where users are sharing the latest 3D works, and advice.

When we do marketing, we usually draw on our community. For example, in collaboration with Oculus, we launched the Render the Metaverse competition to our user base, providing free rendering credits for artists to create 18K VR scenes using OctaneRender. The results blew us away and showcased the power of our technology to create remarkable new immersive experiences when put in the hands of the creative community around the world.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

Ari Emanuel, CEO of Endeavor, has been my friend, mentor and business partner for almost a decade and a half. He believed in my vision from the very start, when few others did. OTOY wouldn’t be here today, and I wouldn’t have this amazing company and team, if it weren’t for Ari.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

I wake up every day and see the most beautiful personal and commercial artwork posted online from the many thousands of creators that show what they do with OctaneRender every day — both to make a living and to make what they love. Octane is now free to millions of users of Unity, and we are leveraging RNDR to further democratize access to nearly unlimited and inexpensive compute and rendering power for all.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

1) As a coder working towards a vision for this company over many years, scaling the engineering team hasn’t been a simple process, even with more resources. It is important to delegate to people who are completely in sync with your long term vision, and no one else.

2) Holographic commercial displays will be real by 2020. I thought they were much further out, and now that I know they are here (our partner Light Field Lab is making them at scale next year), it’s changing many of our product and development priorities.

3) If you plan to start a company that has a fundamental long term strategic vision that may defy short term expectations, make sure to only involve investors and partners who share this philosophy. I didn’t do that in my first company in the 90’s (where I was co-founder but not CEO), and the lack of long-term planning, and the focus on short-term profits, didn’t allow it to get to the place it needed to be in the long term. That experience made me understand and trust my instincts better with business, and was fundamental to my decision to structure OTOY the way I did.

4) Scaling GPU power on the public cloud (AWS/Google) is going be slow and hit a limit. That was not clear to me in 2013 when we partnered with Amazon and helped them design and launch the G2 GPU instance on EC2. I thought we would have all the GPU power we needed as our business grew, but there are hard limits to the velocity of how fast the public cloud can add GPU capacity. My initial plan, pre-2013, was to use decentralized GPU power if needed, and I went back to this idea last year when we launched RNDR. We now have more GPU power for rendering than AWS and GCE on the network, and I suspect it will grow much more once we are out of beta. I might have moved earlier down this path had I known what I know now.

5) Ethereum is not going to scale the way you want by the time you get to RNDR phase 4 (next year). Transaction times are slow, and it’s clear we need to think about moving to a different blockchain in the long term.

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

In the face of exponential growth in automation and AI, we should never undervalue the power and importance of the human spirit, it’s ingenuity and it’s creative energy at the center of a society. That’s why empowering and democratizing technology that fosters and projects human creative power is so important, in the face of more and more transactions across society, labor and work moving out of direct human supervision and to autonomous systems.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

My mother wanted me to go to Harvard University, and that was important to me in high school, and I thought that was the measure of my future trajectory. I got in, but only because I sent the Harvard admissions board some of my early work I did with video compression and rendering while in High School (they were skeptical that this technology was possible, so my college counselor pushed me to send them some evidence, which I did by showing them the source code). I realized after I got in, that the only reason this turned out well for me, was because I had done something that was surprising and innovative and defied the school’s expectations of what was possible. I decided that summer not to go to Harvard, and instead keep exploring what I could create by following my intuition and imagination, and working as hard as I could to make it real. For 25 years that’s been my life now, and I’ve never looked back.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say?

Reality is rendered. Photons bouncing around the universe and connecting every point in space-time is the baseline conduit by which we understand information and reflect on our lives, our place in the world and each other. RNDR is a pure expression of such a system. It tokenizes the one thing I think may be a safer long term metric of value than bits, fuel, or fiat currency — a virtual ray of light, with its path weighted by human intent and utility on the blockchain. If we assume that existing technology platforms continue to evolve out of legacy web, mobile and app models, towards volumetric, ambient and decentralized mesh networks and services, a system like RNDR will have to evolve to support it. I think that is inevitable.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Jules Urbach Twitter

OTOY Twitter

RNDR Twitter


The Future Is Now: “Now we can effortlessly interact with digital holographic objects that… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now you can reimagine your office layout based on real data” With VergeSense…

The Future Is Now: “Now you can reimagine your office layout based on real data” With VergeSense CEO Dan Ryan and Fotis Georgiadis

As the next generation of workers come into the workforce, people are demanding a completely different type of workplace experience — focused on agility and collaboration. The expectations of what workplaces look like are starting to change and companies, like WeWork, are reinventing the concept of office space. And with this, real estate and property managers are demanding more data about how space is actually used — where people spend time, how conference rooms actually get used, and whether office space is being utilized efficiently and is creating a productive environment.

I had the pleasure of interviewing Dan Ryan, CEO and co-founder of VergeSense. After having his last startup, ByteLight, named as one of the most innovative companies in the world by Fast Company, and selling it, Dan is now working on reinventing the future of the data-driven workplace by combining AI software with computer vision hardware for the first time.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I’ve been interested in IoT / Smart Buildings for basically my entire career — going back to when I was studying Electrical Engineering as an undergraduate at Boston University. After graduating and working at Bloomberg LP in New York City, as part of a team responsible for valuation analysis on $1B+ of asset-backed securities, I left to pursue an interest in developing a bridge to help us connect the physical and digital worlds. The first company I founded was ByteLight, an early pioneer in developing sub-meter accuracy indoor location services for retailers.

The company was named by Fast Company as one of the most innovative companies in the world in 2014. After selling ByteLight to Acuity Brands in 2015, I worked within their company for a few years before scratching my entrepreneurial itch again by joining Y Combinator in May 2017.

Our team’s interest in starting VergeSense, was really based on bridging the physical and digital worlds of the commercial real estate industry with the new capabilities that AI and computer vision provide. As the price of commercial real estate continues to skyrocket it is becoming an even bigger annual asset for companies. This is a multi-billion-dollar asset class and the majority of properties are often only 50% occupied. VergeSense can maximize space utilization and the overall value of this asset.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

This technology is helping businesses reimagine the office layouts and workspaces that work best for their specific company based on real data. It’s also solving real-time problems.

VergeSense is starting to provide companies around the world with smart sensors that include an image sensor, coupled with an AI-powered cloud platform, to measure people’s utilization of rooms, desks, shared spaces and specific assets/devices (such as a printer or copier). VergeSense’s pre-trained machine learning models and AI run on the hardware, then take over to analyze the data and suggest or automate actions based on utilization. Some of the capabilities of our technology include:

People Counting: Provides a real-time and historical count of the number of property occupants. This is particularly important for conference rooms. We’ve seen data with some of our customers where conference rooms are designed for upwards of 20 people and never see a meeting size greater than four.

Room and Desk Utilization: Gives users the ability to measure utilization rates across a facility — from conference rooms to private offices, to co-working areas

Hot Desking: Identifies open desks and dynamically assigns staff members to their desk to drive workplace efficiency.

Emergency Response: Pulls a count of every person in the building during an emergency event and their status.

How do you think this might change the world?

VergeSense really has the promise to change the way we work. If you start to think about the fact that the average employee will spend one-third of their life — or 90,000 hours — at work, the idea of changing the workplace experience starts to sound a little bigger.

As the next generation of workers come into the workforce, people are demanding a completely different type of workplace experience — focused on agility and collaboration. The expectations of what workplaces look like are starting to change and companies, like WeWork, are reinventing the concept of office space. And with this, real estate and property managers are demanding more data about how space is actually used — where people spend time, how conference rooms actually get used, and whether office space is being utilized efficiently and is creating a productive environment.

Without a platform like VergeSense, you don’t have the data you need to change your unique workplace for the better. Furthermore, first-generation sensors, which didn’t have AI built into them, provided the real-time data, but not the business recommendations based on that data.

That is the real leap forward with our sensor-as-a-service platform. We’re not leaving real estate investors, property managers, and workplace tenants awash in data with no idea what to do with it.

Our machine-learning modules work alongside our computer vision technology to process real-time workspace utilization data that recommends to building managers savings opportunities, better ways to allocate space and personnel within offices, and empowers a more enjoyable user experience.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

Right around the time we founded the company, we had a major breakthrough where we spoke directly with potential customers about what the pain points were for deploying sensors in the workplace. I flew from San Francisco for a day trip to the IBcon conference in San Diego in 2017 and walked the floor talking to users. I didn’t have a company at the time, so I represented myself as a consulting firm (DPR Consulting — my initials) and spent the entire day speaking with users and potential customers.

The consistent feedback we received was that solutions were either accurate but expensive to deploy (requiring CAT5 cable, etc.), or easy to deploy but inaccurate (PIR motion sensors, BLE beacons, etc.). No one had really come to the market with a solution that would be easy to install (100% wireless) and provide the type of data accuracy customers were looking for.

We were doing Y Combinator that summer, and that night I flew back to San Francisco to attend the Y Combinator dinner. I debriefed my co-founder on the feedback, and by that evening, he had come up with a potential scheme that would allow us to do people-counting/computer vision analytics on a 100% wireless platform. We had a prototype about two weeks later and got our first large customer deployment about two weeks after that.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

Building on our relationship with JLL through the investment from JLL Spark will certainly assist in connecting us to potential buyers within the commercial real estate sector. JLL has 4.6 billion square feet of real estate under management.

We also are looking to scale through the distribution of the VergeSense API as our data is used more by third-party applications. For example, VergeSense data can be streamed to a room booking solution to free up a conference room when no one shows up for a scheduled meeting. This opens up thousands of use cases for VergeSense data to accompany VergeSense applications currently in use across 1 million sq. ft of commercial properties.

We purposefully designed the VergeSense platform to be inexpensive and easy to deploy sensors that measure anonymous data about occupancy in buildings. The product is incredibly easy to install — it literally takes about one minute per device, which allows organizations to easily adopt and scale the solution across their properties with ease. And once they start to see the type of data our solution can generate, we’ve found that it becomes a new source of data that they can’t imagine operating without.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

Word of mouth among prospective buyers is certainly a big assistance in publicizing what we are up to. Firms that measure their real estate assets in millions, or even billions, of square feet, and need to maximize asset value, are going to be the first movers and early adopters of our technology. We are going to the conferences and taking part in the dialogue where these buyers are engaging both online and offline.

A big part of our go-to-market strategy is predicated on having an open-data policy, where we make it really easy for our customers to take data from our platform and consume it in the software system of their choice. We’ve integrated our API with multiple leading IWMS, CAFM, and room/desk booking solutions, and many of these partners end up being some of our best customer acquisition channels.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

As I mentioned above, our technology can hopefully be part of the solution for creating an experience that changes nearly one-third of most people’s lives. With the rise of sensors like ours and other analytical tools, we can help transform the future design of offices into a data-driven science and make sure we design buildings so that they respond and adapt to the needs of occupants. We want to create a more enjoyable and productive experience for employees when they head to the office.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

The AI-powered VergeSense sensor-as-a-service platform creates an information layer within properties. An easy-to-use dashboard provides managers with actionable insights and AI recommendations rather than only giving a view of current data.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

Readers can follow VergeSense on LinkedIn, Twitter and Facebook.


The Future Is Now: “Now you can reimagine your office layout based on real data” With VergeSense… was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The Future Is Now: “Now AI can help us to write code” With Francesc Campoy & Fotis Georgiadis

It will change the way they learn programming as well as how they write & review code. It will eventually lead to better tools for writing code and an automated way to get feedback on the code we write. While I was working at Google I had the chance of having my code reviewed by incredibly talented engineers. That was, by far, my most enriching experience during that time and the one that made me a better engineer. Imagine providing that same experience to the millions of developers out there, with the power of Machine Learning.

As a part of my series on “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that seem copied from science fiction, I had the pleasure of interviewing Francesc Campoy, the VP of Developer Relations at source{d}. Previously, he worked at Google as a Developer Advocate for Google Cloud Platform and the Go team.

Thank you so much for doing this with us! Can you tell us a story about what brought you to this specific career path?

I used to work at Google with the Go team and Google Cloud Platform.

With the Go team I discovered a passion for developer tooling done right. You could ask many developers and they will tell you their favorite aspect of Go is not the language itself, but rather the tooling. There’s a bit of an obsession in the community for intuitive tools that compose well with others.

At Google Cloud Platform I learned about computation at scale, distributed computing, and, of course, Machine Learning. The rise of Tensorflow, Spark, Dataflow, and others made it clear that Machine Learning and Big Data were the future.

So when the opportunity of working on the crossroads of those two fields, for which we coined the term ML on Code, I simply couldn’t hide my excitement.

Can you share the most interesting story that happened to you since you began your career?

While working at Google, I had the immense honor of interviewing Vint Cerf (one of the fathers of the internet) for episode 100 of the Google Cloud Platform Podcast. That, by itself, is already an interesting story in my nerd book but the interview was an amazing experience.

I remember asking Vint whether he expected the invention of the internet to cause such a dramatic disruption on literally every aspect of our lives … he smiled and said “yes, of course”. I think that had anyone else replied in such a way I would have found them a tad full of themselves, but when Vint said this his voice was not full of pride but rather of humility and a slight concern. He then went onto discussing the issues that the Internet had also brought, and how he and his team were tackling them.

Can you tell us about the “Bleeding edge” technological breakthroughs that you are working on? How do you think that will help people?

At source[d}, we’re working on leveraging Machine Learning for Large Scale code Analysis. We envision every organization running a data pipeline over their software development life cycle, where source code becomes a unique dataset that can be analyzed to not only provide business insights to management but also actionable coding suggestions to developers.

How do you think this might change the world?

It will change the way they learn programming as well as how they write & review code.

It will eventually lead to better tools for writing code and an automated way to get feedback on the code we write.

While I was working at Google I had the chance of having my code reviewed by incredibly talented engineers. That was, by far, my most enriching experience during that time and the one that made me a better engineer. Imagine providing that same experience to the millions of developers out there, with the power of Machine Learning.

Keeping “Black Mirror” in mind can you see any potential drawbacks about this technology that people should think more deeply about?

Ultimately, we’re talking about AI assisted coding here so this could mean fewer jobs for developers. However, while it might in the long term destroy some jobs it will also create a lot of new ones.

I imagine that when CAD technologies appeared, some architects were scared of losing their jobs, but nowadays no professional architect would diss technology as having a bad impact on the profession.

Was there a “tipping point” that led you to this breakthrough? Can you tell us that story?

Initially source{d} raised a series A of funding on the premise that it could leverage AI to match developers to jobs. However, the team quickly realized that applying Machine Learning to analyze the source code of potential candidates came with a wealth of actionable information not only useful for recruiters but also engineering managers and developers alike, no matter their industry.

What do you need to lead this technology to widespread adoption?

The technology is maturing really fast, so I have no doubt that it will change the way we program eventually.

To accelerate that growth, though, we need to show executives the return on investment they are getting from using our technology and use the revenue from our existing products to found the development of an open source platform where all developers can both develop and share Machine Learning models and code analyzers.

What have you been doing to publicize this idea? Have you been using any innovative marketing strategies?

We’re developing a free dashboard for developers to get interesting metrics about their own code or favorite open source projects. We think the data we surface is going to be interesting enough to them that they will share with their network and help us create awareness around the notions of “Code as Data” and “Machine Learning on Code”.

None of us are able to achieve success without some help along the way. Is there a particular person who you are grateful towards who helped get you to where you are? Can you share a story about that?

There have been many people that have helped me succeed, but I think I would not be where I am if it wasn’t for Rob Pike. He accepted me as a member of the Go team to work on Developer Relations even though I didn’t have any experience in the field.

Thanks to him, and to the mentorship of Andrew Gerrand, my career evolved from pure engineering into developer relations and recently product management.

How have you used your success to bring goodness to the world?

Working in Developer Relations gave me the opportunity of growing a pretty large technical audience. I decided to give back by mentoring engineers, teaching at non profit organizations such as Girls Who Code, Black Girls Code, Women Who Go, and Mission Techies.

I also often publish talks and workshops which are free for anyone to use and adapt (OSS FTW!), and I host a YouTube channel teaching Go topics called justforfunc.

What are your “5 Things I Wish Someone Told Me Before I Started” and why. (Please share a story or example for each.)

  1. Everything is possible, but you gotta try hard. I almost gave up on my career at Google as a software engineer after failing the interview twice. Luckily I continued out of curiosity more than anything, thinking “what could go wrong?”. Turns out nothing went wrong and I got the job. Even if you think something is very hard to achieve you gotta give it a real try, really go for it, and if you fail at least you know that you tried your best.
  2. Your principles are worthless if you don’t do anything about them. Your personal brand is very important, and I’m not only talking about your social media brand, but rather of who you are, what your principles are, and how public you are about them. Believing in equality, justice, and fairness is obviously great, but it will not necessarily help anyone if you don’t do anything about it. Be vocal about what you care for, and make a positive impact whenever you can.
  3. Send the elevator back down. In your career you will have the opportunity of helping people that are barely starting. You should do this because it’s the good thing to do, obviously, but also because the networks you create around you are those that will be essential when you need help. This might sound like a bit from The Godfather, but, nevertheless, helping others is almost always worth it. Take some time for it.
  4. Keep your calm and your smile. Whenever you are in a stressful situation, losing your calm, your smile, or your manners will never ever lead to a pleasant conclusion. There’s a great book on this topic called Getting More by Stuart Diamond. Thanks to this I’ve indeed gotten more than I would ever by shouting and complaining.
  5. Keep on learning. It might seem like once you’ve achieved a certain goal in life, such as a good career with a good pay, you can stop trying to aspire for more. I think that the moment you stop trying to get better, you start getting worse. Keep learning more about what you do and about anything else you might develop an interest in, even if you end up staying in your field it will help you be more effective communicating with others. The number of well-known executives that started as developers is pretty mind blowing: did you know that Eric Schmidt created the Lexical Analyzer lex?

You are a person of great influence. If you could inspire a movement that would bring the most amount of good to the most amount of people, what would that be? You never know what your idea can trigger. 🙂

I deeply care about ecology and the health of our planet. I would like to use technology so that making the right choices for our planet becomes the easy choice. Education can help only up to a point, but if we make it easier to be an ecologist, we can save our planet.

Can you please give us your favorite “Life Lesson Quote”? Can you share how that was relevant to you in your life?

One of my music teachers back in Barcelona used to use this phrase: the power of calmness. I didn’t really get how important this, how much it matters to keep calm when you’re going through hard times, having difficult conversations, or making life changing decisions.

Today I find that power of calmness by meditating and I wish I had started doing this long time before.

Some very well known VCs read this column. If you had 60 seconds to make a pitch to a VC, what would you say? He or she might just see this if we tag them 🙂

As you know, every company is becoming a software provider. Which means that ultimately every company will end up competing on their developer agility, code quality, security and code automation. In order to help your portfolio companies develop a competitive advantage you must give them the tools to measure progress towards their digital transformation initiatives and provide suggestions to improve its codebase and prevent technical debt. The most efficient way to do this at scale is to turn your code into a dataset and train Machine Learning models to continuously suggest improvements.

How can our readers follow you on social media?

https://twitter.com/francesc

https://youtube.com/justforfunc

https://www.linkedin.com/in/campoy/

Thank you so much for joining us. This was very inspirational.


The Future Is Now: “Now AI can help us to write code” With Francesc Campoy & Fotis Georgiadis was originally published in Authority Magazine on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.